Sony PM-0330 GSM/GPRS/EDGE/UMTS/HSPA Smartphone with WLAN, Bluetooth, RFID User Manual Sony Ericsson Mobile Communications AB

Sony Mobile Communications Inc GSM/GPRS/EDGE/UMTS/HSPA Smartphone with WLAN, Bluetooth, RFID Sony Ericsson Mobile Communications AB

Contents

  • 1. user guide all parts
  • 2. user guide - all parts

user guide all parts

User guideXperia™ ZRC5503/C5502
ContentsXperia™ ZR User guide..................................................................6Getting started...............................................................................7Android™ – what and why?...............................................................7Device overview.................................................................................7Assembly...........................................................................................8Turning the device on and off .........................................................10Screen lock......................................................................................10Setup guide......................................................................................10Accounts and services.....................................................................11Getting to know your device........................................................12Using the keys.................................................................................12Battery..............................................................................................12Using the touchscreen.....................................................................15Using the lockscreen.......................................................................17Home screen....................................................................................18Accessing and using applications...................................................20Status and notifications...................................................................23Settings menu..................................................................................24Typing text.......................................................................................25Customising your device.................................................................29Enhancing the sound output............................................................32Memory............................................................................................32Using a headset ..............................................................................33Internet and messaging settings......................................................33Controlling data usage.....................................................................34Mobile network settings...................................................................35Google Play™..............................................................................37Getting started with Google Play™.................................................37Downloading from Google Play™....................................................37Clearing your application data.........................................................37Permissions......................................................................................38Installing applications not from Google Play™ ...............................38Calling..........................................................................................39Emergency calls...............................................................................39Call handling....................................................................................39Voicemail..........................................................................................41Multiple calls....................................................................................41Conference calls..............................................................................41Call settings.....................................................................................422This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
Contacts ......................................................................................44About Contacts................................................................................44Transferring contacts to your new device.......................................44Contacts screen overview...............................................................46Managing your contacts..................................................................46Communicating with your contacts.................................................48Sharing your contacts......................................................................48Backing up contacts........................................................................49Messaging....................................................................................50Using text and multimedia messaging.............................................50Text and multimedia message options............................................51Google Talk™ .................................................................................52Email.............................................................................................53Getting started with Email................................................................53Using email......................................................................................54Socialife™....................................................................................57Using the Socialife™ application.....................................................57"WALKMAN" application .............................................................58About the "WALKMAN" application.................................................58Transferring media files to your device ...........................................58Using the "WALKMAN" application ................................................59Visualiser .........................................................................................60Getting more information about a track or artist.............................60Using My music to organise your tracks ........................................60Managing playlists...........................................................................62"WALKMAN" application widget ....................................................63Protecting your hearing....................................................................63Music services..............................................................................64TrackID™ technology......................................................................64Music Unlimited™............................................................................65About the PlayNow™ service..........................................................65FM radio.......................................................................................67About the FM radio..........................................................................67Using your favourite radio channels................................................68Sound settings.................................................................................68Identifying radio tracks using TrackID™..........................................68Camera.........................................................................................70About the camera............................................................................70Using the still camera......................................................................70Face detection.................................................................................71Using Smile Shutter™ to capture smiling faces..............................71Adding the geographical position to your photos...........................723This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
Using still camera settings...............................................................72Using the video camera...................................................................76Album...........................................................................................81About Album....................................................................................81Mobile BRAVIA® Engine..................................................................81Viewing photos and videos in the Pictures tab ...............................81Viewing photos and videos in the My albums tab ..........................82Viewing your photos on a map........................................................86Viewing online albums.....................................................................87Movies..........................................................................................89About Movies...................................................................................89Using Movies...................................................................................89Video Unlimited™........................................................................91About Video Unlimited™..................................................................91Renting or buying a video................................................................91Watching a video from Video Unlimited™.......................................92Web browser................................................................................93About the web browser....................................................................93Connectivity.................................................................................94Connecting to wireless networks.....................................................94Sharing content with DLNA Certified™ devices..............................97NFC..................................................................................................99Bluetooth™ wireless technology...................................................102Connecting your device to a computer.........................................104Connecting your device to a TV set...............................................106Screen mirroring............................................................................107Scanning barcodes with the NeoReader™ application.................107Smart Connect...............................................................................108Synchronising data on your device............................................110About synchronising data on your device.....................................110Synchronising with Google™........................................................110Synchronising your corporate email, calendar and contacts........110Synchronising with Facebook™....................................................111Maps and locations....................................................................113About location services..................................................................113Using GPS.....................................................................................113Google Maps™..............................................................................114Using Google Maps™ to get directions.........................................114Calendar and alarm clock..........................................................115Calendar.........................................................................................115Alarm clock....................................................................................1154This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
Support and maintenance..........................................................118Updating your device.....................................................................118Backup and restore application.....................................................119Resetting your device....................................................................120Locking and protecting your device..............................................121Support application.......................................................................123Recycling your device....................................................................123Reference...................................................................................124Settings overview...........................................................................124Status and notification icons overview..........................................125Application overview......................................................................126Important information.................................................................128Important information leaflet..........................................................128Limitations to services and features..............................................128Protecting your device from water and dust.................................128Legal information...........................................................................130Index...........................................................................................1315This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
Xperia™ ZR User guide6This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
Getting startedAndroid™ – what and why?Your Xperia™ from Sony runs on the Android platform. Android devices can performmany of the same functions as a computer and you can customise them to your ownneeds. For example, you can add and delete applications, or enhance existingapplications to improve functionality. On Google Play™ you can download a range ofapplications and games from a constantly growing collection. You can also integrateapplications on your Android™ device with other applications and with onlineservices that you use. For example, you can back up your contacts, access yourdifferent email accounts and calendars from one place, keep track of yourappointments, and engage in social networking.Android™ devices are constantly evolving. When a new software version is availableand your device supports this new software, you can update your device to get newfeatures and the latest improvements.Your Android™ device is pre-loaded with Google™ services. To get the most out of theprovided Google™ services, you should have a Google™ account and sign in to it when youfirst start your device. You also need to have Internet access to use many of the features inAndroid™.New software releases may not be compatible with all devices.Device overview1Front camera lens2 Ear speaker3 Headset jack4 Light sensor5 Power key7This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
6 Volume/Zoom key7 Camera key8 Strap hole9 Microphone10 Notification light11 Camera lens12 Camera light13 Port for charger/USB cable14 Connector for charging dock15 SpeakerAssemblyTo remove the back cover•Insert a thumbnail into the gap between the back cover and the bottom side ofyour device, then lift up the cover.8This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
To insert the micro SIM card1Remove the battery cover and the battery, then pull out the micro SIM cardholder.2Place the micro SIM card into the micro SIM card holder, with the gold-coloured contacts facing down.3Push the micro SIM card and the holder back into the phone.To insert a memory card1Remove the back cover and the battery.2Insert the memory card into the memory card slot, with the gold-colouredcontacts facing down.The memory card may not be included at purchase in all markets.To attach the back cover1Place the back cover over the back of the device, then press down on the topcorners to lock them into place.2Moving from top to bottom, press down the sides of the cover. The clips on theinside of the cover make clicking noises as they lock into place.9This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
Turning the device on and offTo turn on the device1Press and hold down the power key until the device vibrates.2If your screen goes dark, briefly press the power key to activate the screen.3To unlock the screen, drag up or drag down.4Enter your SIM card PIN when requested, then select OK.5Wait a while for the device to start.Your SIM card PIN is initially supplied by your network operator, but you can change it laterfrom the Settings menu. To correct a mistake made while entering your SIM card PIN, tap .To turn off the device1Press and hold down the power key until the options menu opens.2In the options menu, tap Power off.3Tap OK.It may take a while for the device to shut down.Screen lockWhen your device is on and left idle for a set period of time, the screen darkens tosave battery power, and locks automatically. This lock prevents unwanted actions onthe touchscreen when you are not using it. On the lockscreen, you can still takephotos and play audio tracks.To activate the screen•Briefly press the power key .To unlock the screen•Drag up or drag down.To lock the screen manually•When the screen is active, briefly press the power key .Setup guideThe first time you start your device, a setup guide opens to explain basic functionsand help you enter essential settings. This is a good time to configure the device to10This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
your specific needs. You can also access the setup guide later from the settingsmenu.To access the setup guide manually1From the Home screen, tap .2Tap Settings > Setup guide.Accounts and servicesSign in to your online service accounts from your device to get easy access whenyou're on the move. For example, you can integrate contacts from your Google™account into your phonebook, so you have everything in one place. You can sign upto new online services from your device as well as from a computer.Google™ accountHaving a Google™ account is key to using a range of applications and services withyour Android device. You need a Google™ account, for example, to use the Gmail™application in your device, to chat with friends using Google Talk™, and tosynchronise the calendar application on your device with your Google Calendar™.You also need a Google™ account to download applications and games, music,movies and books from Google Play™.Microsoft® Exchange ActiveSync® accountSynchronise your device with your corporate Microsoft® Exchange ActiveSync®account. This way, you keep your work email, contacts and calendar events with youat all times.Facebook™ accountFacebook™ is a social networking service that connects you with friends, family andcolleagues around the world. Set up Facebook to work on your device so that youcan stay in touch from anywhere.11This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
Getting to know your deviceUsing the keysBack•Go back to the previous screen•Close the on-screen keypad, a dialog box, an options menu, or the Notification panelHome•Go to the Home screenTask•Tap to open a window showing your most recently used applications and a small apps barBatteryCharging the batteryYour battery is partly charged when you buy the device. It may take a few minutesbefore the battery icon appears on the screen when you connect the chargercable to a power source, such as a USB port or a charger. You can still use yourdevice while it is charging. Charging your device over a long period of time, forexample, overnight, does not damage the battery or the device.The battery will start to discharge a little after it is fully charged and then charges again after acertain time when the charger is connected. This is to extend battery life and may result in thecharge status showing a level below 100 percent.12This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
To charge your device1Plug the charger into a power outlet.2Plug one end of the USB cable into the charger (or into the USB port of acomputer).3Plug the other end of the cable into the micro USB port on your device, withthe USB symbol facing up. The battery status LED lights up when chargingstarts.4When the battery status LED is green, the device is fully charged. Disconnectthe USB cable from your device by pulling it straight outwards. Make sure notto bend the connector when removing the cable from the device.Use the charger and USB cable provided with the device to ensure faster charging.If the battery is completely discharged, it may take a few minutes before the LED lights upafter you connect the charger cable to a power source.Battery LED statusGreen The battery is fully chargedRed The battery level is lowOrange The battery is charging. The battery level is between low and fullTo check the battery level1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Settings > About phone > Status > Battery level.Improving battery performanceThe following tips can help you improve battery performance:•Charge your device often. This will not affect the lifetime of the battery.•Downloading data from the Internet is power consuming. When you're not using theInternet, you can save power by disabling all data connections over mobile networks.This setting does not prevent your device from transmitting data over other wirelessnetworks.•Turn off Bluetooth™ and Wi-Fi® when you don't need these features. You can turnthem on and off more easily by adding the Quick settings widget to your Homescreen.•Use the STAMINA mode and Low battery mode features to reduce batteryconsumption. You can select the power saving mode that best suits the way you useyour device. You can also customise the settings of each power saving mode.•Set your synchronisation applications (used to synchronise your email, calendar andcontacts) to synchronise manually. You can also synchronise automatically, butincrease the synchronisation intervals.•Check the battery usage menu in your device to see which applications use the mostpower. Your battery consumes more power when you use video and music streaming13This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
applications, such as YouTube™. Some applications downloaded from GooglePlay™ may also consume more power.•Close and exit applications that you are not using.•Lower the screen display brightness level.•Turn off your device or activate the Airplane mode setting if you are in an area withno network coverage. Otherwise, your device repeatedly scans for availablenetworks, and this consumes power.•Use a Sony original handsfree device to listen to music. Handsfree devices demandless battery power than your device's own loudspeakers.•Keep your device in standby mode whenever possible. Standby time refers to thetime during your device is connected to the network and is not being used.•Disable any live wallpaper.To access the battery usage menu1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Settings > Power management > Battery usage.To add the Data traffic widget to your Home screen1Tap and hold an empty area of your Home screen.2Tap Widgets > Tools.3Tap and hold the Mobile data widget, then drag it to an empty area of yourHome screen.To add the Quick settings widget to your Home screen1Tap and hold an empty area of your Home screen.2Tap Widgets > Tools.3Tap and hold the Quick settings widget, then drag it to an empty area of yourHome screen.Using STAMINA modeActivate the STAMINA mode feature to pause your Wi-Fi® connection, data trafficand several power consuming applications when your screen is inactive. WhenSTAMINA mode is active, you can still receive phone calls, and text and multimediamessages. You can also set up an applications list to allow some applications tokeep running when your screen is inactive. Once the screen becomes active again, allpaused functions are resumed.To activate STAMINA mode1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Settings > Power management.3Tap next to STAMINA mode, then tap Activate.To deactivate STAMINA mode1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Settings > Power management.3Tap next to STAMINA mode.To change the settings for STAMINA mode1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Settings > Power management.3To open the settings menu, tap STAMINA mode.4Add or remove applications, as desired.5When you're finished, tap Done.Estimating the standby time of your deviceStandby time refers to the amount of time the battery can last when your device isconnected to the network but is not in active use, for example, to receive or makephone calls. STAMINA mode, when activated, continuously evaluates the remainingstandby time, which can vary depending on how you use your device. STAMINAmode is more effective in lengthening the standby time if you keep the screen of your14This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
device locked. If you rarely lock the screen, you may not see much improvement inbattery performance.When you use your device for the first time, the estimated standby time may not be accuratesince there is no previous usage history to estimate from.To view the estimated standby time1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Settings > Power management.Using Low battery modeYou can activate the Low battery mode feature when the battery level is low. Thisfeature helps you to adjust the settings for screen brightness, data traffic and thevibrate function so that you can reduce battery consumption.To activate Low battery mode1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Settings > Power management.3Tap next to Low battery mode, then tap Activate.To deactivate Low battery mode1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Settings > Power management.3Tap next to Low battery mode.To change the settings for Low battery mode1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Settings > Power management.3To open the settings menu, tap Low battery mode.4Adjust the settings as desired.5When you're finished, tap .Using the touchscreenA protective plastic sheet is already attached to the screen of your device when youbuy it. You should peel off this sheet before using the touchscreen. Otherwise, thetouchscreen might not function properly.When your device is on and left idle for a set period of time, the screen darkens tosave battery power, and locks automatically. This lock prevents unwanted actions onthe touchscreen when you are not using it. You can also set personal locks to protectyour subscription and make sure only you can access content on your device.The device screen is made from glass. Do not touch the screen if the glass is cracked orshattered. Avoid trying to repair a damaged screen yourself. Glass screens are sensitive todrops and mechanical shocks. Cases of negligent care are not covered by the Sony warrantyservice.To open or highlight an item•Tap the item.Marking optionsMarked checkboxUnmarked checkboxMarked list optionUnmarked list option15This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
To mark or unmark options•Tap the relevant checkbox or list option.ZoomingThe zoom options available depend on the application you are using.To zoom•Place two fingers on the screen at once and pinch them together (to zoom out)or spread them apart (to zoom in).When you use two fingers on the screen to zoom, it is only possible to zoom if both fingersare within the zoomable area. If you, for example, want to zoom in on a photo, make sure thatboth fingers are within the photo frame area.ScrollingScroll by moving your finger up or down on the screen. On some web pages you canalso scroll to the sides.Dragging or flicking will not activate anything on the screen.To scroll•Drag or flick your finger in the direction you want to scroll on the screen.To scroll more quickly, flick your finger in the direction you want to go on the screen.16This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
To flick•To scroll more quickly, flick your finger in the direction you want to go on thescreen. You can wait for the scrolling movement to stop by itself, or you canstop it immediately by tapping the screen.SensorsYour device has sensors that detect both light and proximity. The light sensor detectsthe ambient light level and adjusts the brightness of the screen accordingly. Theproximity sensor turns the touch screen off during voice calls when your ear is closeto the screen. This prevents you from unintentionally activating other functions onyour device when you are engaged in a call.Using the lockscreenOn the lockscreen, you can play tracks, take photos and record videos withoutunlocking the screen.To take a photo from the lockscreen1To activate the screen, briefly press the power key .2To activate the camera controls, drag to the left across the screen.3Tap .To play an audio track from the lockscreen1To activate the screen, briefly press the power key .2To display the music player controls, drag to the right across the screen.3Tap .To pause an audio track from the lockscreen1To activate the screen, briefly press the power key .2When the music player controls appear, tap .17This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
To change the currently playing audio track from the lockscreen1To activate the screen, briefly press the power key .2When the music player controls appear, tap or .Home screenThe Home screen is your gateway to the main features on your device. You cancustomise your Home screen with widgets, shortcuts, folders, themes, wallpaper andother items.The Home screen extends beyond the regular screen display width, so you need toflick left or right to view content in all of the Home screen's panes. shows whichpart of the Home screen you are in. You can set a pane as the main Home screenpane, and add or delete panes.The items in the bar at the bottom of the screen are always available for quick access.To go to the Home screen•Press .To browse the Home screen•Flick right or left.To set a pane as the main Home screen pane1Touch and hold an empty area on your Home screen until the device vibrates.2Flick left or right to browse to the pane that you want to set as your main Homescreen pane, then tap .To add a pane to your Home screen1Touch and hold an empty area on your Home screen until the device vibrates.2Flick left or right to browse the panes, then tap .18This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
To delete a pane from your Home screen1Touch and hold an empty area on your Home screen until the device vibrates.2Flick left or right to browse to the pane that you want to delete, then tap .WidgetsWidgets are small applications that you can use directly on your Home screen. Forexample, the “WALKMAN” widget allows you to start playing music directly.Some widgets are resizable, so you can expand them to view more content or shrinkthem to save space on your Home screen.To add a widget to the Home screen1Touch and hold an empty area on your Home screen until the device vibrates,then tap Widgets.2Find and tap the widget that you want to add.To resize a widget1Touch and hold a widget until it magnifies and the device vibrates, then releasethe widget. If the widget can be resized, for example, the Calendar widget,then a highlighted frame and resizing dots appear.2Drag the dots inward or outward to shrink or expand the widget.3To confirm the new size of the widget, tap anywhere on the Home screen.Rearranging your Home screenCustomise the appearance of your Home screen and change the features that youcan access from it. Change the screen background, move items around, createfolders, and add shortcuts and widgets.Customisation optionsWhen you touch and hold an empty area of your Home screen, the followingcustomisation options appear:Add widgets to your Home screen.Add applications and shortcuts.Set a wallpaper for your Home screen.Set a background theme.To view customisation options from the Home screen•Touch and hold an empty area on your Home screen until the device vibratesand customisation options appear at the bottom of the screen.To add a shortcut to your Home screen1Touch and hold an empty area on your Home screen until the device vibrates.2Tap Apps > Shortcuts.3Select a shortcut.You can add an application shortcut directly from the Application screen by touching andholding the application.To move an item on the Home screen•Touch and hold the item until it magnifies and the device vibrates, then dragthe item to the new location.To delete an item from the Home screen•Touch and hold an item until it magnifies and the device vibrates, then drag theitem to .19This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
To create a folder on the Home screen1Touch and hold an application icon or a shortcut until it magnifies and thedevice vibrates, then drag and drop it on top of another application icon orshortcut.2Enter a name for the folder and tap Done.To add items to a folder on the Home screen•Touch and hold an item until it magnifies and the device vibrates, then drag theitem to the folder.To rename a folder on the Home screen1Tap the folder to open it.2Tap the folder's title bar to show the Folder name field.3Enter the new folder name and tap Done.Changing the background of your Home screenAdapt the Home screen to your own style using wallpapers and different themes.To change your Home screen wallpaper1Touch and hold an empty area on your Home screen until the device vibrates.2Tap Wallpapers and select an option.To set a theme for your Home screen1Touch and hold an empty area on your Home screen until the device vibrates.2Tap Themes, then select a theme.When you change a theme, the background also changes in some applications.Accessing and using applicationsOpen applications from shortcuts on your Home screen or from the Applicationscreen.Application screenThe Application screen, which you open from your Home screen, contains theapplications that come pre-installed on your device as well as the applications youdownload.The Application screen extends beyond the regular screen width, so you need to flickleft and right to view all content.To open the Application screen•From your Home screen, tap .To browse the Application screen•From the Application screen, flick right or left.20This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
To create a shortcut to an application on the Home screen1From your Home screen, tap .2Touch and hold an application icon until the screen vibrates, then drag the iconto the top of the screen. The Home screen opens.3Drag the icon to the desired location on the Home screen, then release yourfinger.To share an application from your Application screen1From your Home screen, tap .2Tap , then tap Share. All applications which can be shared are indicated by .3Tap the application that you want to share, then select an option and confirm,if necessary. A link to a download of the application is sent to the people youhave selected.Opening and closing applicationsTo open an application•From your Home screen or the Application screen, tap the application.To close an application•Press .Some applications are paused when you press to exit, while other applications maycontinue to run in the background. In the first case, the next time you open the application,you can continue where you left off. Remember that some applications may cause dataconnection charges when they are running in the background, for example, social networkingservices.Recently used applications windowYou can switch between recently used applications from this window. You can alsoopen small apps.To open the recently used applications window•Press . The recently used applications window appears on the right of thescreen.Using small appsFrom the recently used applications window, you can get quick access to severalsmall apps at any time using the small apps bar. A small app only takes up a smallarea of your screen. So you can interact with a small app and another application atthe same time on the same screen.To open the small apps bar•Press . The small apps bar appears at the bottom of the screen.To open a small app1To make the small apps bar appear, press .2Tap the small app that you want to open. A small app window appears.To close a small app•Tap on the small app window.21This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
To move a small app•When the small app is open, touch and hold the top left corner of the smallapp, then move it to the desired location.To minimise a small app•When the small app is open, touch and hold the top left corner of the smallapp, then drag it to the right edge or to the bottom edge of the screen.To rearrange your small apps1To make the small apps bar appear, press .2Touch and hold a small app and drag it to the desired position in the smallapps bar.To remove a small app from the small apps bar1To make the small apps bar appear, press .2Touch and hold a small app icon and drag it away from the small apps bar.To restore a previously removed small app1To make the small apps bar appear, press .2Tap > Installed small apps.3Select the small app that you want to restore.To download a small app1To make the small apps bar appear, press .2Tap > .3Find a small app that you want to download, then follow the instructions tocomplete the installation.Application menuYou can open a menu at any time when you are using an application. The menu willlook different depending on which application you are using.To open a menu in an application•While using the application, press .A menu is not available in all applications.Rearranging your Application screenMove the applications around on the Application screen according to yourpreferences.To arrange applications on the Application screen1From your Home screen, tap to go to the Application screen.2Tap the drop-down list on the top left of the screen and select an option.To move an application on the Application screen1Open the Application screen.2Touch and hold an item until it magnifies and the device vibrates, then drag theitem to the new location.You can only move your applications when Own order is selected.To uninstall an application from the Application screen1From your Home screen, tap .2Tap , then tap Uninstall. All uninstallable applications are indicated by .3Tap the application that you want to uninstall, then tap Uninstall.22This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
Status and notificationsThe status bar at the top of your screen shows what's going on in your device. To theleft you get notifications when there is something new or ongoing. For example, newmessage and calendar notifications appear here. The right side shows the signalstrength, battery status, and other information.The status bar allows you to adjust basic settings on your device, for example,Wi-Fi®, Bluetooth™, data traffic, and sound. You can also open the settings menufrom the Notification panel to change other settings.A notification light also gives you battery status information and some notifications.For example, a flashing blue light means there is a new message or a missed call.The notification light may not work when the battery level is low.Checking notifications and ongoing activitiesYou can drag down the status bar to open the Notification panel and get moreinformation. For example, you can use the panel to open a new message or view acalendar event. You can also open some applications that run in the background,such as the music player.To open the Notification panel•Drag the status bar downwards.23This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
To close the Notification panel•Drag the tab at the bottom of the Notification panel upwards.To open a running application from the Notification panel•Tap the icon for the running application to open it.To dismiss a notification from the Notification panel•Place your finger on a notification and flick left or right.To clear the Notification panel•From the Notification panel, tap Clear.Setting your device from the Notification panelYou can open the settings menu from the Notification panel to adjust basic devicesettings. For example, you can turn on Wi-Fi®.To open the device settings menu from the Notification panel1Drag the status bar downwards.2Tap .To adjust sound settings from the Notification panel1Drag the status bar downwards.2Tap .To control the Bluetooth™ function from the Notification panel1Drag the status bar downwards.2Tap .To control the Wi-Fi® function from the Notification panel1Drag the status bar downwards.2Tap .To enable or disable data traffic from the Notification panel1Drag the status bar downwards.2Tap .Settings menuView and change settings for your device from the Settings menu.24This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
To access your device settings1From your Home screen, tap .2Tap Settings.You can also drag the status bar downwards on the Home screen and tap to access yourdevice settings.Typing textYou can select from a number of keyboards and input methods to type textcontaining letters, numbers and other characters.On-screen keyboardTap the keys of the on-screen QWERTY keyboard to enter text conveniently. Someapplications open the on-screen keyboard automatically. You can also open thiskeyboard by touching a text field.Using the on-screen keyboard1Change the character case and turn on the caps lock. For some languages, this key is used to accessextra characters in the language.2 Close the on-screen keyboard view. Note that this icon does not appear in portrait mode.3 Display numbers and symbols.4 Personalise your keyboard. This key disappears after the keyboard is personalised.5 Enter a space.6 Enter a carriage return or confirm text input.7 Delete a character before the cursor.All illustrations are for illustration purposes only and may not accurately depict the actualdevice.To display the on-screen keyboard to enter text•Tap a text entry field.To hide the on-screen keyboard•When the on-screen keyboard is open, tap .To personalise the on-screen keyboard1Open the on-screen keyboard, then tap .2Follow the instructions to personalise your on-screen keyboard, for example,mark the Smiley key checkbox.If you don't mark the Smiley key checkbox when you personalise the on-screen keyboard, thesmiley icon will not appear.25This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
To use the on-screen keyboard in landscape orientation•When you enter text, turn the device sideways.For the keyboard to support this feature, landscape mode must be supported by theapplication you are using, and your screen orientation settings must be set to automatic.To enter text using the on-screen keyboard1To enter a character visible on the keyboard, tap the character.2To enter a character variant, touch and hold a regular keyboard character toget a list of available options, then select from the list. For example, to enter"é", touch and hold "e" until other options appear, then, while keeping yourfinger pressed on the keyboard, drag to and select "é".To shift between upper-case and lower-case letters•Before you enter a letter, tap to switch to upper-case , or vice versa.To turn on the caps lock•Before you type a word, touch and hold or until appears.To enter numbers or symbols•When you enter text, tap . A keyboard with numbers and symbols appears.Tap to view more options.To enter common punctuation marks1When you finish entering a word, tap the space bar.2Select a punctuation mark from the candidate bar. The selected mark isinserted before the space.To quickly enter a full stop, tap the space bar twice when you finish entering a word.To delete characters•Tap to place the cursor after the character you want to delete, then tap .To enter a carriage return•When you enter text, tap to enter a carriage return.To select text1Enter some text, then double-tap the text. The word you tap gets highlightedby tabs on both sides.2Drag the tabs left or right to select more text.To edit text in landscape orientation1Enter some text, then double-tap the entered text.2Select the text you want to work with, then tap Edit... and select an option.To paste text from the clipboard, double-tap the text field to make Paste appear, then tapPaste.To edit text in portrait orientation1Enter some text, then double-tap the entered text to make the application barappear.2Select the text you want to edit, then use the application bar to make yourdesired changes.To paste text from the clipboard, double-tap the text field to make Paste appear, then tapPaste.26This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
Application bar1 Close the application bar2 Select all text3 Cut text4 Copy text5 Paste text only appears when you have text stored on the clipboard.Using the Gesture input function to write wordsYou can input text by sliding your finger from letter to letter on the on-screenkeyboard.Gesture input is only available when you use the on-screen keyboard.To enter text using the Gesture input function1When you enter text using the on-screen keyboard, slide your finger from letterto letter to trace the word you want to write.2Lift up your finger when you’ve finished entering a word. A word is suggestedbased on the letters you have traced. If necessary, select the correct word inthe candidate bar.3To view more options, scroll right or left in the word candidate bar. If youcannot find the desired word, tap once to delete the entire word. Then tryagain to trace the word using the Gesture input function, or tap each letter toenter the word.4If the Space between gestures setting is activated, trace the next word thatyou want to enter. If not, tap the space bar and then trace the next word youwant to enter.To enter joined compound words when the Space between gestures setting is activated, youmay need to slide to enter the first part of the word, then tap each letter to enter the rest ofthe word.To change the Gesture input settings1When you enter text using the on-screen keyboard, tap .2Tap , then tap Keyboard settings.3Tap Text input settings.4Mark or unmark the Gesture input checkbox.5If you want to automatically add a space between gestures without having totap the space bar each time, mark the Space between gestures checkbox.PhonepadThe Phonepad is similar to a standard 12-key telephone keypad. It gives youpredictive text and multi-tap input options. You can activate the Phonepad text inputmethod via the keyboard settings. The Phonepad is only available in portraitorientation.27This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
Using the Phonepad1 Choose a text input option2 Change the character case and turn on the caps lock3 Display numbers4 Display symbols and smileys5 Enter a space6 Enter a carriage return or confirm text input7 Delete a character before the cursorAll illustrations are for illustration purposes only and may not accurately depict the actualdevice.To open the Phonepad for the first time1Tap a text entry field, then tap .2Tap , then tap Keyboard settings.3Tap Keyboard appearance > Keyboard layout.4Select the Phonepad.The Phonepad can only be used in portrait mode.To enter text using the Phonepad•When appears in the Phonepad, tap each character key only once, even ifthe letter you want is not the first letter on the key. Tap the word that appearsor tap to view more word suggestions and select a word from the list.•When appears in the Phonepad, tap the on-screen key for the character youwant to enter. Keep pressing this key until the desired character is selected.Then do the same for the next character you want to enter, and so on.To enter numbers using the Phonepad•When the Phonepad is open, tap . A Phonepad with numbers appears.To insert symbols and smileys using the Phonepad1When the Phonepad is open, tap . A grid with symbols and smileysappears.2Scroll up or down to view more options. Tap a symbol or smiley to select it.Keyboard and Phonepad settingsYou can select settings for the on-screen keyboard and the Phonepad, such aswriting language and automatic correction.28This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
To access the on-screen keyboard and Phonepad settings1When you enter text using the on-screen keyboard or Phonepad, tap or .2Tap , then tap Keyboard settings.To add a writing language for text input1When you enter text using the on-screen keyboard or Phonepad, tap or .2Tap , then tap Keyboard settings.3Tap Languages > Writing languages and mark the relevant checkboxes. TapOK to confirm.Text input settingsWhen entering text using the on-screen keyboard or the Phonepad, you can access atext input settings menu that helps you set options for text prediction, automaticspacing and quick fixes. For example, you can decide how word options arepresented and how words get corrected as you type. You can also set the text inputapplication to remember new words that you write.To change the text input settings1When you enter text using the on-screen keyboard or the Phonepad, tap or.2Tap , then tap Keyboard settings > Text input settings and select therelevant settings.Entering text using voice inputWhen you enter text, you can use the voice input function instead of typing thewords. Just speak the words that you want to enter. Voice input is an experimentaltechnology from Google™, and is available for a number of languages and regions.To enable voice input1When you enter text using the on-screen keyboard or the Phonepad, tap or.2Tap , then tap Keyboard settings .3Mark the Google voice typing key checkbox.4Press to save your settings. A microphone icon appears on your on-screen keyboard or Phonepad.To enter text using voice input1Open the on-screen keyboard or the Phonepad.2If is available, tap it. If not, touch and hold the input language key, forexample, .3When appears, speak to enter text. When you're finished, tap again. Thesuggested text appears.4Edit the text manually if necessary.Customising your deviceYou can adjust several device settings to suit your own needs. For example, you canchange the language, add a personal ringtone, or change the screen brightness.Adjusting the volumeYou can adjust the ringtone volume for incoming calls and notifications as well as formusic and video playback.To adjust the ring volume with the volume key•Press the volume key up or down.To adjust the media playing volume with the volume key•When playing music or watching video, press the volume key up or down.29This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
Adjusting the sound settingsYou can adjust several sound settings. For example, you can set your device to silentmode so that it doesn't ring when you're in a meeting.To set your device to vibrate mode•Press the volume key down until appears in the status bar.You can also press and hold down the power key and then tap in the menu that opensto set your device to vibrate mode.To set your device to silent mode1Press the volume key down until the device vibrates and appears in thestatus bar.2Press the volume key down again. appears in the status bar.You can also press and hold down the power key and then tap in the menu that opensto set your device to silent mode.To set your device to vibrate and ring mode1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Settings > Sound.3Mark the Vibrate when ringing checkbox.Time and dateYou can change the time and date on your device.To set the date manually1From the Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Settings > Date & time.3Unmark the Automatic date & time checkbox, if it is marked.4Tap Set date.5Adjust the date by scrolling up and down.6Tap Done.To set the time manually1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Settings > Date & time.3Unmark the Automatic date & time checkbox if it is marked.4Tap Set time.5Scroll up or down to adjust the hour and minute.6If applicable, scroll up to change am to pm, or vice versa.7Tap Done.To set the time zone1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Settings > Date & time.3Unmark the Automatic time zone checkbox, if it is marked.4Tap Select time zone.5Select an option.Ringtone settingsTo set a ringtone1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Settings > Sound > Phone ringtone.3Select a ringtone.4Tap Done.30This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
To enable touch tones1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Settings > Sound.3Mark the Dial pad touch tones and Touch sounds checkboxes.To select the notification sound1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Settings > Sound > Default notification.3Select the sound to be played when notifications arrive.4Tap Done.Screen settingsTo adjust the screen brightness1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Settings > Display > Brightness.3Drag the slider to adjust the brightness.4Tap OK.The brightness level affects your battery performance. For tips on how to improve batteryperformance, see Improving battery performance.To set the screen to vibrate1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Settings > Sound.3Mark the Vibrate on touch checkbox. The screen now vibrates when you tapsoft keys and certain applications.To adjust the idle time before the screen turns off1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Settings > Display > Sleep.3Select an option.To turn off the screen quickly, briefly press the power key .To keep the screen active while your device is charging1From the Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Settings > Developer options.3Mark the Stay awake checkbox.Language settingsYou can select a default language for your device and change it again at a later time.To change the language1From the Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Settings > Language & input > Language.3Select an option.4Tap OK.If you select the wrong language and cannot read the menu texts, find and tap . Then selectthe text beside and select the first entry in the menu that opens. You can then select thelanguage you want.Airplane modeIn Airplane mode, the network and radio transceivers are turned off to preventdisturbance to sensitive equipment. However, you can still play games, listen tomusic, watch videos and other content, as long as all this content is saved on your31This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
memory card or internal storage. You can also be notified by alarms, if alarms areactivated.Turning on Airplane mode reduces battery consumption.To turn on Airplane mode1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Settings > More….3Mark the Airplane mode checkbox.You can also press and hold down the power key and then select Airplane mode in themenu that opens.Enhancing the sound outputYou can enhance the sound output that comes from the speakers in your deviceusing features such as Clear Phase™ and xLOUD™ technology.Using Clear Phase™ technologyUse Clear Phase™ technology from Sony to automatically adjust the sound qualitycoming from your device's internal speakers and get a cleaner, more natural sound.To enhance the speaker sound quality using Clear Phase™1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Settings > Sound.3Mark the Clear Phase™ checkbox.The activation of the Clear Phase™ feature has no effect on voice communicationapplications. For example, there is no change in the voice call sound quality.Using xLOUD™ technologyUse xLOUD™ audio filter technology from Sony to enhance the speaker volumewithout sacrificing quality. Get a more dynamic sound as you listen to your favouritesongs.To enhance the speaker volume using xLOUD™1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Settings > Sound.3Mark the xLOUD™ checkbox.The activation of the xLOUD™ feature has no effect on voice communication applications. Forexample, there is no change in the voice call sound quality.MemoryYou can save content to your device's internal storage and to a memory card.Memory cardYour device supports a microSD™ memory card, which is used for storing content.This type of card can also be used as a portable memory card with other compatibledevices.You may have to purchase a memory card separately.Formatting the memory cardYou can format the memory card in your device, for example, to free up memory.This means that you erase all data on the card.All content on the memory card gets erased when you format it. Make sure you make backupsof everything you want to save before formatting the memory card. To back up your content,32This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
you can copy it to your computer. For more information, refer to the chapter Connecting yourdevice to a computer on page 104.Using a headsetUse the accessories provided with your device, or other compatible accessories, for optimalperformance.To use a headset1Connect the headset to your device.2To answer a call, press the call handling key.3To end the call, press the call handling key.If a headset is not included with the device, you may purchase one separately.If you are listening to music, the music stops when you answer a call and resumes after youend the call.Internet and messaging settingsTo send text and multimedia messages and to access the Internet, you must have amobile data connection and the correct settings. There are different ways to getthese settings:•For most mobile networks and operators, Internet and messaging settings comepreinstalled on your device. You can then start using the Internet and send messagesright away.•In some cases you will get the option to download Internet and messaging settingsthe first time you turn on your device. It is also possible to download these settingslater from the Settings menu.•You can manually add and change Internet and network settings on your device atany time. Contact your network operator for detailed information about Internet andmessaging settings.To download Internet and messaging settings1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Settings > Xperia™ > Internet settings.3Tap Accept.To reset the default Internet settings1From the Home screen, tap .2Tap Settings > More… > Mobile networks > Access Point Names.3Tap .4Tap Reset to default.Access Point Names (APNs)An APN is used to establish data connections between your device and the Internet.The APN defines which type of IP address to use, which security methods to invoke,and which fixed-end connections to use. Checking the APN is useful when you33This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
cannot access the Internet, have no data connection, or cannot send or receivemultimedia messages.To view the current APN1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Settings > More… > Mobile networks.3Tap Access Point Names.If you have several available connections, the active network connection is indicated by amarked button.To add Internet settings manually1From the Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Settings > More… > Mobile networks > Access Point Names.3Tap .4Tap New APN.5Tap Name and enter the name of the network profile that you want to create.6Tap APN and enter the access point name.7Enter all other information required by your network operator.8Tap , then tap Save.Usage infoFor quality purposes, Sony collects anonymous bug reports and statistics regardingyour device. None of the information gathered includes personal data.To allow the sending of usage info1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Settings > Xperia™ > Usage info settings.3Mark the Send usage info checkbox if it is not already marked.4Tap Agree to allow the sending of usage information.Controlling data usageKeep track of and control the amount of data transferred to and from your deviceduring a given period. For example, you can set data usage warnings and limits foryour device to avoid additional charges. You can also limit the amount of data usedby individual applications.Adjusting data usage settings can help you keep greater control over data usage but cannotguarantee the prevention of additional charges.To access data usage settings1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Settings > Data usage.To turn data traffic on or off1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Settings > Data usage.3To turn data traffic on or off, tap the on-off switch beside Mobile dataaccordingly.You can also turn data traffic on or off by marking or unmarking the Mobile data trafficcheckbox under Settings > More… > Mobile networks.To set a data usage warning1Make sure that you have turned on data traffic.2From your Home screen, tap .3Find and tap Settings > Data usage.4To set the warning level, drag the lines to the desired values. You receive awarning notification when the amount of data traffic approaches the level youset.34This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
To set a data usage limit1Make sure that you have turned on data traffic.2From your Home screen, tap .3Find and tap Settings > Data usage.4Mark the Set mobile data limit checkbox if it is not marked, then tap OK.5To set the data usage limit, drag the lines to the desired values.Once your data usage reaches the set limit, data traffic on your device will be turned offautomatically.To control the data usage of individual applications1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Settings > Data usage.3Find and tap the desired application.4Make the necessary adjustments to change the data usage limit, restrictbackground data, or restrict all data traffic for the application.5To access more specific settings for the application, tap View app settingsand make the desired changes.Specific settings for an application may not always be accessible.The performance of individual applications may be affected if you change the related datausage settings.Mobile network settingsYour device automatically switches between mobile networks depending on whatmobile networks are available in different areas. You can also manually set yourdevice to use a particular mobile network mode, for example, WCDMA or GSM.To select a network mode1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Settings > More… > Mobile networks.3Tap Network Mode.4Select a network mode.To select another network manually1From the Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Settings > More… > Mobile networks > Network operators.3Tap Search mode > Manual.4Select a network.If you select a network manually, your device will not search for other networks, even if youmove out of range of the manually selected network.To activate automatic network selection1From the Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Settings > More… > Mobile networks > Network operators.3When a pop-up window appears, tap Search mode.4Tap Automatic.Turning off data trafficYou can disable all data connections over mobile networks to avoid any unwanteddata downloads and synchronisations. Contact your network operator if you needdetailed information about your subscription plan and data traffic charges.When data traffic is turned off, you can still use Wi-Fi® and Bluetooth™ connections. You canalso send and receive multimedia messages.35This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
To turn off all data traffic1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Settings > More… > Mobile networks.3Unmark the Mobile data traffic checkbox.Data roamingSome network operators allow mobile data connections via mobile networks whenyou are outside of your home network (roaming). Note that data transmission chargesmay apply. Contact your network operator for more information.Applications may sometimes use the Internet connection in your home network without anynotification, for example, when sending search and synchronisation requests. Additionalcharges may apply when such Internet connections are established while you are roaming.Consult your network operator for more information.To activate data roaming1From the Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Settings > More… > Mobile networks.3Mark the Data roaming checkbox.You can’t activate data roaming when data connections have been deactivated.36This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
Google Play™Getting started with Google Play™Open Google Play™ and enter a world of applications and games. You can browsethese applications and games through different categories. You can also rate anapplication or game and send feedback on it.To use Google Play™, you need to have a Google™ account. See To set up aGoogle™ account on your device on page 54.Google Play™ may not be available in all countries or regionsTo open Google Play™1From the Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Play Store.Downloading from Google Play™You can download all kinds of applications from Google Play™, including freeapplications.Before you download applicationsBefore you start downloading from Google Play™, make sure that you have aworking Internet connection.Also, remember that you might incur data traffic charges when you download contentto your device. Contact your operator for more information.To download a free application1In Google Play™, find an item you wish to download by browsing categories,or by using the search function.2Tap the item to view its details, and follow the instructions to complete theinstallation.To download a paid application1In Google Play™, find an item you wish to download by browsing categories,or by using the search function.2Tap the item to view its details, and follow the instructions to complete yourpurchase.To open a downloaded application1In Google Play™, press , then tap My Apps.2Tap the downloaded application.You can also access downloaded applications from the Application screen.Clearing your application dataYou may sometimes need to clear data for an application. This might happen if, forexample, the application memory becomes full, or you want to clear high scores for agame. You might also want to erase incoming email, text and multimedia messagesin some applications.37This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
To clear all cache for an application1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Settings.3Tap Apps.4Tap the application for which you want to clear all cache.5Tap Clear cache.It is not possible to clear the cache for some applications.To delete an installed application1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Settings.3Tap Apps.4Select the application that you want to delete.5Tap Uninstall.It is not possible to delete some preinstalled applications.PermissionsSome applications may need to access data, settings and various functions on yourdevice in order to work properly. If so, then they need the relevant permissions fromyou. For example, a navigation application needs permissions to send and receivedata traffic, and access your location. Some applications might misuse theirpermissions by stealing or deleting data, or by reporting your location. Make sure youonly install and give permissions to applications you trust.To view permissions of an application1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Settings.3Tap Apps.4Tap the desired application.5Scroll down to view the relevant details under Permissions.Installing applications not from Google Play™Installing applications of unknown or unreliable origin can damage your device. Bydefault, your device is set to block such installations. However, you can change thissetting and allow installations from unknown sources.Sony does not warrant or guarantee the performance of any third-party applications or contenttransferred via download or other interface to your device. Similarly, Sony is not responsiblefor any damage or reduced performance of your device attributable to the transfer of third-party content. Only use content from reliable sources. Contact the content provider if you haveany questions or concerns.To allow the installation of applications not from Google Play™1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Settings > Security.3Mark the Unknown sources checkbox.4Tap OK.38This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
CallingEmergency callsYour device supports international emergency numbers, for example, 112 or 911.You can normally use these numbers to make emergency calls in any country, with orwithout the SIM card inserted if you are within range of a network.To make an emergency call1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and Tap Phone.3Enter the emergency number and tap Call. To delete a number, tap .You can make emergency calls when no SIM card is inserted or when outgoing calls arebarred.To make an emergency call while the SIM card is locked1Tap Emergency call.2Enter the emergency number and tap Call. To delete a number, tap .Call handlingYou can make a call by manually dialling a phone number, by tapping a numbersaved in your contact list, or by tapping the phone number in your call log view. Youcan also use the smart dial feature to quickly find numbers from your contact list andcall logs.To dial a phone number1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap .3If the call log appears, tap to enter the dialpad view.4Enter the phone number and tap .To delete a digit entered by mistake, tap .To make a call using smart dial1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Phone.3Use the dialpad to enter letters or numbers that correspond to the contact youwant to call. As you enter each letter or number, a list of possible matchesappears.4Tap the contact you want to call.To end a call•Tap End call.To make an international call1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Phone.3Touch and hold 0 until a “+” sign appears.4Enter the country code, area code (without the first 0) and phone number, thentap Call.39This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
To answer a call•Drag to the right across the screen.To decline a call•Drag to the left across the screen.To reject a second call•When you hear repeated beeps during a call, tap .To change the ear speaker volume during a call•Press the volume key up or down.To turn on the loudspeaker during a call•Tap .To mute the microphone during a call•Tap .To activate the screen during a call•Briefly press .To enter numbers during a call1During the call, tap Dialpad. A keypad appears.2Tap the numbers you want to enter.To mute the ringtone for an incoming call•When you receive the call, press the volume key.Recent callsIn the call log, you can view missed , received and dialled calls.To view your missed calls1When you have missed a call, appears in the status bar. Drag the status bardownwards.2Tap Missed call.To call a number from your call log1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Phone.The call log view appears on the upper part of the screen.3To call a number directly, tap the number. To edit a number before calling,touch and hold the number, then tap Edit number before call.You can also call a number by tapping > Call back.To add a number from the call log to your contacts1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Phone.The call log view appears on the upper part of the screen.3Touch and hold the number, then tap Add to Contacts.4Tap the desired contact, or tap Create new contact.5Edit the contact details and tap Done.40This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
VoicemailIf your subscription includes a voicemail service, callers can leave voice messages foryou when you can't answer calls. Your voicemail service number is normally saved onyour SIM card. If not, you can get the number from your service provider and enter itmanually.To enter your voicemail number1From the Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Settings > Call settings > Voicemail >Voicemail settings >Voicemail number.3Enter your voicemail number.4Tap OK.To call your voicemail service1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Phone.3Touch and hold 1.Multiple callsIf you have activated call waiting, you can handle multiple calls at the same time.When it is activated, you will be notified by a beep if you receive another call.To activate or deactivate call waiting1From the Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Settings > Call settings > Additional settings.3To activate or deactivate call waiting, tap Call waiting.To answer a second call and put the ongoing call on hold•When you hear repeated beeps during a call, tap .To make a second call1During an ongoing call, tap Dialpad.2Enter the number of the recipient and tap Call.3The first call is put on hold.The same procedure applies to subsequent calls.To switch between multiple calls•To switch to another call and put the current call on hold, tap .To end the ongoing call and return to the next call on hold•Tap End call.Conference callsWith a conference or multiparty call, you can have a joint conversation with two ormore persons.For details on the number of participants you can add to a conference call, contact yournetwork operator.To make a conference call1During an ongoing call, tap Dialpad.2Dial the number of the second participant and tap Call. After the secondparticipant answers, the first participant is put on hold.3Tap to add the second participant to the conference call.4Repeat steps 1 to 3 to add more call participants.41This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
To have a private conversation with a conference call participant1During an ongoing conference call, tap {0} participants.2Tap the telephone number of the participant with whom you want to talkprivately.3To end the private conversation and return to the conference call, tap .To release a participant from a conference call1During an ongoing conference call, tap the button showing the number ofparticipants. For example, tap 3 participants if there are three participants.2Tap next to the participant you want to release.To end a conference call•During the conference call, tap End conference call.Call settingsBarring callsYou can bar all or certain categories of incoming and outgoing calls. When you usecall barring for the first time, you need to enter your PUK (Personal Unblocking Key)and then a new password to activate the call barring function.To bar incoming or outgoing calls1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Settings > Call settings > Call barring.3Select an option.4Enter the password and tap Enable.Rejecting a call with a messageYou can reject a call with a predefined message. When you reject a call with such amessage, the message is automatically sent to the caller and saved on your device.Six messages are predefined on your device. You can select from these predefinedmessages, which can also be edited if necessary.To reject a call with a predefined message•Drag Reject with message upward, then select a message.To reject a second call with a predefined message•When you hear repeated beeps during a call, drag Reject with messageupward, then select a message.To edit the message used to reject a call1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Settings > Call settings > Reject call with message.3Tap the message you want to edit, then make the necessary changes.4When you're done, tap OK.Forwarding callsYou can forward calls, for example, to another phone number, or to an answeringservice.To forward calls1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Settings > Call settings > Call forwarding.3Select an option.4Enter the number you want to forward the calls to, then tap Enable.42This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
To turn off call forwarding1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Settings > Call settings > Call forwarding.3Select an option, then tap Disable.Showing or hiding your phone numberYou can select to show or hide your phone number on call recipients' devices whenyou call them.To show or hide your phone number1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Settings > Call settings > Additional settings > Caller ID.Fixed Dialling NumbersIf you have received a PIN2 code from your service provider, you can use a list ofFixed Dialling Numbers (FDN) to restrict outgoing calls.To enable or disable fixed dialling1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Settings > Call settings > Fixed dialling numbers.3Tap Activate fixed dialling or Deactivate fixed dialling.4Enter your PIN2 and tap OK.To access the list of accepted call recipients1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Settings > Call settings > Fixed dialling numbers > Fixeddialling numbers.43This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
ContactsAbout ContactsUse the Contacts application to store and manage all your numbers, emailaddresses, and other contact data in one place. Just tap on a contact to see allcommunications with that contact in one easy overview.You can add new contacts in your device and synchronise them with contacts savedin your Google™ account, Microsoft® Exchange ActiveSync® account, or otheraccounts that support synchronisation. The Contacts application automaticallycreates new entries and also helps you match data such as email addresses withexisting entries.Transferring contacts to your new deviceThere are several ways to transfer contacts to your new device. Select a transfermethod that best suits your situation.Transferring contacts using a PCYou can use a PC to transfer contacts from several device brands, including iPhone,Samsung, HTC and Nokia.You need:•An Internet-connected PC running Windows®•A USB cable for your old device•A USB cable for your new Android™ device•Your old device•Your new Android™ deviceUsing the PC Companion program to transfer contactsIf you are transferring contacts using a PC, use the PC Companion program. It's free,and the installation files are already saved on your new device. PC Companion alsooffers a range of other features, including help to update your device software.To install PC Companion1New device: Turn on your new Android™ device and connect it to a PC usinga USB cable.2New device: Tap Install to install PC Companion on the PC.3Computer: If a popup window appears to notify you about available PCsoftware, select Run Startme.exe.4Computer: Click Install to start the installation and then follow the instructionsto complete the installation.To transfer contacts to your new device using PC Companion1Make sure that PC Companion is installed on your PC.2Open the PC Companion program on the PC, then click Contacts Setup andfollow the instructions to transfer your contacts.Transferring contacts using an Apple® Mac® computerFor detailed instructions on how to use an Apple Mac computer to transfer contactsfrom your old device, go to Transfer your contacts.Transferring contacts using synchronisation accountsYour device works with popular online synchronisation accounts such as GoogleSync™, Microsoft® Exchange ActiveSync®or Facebook™. If you have synced thecontacts in your old device or your computer with an online account, you can transfer44This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
your contacts to your new device using that account. For more detailed informationabout synchronisation, see Synchronising your corporate email, calendar andcontacts on page 110.To synchronise contacts on your device with a synchronisation account1From your Home screen, tap , then tap .2Tap , then tap Settings > Accounts & sync.3If you have already set up a synchronisation account and you want to syncwith that account, tap the account, then tap , and tap Sync now.Transferring contacts from a SIM cardTo import contacts from a SIM card1From your Home screen, tap , then tap .2Press , then tap Import contacts > SIM card.3If you have set up a synchronisation account, you can choose to add the SIMcard contacts under that account. Or you can choose to only use thesecontacts on your device. Select your desired option.4To import an individual contact, find and tap the contact. To import allcontacts, tap Import all.Transferring contacts from a memory cardTo import contacts from a memory card1From your Home screen, tap , then tap .2Press , then tap Import contacts > SD card.3If you have set up a synchronisation account, you can add the importedmemory card contacts under that account. Or you can choose to only use theimported contacts on your device. Select your desired option.4If you have more than one vCard file on the SD card, a list appears showingdifferent batches of contacts saved on your device, with the correspondingdates for when they were created. Select the batch that you want to import.Receiving contacts from other devicesTo receive contact data sent using Bluetooth™ technology1Make sure you have the Bluetooth™ function turned on and your device set tovisible. If not, then you cannot receive data from other devices.2When you are asked to confirm whether you want to receive the file, tapAccept.3Drag down the Notification panel and tap the file you received to import thecontact data.To receive contacts sent using a messaging service1When you receive a new text message, multimedia message, or emailmessage, open the message.2The received contact data appears as a vCard attachment. Tap, or touch andhold the vCard file to open a menu so you can save the contact data.45This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
Contacts screen overview1 Shortcut tabs2 Tap a contact to view its details3 Alphabetical index for browsing contacts4 Tap a contact thumbnail to access the quick contact menu5 Search for contacts6 Create a contact7 Open more optionsManaging your contactsYou can create, edit and synchronise your contacts in a few simple steps. You canselect contacts saved in different accounts and manage how you display them onyour device.If you synchronise your contacts with more than one account, you can join contactson your device to avoid duplicates.Some synchronisation services, for example, some social networking services, do not allowyou to edit contact details.To view your contacts•From your Home screen, tap , then tap . Your contacts are listed here.To select which contacts to display in the Contacts application1From your Home screen, tap , then tap .2Press , then tap Filter.3In the list that appears, mark and unmark the desired options. If you havesynchronised your contacts with a synchronisation account, that accountappears in the list. To further expand the list of options, tap the account.4When you are finished, tap OK.46This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
To add a contact1From your Home screen, tap , then tap .2Tap .3If you have synchronised your contacts with one or more accounts, select theaccount to which you want to add this contact, or tap Phone contact if youonly want to use this contact on your device.4Enter or select the desired information for the contact.5When you are finished, tap Done.If you add a plus sign and the country code before a contact's phone number, you do nothave to edit the number again when you make calls from other countries.To edit a contact1From the Home screen, tap , then tap .2Tap the contact you want to edit, then tap .3Edit the desired information. When you are finished, tap Done.To associate a picture with a contact1From your Home screen, tap , then tap .2Tap the contact you want to edit, then tap .3Tap and select the desired method for adding the contact picture.4When you have added the picture, tap Done.You can also add a picture to a contact directly from the Album application.To view your communication with a contact1From the Home screen, tap , then tap .2Tap the contact you want to view.3To view your communication with the contact for different media, tap or flickthrough the filter items at the bottom of the screen.To delete contacts1From your Home screen, tap , then tap .2Touch and hold the contact you want to delete. To delete all contacts, press ,then tap Mark several.3Tap the downwards arrow to open the drop down menu, then select Mark all.4Tap , then tap OK.To edit contact information about yourself1From your Home screen, tap , then tap .2Tap Myself, then tap .3Enter the new information or make the changes you want.4When you are done, tap Done.Avoiding duplicate entries in the Contacts applicationIf you synchronise your contacts with a new account or import contact information inother ways, you could end up with duplicate entries in the Contacts application. If thishappens, you can join such duplicates to create a single entry. And if you join entriesby mistake, you can separate them again later.To link contacts1From your Home screen, tap , then tap .2Tap the contact you want to link with another contact.3Press , then tap Link contact.4Tap the contact whose information you want to join with the first contact, thentap OK to confirm. The information from the first contact is merged with thesecond contact, and the first contact is no longer displayed in the Contacts list.47This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
To separate linked contacts1From your Home screen, tap , then tap .2Tap the linked contact you want to edit, then tap .3Tap Unlink contact.4Tap OK.FavouritesYou can mark contacts as favourites so that you can get quick access to them fromthe Contacts application.To mark or unmark a contact as a favourite1From the Home screen, tap , then tap .2Tap the contact you want to add to or remove from your favourites.3Tap .To view your favourite contacts1From your Home screen, tap , then tap .2Tap .GroupsYou can assign contacts to groups to get quicker access to them from within theContacts application.To assign a contact to a group1In the Contacts application, tap the contact that you want to assign to a group.2Tap , then tap the bar directly under Assign to group.3Mark the checkboxes for the groups to which you want to add the contact,then tap Done.4Tap Done.Communicating with your contactsTo search for a contact1From your Home screen, tap , then tap .2Tap and enter the first few letters of the contact name in the Searchcontacts field. All contacts beginning with those letters appear.The quick contact menuTap a contact's thumbnail to view quick communication options for a particularcontact. Options include calling the contact, sending a text or multimedia message,and starting a chat using the Google Talk™ application.For an application to appear as an option in the quick contact menu, you may need to set upthe application in your device and be logged in to the application. For example, you need tostart the Gmail™ application and enter your login details before you can use Gmail™ from thequick contact menu.Sharing your contactsTo send your business card1From your Home screen, tap , then tap .2Tap Myself.3Press , then tap Send contact > OK.4Select an available transfer method and follow the on-screen instructions.48This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
To send a contact1From your Home screen, tap , then tap .2Tap the contact whose details you want to send.3Press , then tap Send contact > OK.4Select an available transfer method and follow the on-screen instructions.To send several contacts at once1From your Home screen, tap , then tap .2Press , then tap Mark several.3Mark the contacts you want to send, or select all if you want to send allcontacts.4Tap , then select an available transfer method and follow the on-screeninstructions.Backing up contactsYou can use a memory card, a SIM card or an online synchronisation tool such asMicrosoft® Exchange ActiveSync® to back up contacts.To export all contacts to a memory card1From your Home screen, tap , then tap .2Press , then tap Back up contacts > Memory Card.3Tap OK.To export contacts to a SIM card1From your Home screen, tap , then tap .2Press , then tap Back up contacts > SIM card.3Mark the contacts you want to export, or tap Mark all if you want to export allyour contacts.4Tap Back up.5Select Add contacts if you want to add the contacts to existing contacts onyour SIM card, or select Replace all contacts if you want to replace theexisting contacts on your SIM card.When you export contacts to a SIM card, not all information may get exported. This is due tomemory limitations on SIM cards.49This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
MessagingUsing text and multimedia messagingYou can send and receive text messages from your device using SMS (ShortMessage Service). If your subscription includes MMS (Multimedia MessagingService), you can also send and receive messages that contain media files, forexample, pictures and videos. The number of characters you can send in a single textmessage varies depending on the operator and the language you use. If you exceedthe character limit, then all your single messages are linked together and sent as onemessage. You are charged for each single text message you send. When you viewyour messages, they appear as conversations, which means that all messages to andfrom a particular person are grouped together.To send multimedia messages, you need the correct MMS settings on your device. SeeInternet and messaging settings.To create and send a message1From your Home screen, tap , then find and tap .2Tap .3Tap , then select the desired recipients from the Contacts list. If the recipientis not listed as a contact, enter the contact's number manually and tap .4When you are finished adding recipients, tap Done.5Tap Write message and enter your message text.6If you want to add a media file, tap and select an option.7To send the message, tap Send.If you exit a message before sending, it gets saved as a draft. The conversation gets taggedwith the word Draft:.To read a received message1From your Home screen, tap , then find and tap .2Tap the desired conversation.3If the message is not yet downloaded, tap and hold the message, then tapDownload message.You can also open messages from the status bar when appears there. Just drag down thebar and tap the message.To reply to a message1From your Home screen, tap , then find and tap .2Tap the conversation containing the message.3Enter your reply and tap Send.To forward a message1From your Home screen, tap , then find and tap .2Tap the conversation containing the message you want to forward.3Touch and hold the message you want to forward, then tap Forward message.4Tap , then select a recipient from the Contacts list. If the recipient is notlisted as a contact, enter the contact's number manually and tap .5When you are finished adding recipients, tap Done.6Edit the message, if necessary, and tap Send.In step 4, you can also tap To and enter the recipient's phone number manually.To delete a message1From your Home screen, tap , then find and tap .2Tap the conversation containing the message you want to delete.3Touch and hold the message you want to delete, then tap Delete message >Delete.50This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
To delete conversations1From your Home screen, tap , then find and tap .2Tap , then tap Delete conversations.3Mark the checkboxes for the conversations that you want to delete, then tap > Delete.To save a sender's number1From your Home screen, tap , then find and tap .2Tap > Save.3Select an existing contact, or tap Create new contact.4Edit the contact information and tap Done.To call a message sender1From your Home screen, tap , then find and tap .2Tap a conversation.3Tap the recipient name or number at the top of the screen, then select therecipient name or number from the list that appears.4If the recipient is saved in your contacts, tap the phone number that you wantto call. If you have not saved the recipient in your contacts, tap .To save a file contained in a message you receive1From your Home screen, tap , then find and tap .2Tap the conversation you want to open.3If the message has not been downloaded yet, tap and hold the message, thentap Download message.4Touch and hold the file you want to save, then select the desired option.To star a message1From your Home screen, tap , then find and tap .2Tap the conversation you want to open.3In the message you want to star, tap .4To unstar a message, tap .To view starred messages1From your Home screen, tap , then find and tap .2Tap , then tap Starred messages.3All starred messages appear in a list.To search for messages1From your Home screen, tap , then find and tap .2Tap , then tap Search.3Enter your search keywords, then tap the confirm key.Text and multimedia message optionsTo change your message notification settings1From your Home screen, tap , then find and tap .2Tap , then tap Settings.3To set a notification sound, tap Notification tone and select an option.4For other notification settings, check or uncheck the relevant checkboxes.To change the delivery report settings for outgoing messages1From your Home screen, tap , then find and tap .2Tap , then tap Settings.3Tap Delivery report to activate or deactivate delivery reports.To view messages saved on the SIM card1From your Home screen, tap , then find and tap .2Tap , then tap Settings > SIM messages.51This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
Google Talk™The Google Talk™ application lets you chat with your friends using text, voice andvideo.To start Google Talk™1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Talk.To reply to an instant message with Google Talk™1When someone contacts you on Google Talk™, appears in the status bar.2Drag the status bar downwards, then tap the message and begin to chat.52This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
EmailGetting started with EmailYou can handle several email accounts at the same time using the Email application,including corporate Microsoft Exchange Active Sync accounts. Emails you receive toyour Gmail™ account can be accessed on your device from both the Email and theGmail™ applications.Using email accountsTo set up an email account on your device1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Email.3Follow the instructions that appear on the screen to complete the setup.For some email services, you may need to contact your email service provider for informationon detailed settings for the email account.To set an email account as your default account1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Email.3Press , then tap Settings.4Select the account you want to use as the default account for composing andsending emails.5Mark the Default account checkbox. The inbox of the default account appearsevery time you open the email application.If you only have one email account, this account is automatically the default account.To add an extra email account on your device1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Email.3Tap at the top of the screen, then tap Add account.4Enter the email address and password, then tap Next. If the settings for theemail account cannot be downloaded automatically, complete the setupmanually.5When prompted, enter a name for your email account so that it is easilyidentifiable. The same name shows in the emails you send from this account.6When you are finished, tap Next.To remove an email account from your device1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Email.3Press , then tap Settings.4Select the account you want to remove.5Tap Delete account > OK.Gmail™ and other Google™ servicesIf you have a Google™ account, you can use the Gmail™ application on your deviceto read, write and organise email messages. After you set up your Google™ accountto work on your device, you can also chat to friends using the Google Talk™application, synchronise your calendar application with your Google Calendar™, anddownload applications and games from Google Play™.The services and features described in this chapter may not be supported in all countries orregions, or by all networks and/or service providers in all areas.53This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
To set up a Google™ account on your device1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Settings > Add account > Google.3Follow the registration wizard to create a Google™ account, or sign in if youalready have an account.You can also sign in to or create a Google™ account from the setup guide the first time youstart your device. Or you can go online and create an account at www.google.com/accounts.To open the Gmail™ application1From the Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Gmail .Using emailTo create and send an email message1Make sure that you have set up an email account.2From your Home screen, tap , then find and tap Email.3If you are using several email accounts, tap at the top of the screen andselect the account that you want to use.4Tap , then tap To and start typing the recipient's name or email address, ortap and select one or more recipients from your Contacts list.5Enter the email subject and message text, then tap .To receive email messages1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Email.3If you are using several email accounts, tap at the top of the screen andselect the account that you want to check. If you want to check all your emailaccounts at once, tap Combined view.4To download new messages, tap .If you have set up a corporate email account, you can set the check frequency to Automatic(Push).To read your email messages1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Email.3If you are using several email accounts, tap at the top of the screen andselect the account you want to check. If you want to check all your emailaccounts at once, tap Combined view.4In the email inbox, scroll up or down and tap the email you want to read.To use the email preview pane1From your Home screen, tap , then find and tap Email.2If you are using several email accounts, tap and select the account you wantto check. If you want to check all your email accounts at once, tap Combinedview.3Hold your device horizontally. The email preview pane appears.4Scroll up or down in the email inbox and tap the email you want to read. Theemail opens in the preview pane. To view more information about the email,tap the downward arrow next to the sender's name. In the body text field,pinch two fingers together, or spread them apart, to zoom out or in.5To view the email in fullscreen format, tap the split bar (located between theemail list and email body) accordingly. In fullscreen format, use the leftwardand rightward arrows to read your previous or next message.6To return to the inbox view, tap the split bar accordingly.Before using the preview pane, activate it in the preview pane settings.To hide the preview pane, hold your device vertically, or change the preview pane settings.54This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
To change email preview pane settings1From your Home screen, tap , then find and tap Email.2Press , then tap Settings.3Tap General > Preview pane, then select an option.To view an email message attachment1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Email.3Find and tap the email message containing the attachment that you want toview. Emails with attachments are indicated by .4After the email message opens, tap , then tap View.To save a sender's email address to your contacts1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Email.3Find and tap a message in your email inbox.4Tap the name of the sender, then tap OK.5Select an existing contact, or tap Create new contact.6Edit the contact information, if desired, then tap Done.To reply to an email message1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Email.3In your email inbox, find and tap the message you want to reply to, then tap .4Tap Reply or Reply all.5Enter your reply, then tap .To forward an email message1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Email.3In your email inbox, find and tap the message you want to forward, then tap .4Tap Forward.5Tap To and enter the recipient's email address manually, or tap to select arecipient from your contacts.6Enter your message text, then tap .To delete an email message1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Email.3In your email inbox, find and tap the message you want to delete, then tap .4Tap Yes.To sort your emails1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Email.3If you are using several email accounts, tap at the top of the screen andselect the account that you want to check. If you want to check all your emailaccounts at once, tap Combined view.4Press , then tap Sort.5Select a sorting option.To search for emails1From your Home screen, tap , then find and tap Email.2Tap at the top of the screen and select the account that you want to search.3Tap .4Enter your search text, then tap Go on your keyboard.5The search result appears in a list sorted by date. Tap the email that you wantto open.To change search options, tap and select a different option.55This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
To view all folders for one email account1From your Home screen, tap . Then find and tap Email.2Tap at the top of the screen and select the account you want to check, thentap again and select Show all folders to view all the folders in this account.To change the inbox check frequency1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Email.3Press , then tap Settings.4Select the account for which you want to change the inbox check frequency.5Tap Inbox check frequency and select an option.To set an Out of Office auto-reply in an Exchange Active Sync account1From your Home screen, tap , then find and tap Email.2Press , then tap Settings.3Select the EAS (Exchange Active Sync) account for which you want to set anOut of Office auto-reply.4Tap Out of office.5Tap beside Out of office so that changes to .6If needed, mark the Set time range checkbox and set the time range for theauto reply.7Enter your Out of Office message in the body text field.8Tap OK to confirm.56This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
Socialife™Using the Socialife™ applicationUse the Socialife™ application from Sony to get your favourite news, videos andsocial networking feeds in one place. The Socialife™ home screen gives a clearoverview of friends’ Facebook and Twitter activity, plus news feeds that you havesubscribed to. It colour-codes and sizes articles for easy reading, adding photos andcropping images of your friends’ faces to illustrate each story.The Socialife™ application is not available in all markets.To open the Socialife™ application1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap .57This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
"WALKMAN" applicationAbout the "WALKMAN" applicationGet the most out of your "WALKMAN" application. Listen to and organise music andaudio books that you have transferred to your device from a computer, or purchasedand downloaded from online stores.To make content easily available to the "WALKMAN" application, you can use theMedia Go™ application. Media Go™ helps transfer music content between acomputer and your device. For more information, see Connecting your device to acomputer on page 104."WALKMAN" application overview1Browse your music2 Search all tracks saved on your device3 Tap the infinite button to find related information online and plug-ins on Google Play™4 Album art (if available)5 Go to the next track in the current play queue, or fast forward6 Total time length of the track7 Elapsed time of current track8 Progress indicator – drag the indicator or tap along the line to fast forward or rewind9 Play/Pause button10 Go to the previous track in the current play queue, or rewindTransferring media files to your deviceBefore using the "WALKMAN" application, it's a good idea to transfer all yourfavourite media content from a computer to your device and then play or view thiscontent on your device. Media content can include music, photos and videos. Theeasiest way to transfer files is with a USB cable. After you connect your device andthe computer using the USB cable, you can use the file manager application on thecomputer or the Media Go™ application to transfer the files.58This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
Using the "WALKMAN" applicationTo play audio content1From your Home screen, tap , then find and tap .2In My music, select a music category and browse to the track that you want toopen.3Tap a track to play it.You might not be able to play copyright-protected items. Please verify that you havenecessary rights in material that you intend to share.To change tracks•When a track is playing, tap or .•When a track is playing, swipe the album art left or right.To pause a track•Tap .To fast forward and rewind music•Touch and hold or .You can also drag the progress indicator marker right or left.To adjust the audio volume•Press the volume key.To improve the sound quality using the equaliser1When the "WALKMAN" application is open, tap .2Tap Settings > Sound enhancements.3To adjust the sound manually, drag the frequency band buttons up or down.To adjust the sound automatically, tap and select a style.To turn on the surround sound feature1When the "WALKMAN" application is open, tap .2Tap Settings > Sound enhancements > Settings > Surround sound (VPT).3Select a setting, then tap OK to confirm.To view the current play queue1While a track is playing in the "WALKMAN" application, tap .2Tap Play queue.To minimise the "WALKMAN" application•When the "WALKMAN" application is playing, tap to go to the previousscreen, or tap to go to the Home screen. The "WALKMAN" applicationstays playing in the background.To open the "WALKMAN" application when it is playing in the background1While a track is playing in the background, drag the status bar downwards toopen the Notification panel.2Tap the track title to open the "WALKMAN" application.Alternatively, you can press and then select the "WALKMAN" application.To delete a track1In My music, browse to the track that you want to delete.2Touch and hold the track title, then tap Delete.You can also delete albums this way.59This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
To send a track1In My music, when browsing your tracks , touch and hold a track title.2Tap Send.3Select an application from the list, and follow the on-screen instructions.You can also send albums and playlists in the same way.To "Like" a track on Facebook™1While the track is playing in the "WALKMAN" application, tap the album art.2Tap to show that you "Like" the track on Facebook™. If desired, add acomment in the comments field.3Tap Share to send the track to Facebook™. If the track is receivedsuccessfully, you will get a confirmation message from Facebook™.VisualiserThe Visualiser adds visual effects to your music tracks as you play them. The effectsfor each track are based on the characteristics of the music. They change, forexample, in response to changes in the music’s loudness, rhythm and frequencylevel. You can also change the background theme.To turn on the Visualiser1In the "WALKMAN" application, tap .2Tap Visualiser.Tap to switch to full screen view.To change the background theme1In the "WALKMAN" application, tap .2Tap Visualiser.3Tap > Theme and select a theme.Getting more information about a track or artistIn the "WALKMAN" application, you can get more information about the artist thatyou are listening to by tapping the infinite button .The infinite button also gives you access to related content such as:•Music videos on YouTube™•Artist info on Wikipedia•Lyrics on Google•Karaoke videos on YouTube™•Extension searches on the web•Content from the PlayNow™ serviceThe accuracy of search results may vary.To get more information about an artist or track•When a track is playing in the "WALKMAN" application, tap .Using My music to organise your tracksTap the My music tab in the "WALKMAN" application to get an overview of all thetracks that are available from your device. In My music, you can manage your albumsand playlists, create shortcuts, and arrange your music by mood and tempo.60This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
Overview of My music1 Go back to the current track2 Picture of the currently playing artist (if available)3 Browse your music by artist4 Categorise your music using SensMe™ channels5 Manage and edit your music using Music Unlimited™6 Browse your favourite playlists7 Collect links to music and related content that you and friends have shared using online services8 Browse all playlists9 Browse audio by track10 Browse by albumTo add a shortcut to a track1In My music, tap , , or , then browse to the track for which you want tocreate a shortcut.2Touch and hold the track title.3Tap Add as shortcut. The shortcut now appears in the My music main view.To rearrange shortcuts•In My music, touch and hold a shortcut until it magnifies and your devicevibrates, then drag the item to a new location.To delete a shortcut•In My music, touch and hold a shortcut until it magnifies and your devicevibrates, then drag the item to .You can only delete shortcuts that you create yourself.To update your music with the latest information1In My music, tap .2Tap Download music info > Start. Your device searches online and downloadsthe latest available album art and track information for your music.The SensMe™ channels application is activated when you download music information.61This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
Categorising your music using SensMe™ channelsThe SensMe™ channels application helps you arrange your music by mood andtempo. SensMe™ groups all your tracks into several categories, or channels, so youcan select music that matches your mood or suits the time of day.To enable the SensMe™ channels application•In My music, tap , then tap Download music info.This application requires a mobile or Wi-Fi® network connection.Using the Friends' music function to share musicThe Friends’ music function collects links to music and music-related content thatyou and your friends have shared using Facebook™.To manage music from your friends1In My music, tap Friends' music > Recent.2Tap an item to open it, then work on it as desired.3Tap to show that you "Like" the track on Facebook™. If desired, add acomment in the comments field.To view your shared music1In My music, tap Friends' music > My shares.2Scroll to an item you want to open, then tap it. All comments about the item, ifany, are displayed.Playing music in random orderYou can play tracks in playlists in random order. A playlist can be, for example, aplaylist you have created yourself or an album.To play tracks in random order1In My music, tap and navigate to an album, or tap and browse to aplaylist.2Tap the album art, then tap to turn on Shuffle mode.To turn off shuffle mode•When tracks are playing in random order, tap the album art > .Managing playlistsIn My music, you can create your own playlists from the music that is saved on yourdevice.In addition, you can install the Media Go™ application on a computer and use it tocopy playlists from the computer to your device.To create your own playlists1In the WALKMAN player, tap the MY MUSIC tab.2Tap Playlists.3In the menu that opens, tap Create new playlist.4Enter a name for the playlist and tap OK.5Select your music and tap the Save icon at the top right of the screen.To add tracks to a playlist1In My music, when browsing your tracks, touch and hold the name of the artistor the title of the album or track that you want to add.2Tap Add to playlist.3Tap the name of the playlist to which you want to add the artist, album ortrack. The artist, album or track is added to the playlist.62This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
To play your own playlists1In My music, tap .2Under Playlists, tap a playlist.3Tap a track to play it.To remove a track from a playlist1In a playlist, touch and hold the title of the track you want to delete.2Tap Delete from playlist from the list that appears.To delete a playlist1In My music, then select Playlists.2Touch and hold the playlist you want to delete.3Tap Delete.4Tap Delete again to confirm.You cannot delete default playlists."WALKMAN" application widgetThe "WALKMAN" application widget is a miniature application that gives you directaccess to the "WALKMAN" application from your Home screen. You need to add thiswidget to your Home screen before you can use it.To add the "WALKMAN" application widget to your Home screen1Tap an empty area on your Home screen, then tap Widgets.2Find and tap WALKMAN.Protecting your hearingListening to the "WALKMAN" application or other media players at excessive volumeor for a prolonged period of time can damage your hearing, even when the volume isat a moderate level. To alert you to such risks, a volume level warning appears whenthe volume is too high, and after the "WALKMAN" application is used for over 20hours.To turn off the volume level warning•When appears, tap OK to dismiss the warning.Every time you restart your device, the media volume is automatically set to a moderate level.63This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
Music servicesTrackID™ technologyIdentifying music using TrackID™ technologyUse the TrackID™ music recognition service to identify a music track you hearplaying in your surroundings. Just record a short sample of the song and you’ll getartist, title and album info within seconds. You can purchase tracks identified byTrackID™ and you can view TrackID™ charts to see what TrackID™ users aroundthe globe are searching for. For best results, use TrackID™ technology in a quietarea.The TrackID™ application and the TrackID™ service are not supported in all countries/regions,or by all networks and/or service providers in all areas.To open the TrackID™ application1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap TrackID™.You can also use the TrackID™ widget to open the TrackID™ application.To search for track information using TrackID™1Open the TrackID™ application, then hold your device towards the musicsource.2Tap . If the track is recognised by the TrackID™ service, the results appearon the screen.To return to the TrackID™ start screen, press .To view TrackID™ charts1Open the TrackID™ application, then tap Charts. The first time you view achart, it is set to your own region.2To see charts of the most popular searches in other regions, tap > Regions.3Select a country or region.Using TrackID™ technology resultsTrack information appears when the TrackID™ application recognises a track. Youcan select to purchase the track or share it using email, SMS or a social networkingservice. You can also get more information about the track's artist.To buy a track recognised by the TrackID™ application1After a track has been recognised by the TrackID™ application, tap Download.2Follow the instructions on your device to complete your purchase.You can also select a track to buy by opening the History or Charts tabs from the TrackID™start screen.The track purchase feature may not be supported in all countries/regions, or by all networksand/or service providers in all areas.To share a track1After a track has been recognised by the TrackID™ application, tap Share,then select a sharing method.2Follow the instructions on your device to complete the procedure.You can also select a track to share by opening the History or Charts tabs from the TrackID™start screen.64This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
To view the artist information for a track•After a track has been recognised by the TrackID™ application, tap Artist info.You can also view the artist information for a track by opening the History or Charts tabs fromthe TrackID™ start screen.To delete a track from the track history1Open the TrackID™ application, then tap History.2Tap a track title, then tap Delete.3Tap Yes to confirm.Music Unlimited™Using Music Unlimited™Music Unlimited™ is a subscription-based service that offers access to millions ofsongs over a mobile network or Wi-Fi® connection. You can manage and edit yourpersonal music library in the cloud from a variety of devices, or sync your playlistsand music using a PC that runs the Windows® operating system. Go towww.sonyentertainmentnetwork.com for more information.Music Unlimited™ might not be available in all countries or regions.To open Music Unlimited™1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap .About the PlayNow™ serviceYou can use the PlayNow™ service to download applications, music, games,ringtones and wallpapers. The PlayNow™ service offers both free and non-freedownloads. Note that payment options for non-free applications may vary percountry.The PlayNow™ service is not available in all countries.Before you download contentBefore you download, make sure that you have an Internet connection. Also, you mayneed to have a memory card inserted in your device to download content.When you download content to your device, you might be charged for the amount of datatransferred. Contact your operator for information about data transfer rates in your country.To start PlayNow™1From the Home screen, tap .2Find and tap .Downloading from the PlayNow™ serviceDownload a range of content from the PlayNow™ service direct to your device.Choose from a variety of applications, games, music, ringtones and other content.Note that payment options for non-free applications may vary per country.65This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
To download a PlayNow item to your device1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap PlayNow™.3Find an item you want to download by browsing categories, or by using thesearch function.4Tap the item to view its details.5Click “Buy now!” to start the purchase process. After your purchase has beenvalidated, you can start to download your content.66This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
FM radioAbout the FM radioThe FM radio in your device works like any FM radio. For example, you can browseand listen to FM radio stations and save them as favourites. You must connect awired headset or headphones to your device before you can use the radio. This isbecause the headset or headphones act as an antenna. After one of these devices isconnected, you can then switch the radio sound to the speaker, if desired.When you open the FM radio, available channels appear automatically. If a channel has RDSinformation, it appears a few seconds after you start listening to the channel.To start the FM radio1Connect a headset or a set of headphones to your device.2From your Home screen, tap .3Find and tap FM radio . The available channels appear as you scroll throughthe frequency band.When you start the FM radio, available channels appear automatically. If a channel has RDSinformation, it appears a few seconds after you start listening to the channel.To move between radio channels•Flick your finger up or down along the frequency band.To select the radio region1When the radio is open, press .2Tap Set radio region.3Select an option.To adjust the visualizer1When the radio is open, tap .2Tap Visualiser.3Select an option.FM radio overview1Radio on/off button2 View menu options3 Move up the frequency band to search for a channel4 A saved favourite channel5 Move down the frequency band to search for a channel6 Tuning dial67This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
7 Save or remove a channel as a favourite8 Tuned frequencyUsing your favourite radio channelsYou can save the radio channels you most frequently listen to as favourites. By usingfavourites you can quickly return to a radio channel.To save a channel as a favourite1When the radio is open, navigate to the channel that you want to save as afavourite.2Tap .3Enter a name and select a colour for the channel, then press Save.To remove a channel as a favourite1When the radio is open, navigate to the channel that you want to remove.2Tap , then tap Delete.Making a new search for radio channelsIf you have moved to a new location or the reception has improved in your currentlocation, you can start a new scan for radio channels.Any favourites you have saved are not affected by a new scan.To start a new search for radio channels1When the radio is open, press .2Tap Search for channels. The radio scans the whole frequency band, and allavailable channels are displayed.Sound settingsSwitching the radio sound between devicesYou can listen to the radio through a wired headset or through wired headphones.Once either device is connected, you can switch the sound to the speaker, if desired.To switch the radio sound to the speaker1When the radio is open, press .2Tap Play in speaker.To switch the sound back to the wired headset or headphones, press and tap Play inheadphones.Switching between mono and stereo sound modeYou can listen to your FM radio in either mono or stereo mode. In some situations,switching to mono mode can reduce noise and improve sound quality.To switch between mono and stereo sound mode1When the radio is open, press .2Tap Enable stereo sound.3To listen to the radio in mono sound mode again, press and tap Force monosound.Identifying radio tracks using TrackID™Use TrackID™ technology to identify music tracks as they play on your device's FMradio.68This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
To identify a song on the FM radio using TrackID™1While the song is playing on your device's FM radio, tap TrackID™.2A progress indicator appears while the TrackID™ application samples thesong. If successful, you are presented with a track result or a list of possibletracks.3Press to return to the FM Radio.The TrackID™ application and the TrackID™ service are not supported in all countries/regions,or by all networks and/or service providers in all areas.69This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
CameraAbout the cameraThe camera in your device is equipped with the highly sensitive Exmor R sensor,which helps you capture sharp photos and videos even in low lighting conditions.From the camera, you can, for example, send your photos and videos to friends asmessages, or upload them to a web service. Your device also has a front camera,which is useful for self-portraits.Camera controls overview1Zoom in or out2 Main camera screen3 Camera key – Activate the camera/Take photos/Record videos4 View photos and videos5 Take photos or record video clips6 Go back a step or exit the camera7 Switch between front and main camera8 Camera setting icons9 Front cameraTo open the camera•When the screen is active, press and hold down the camera key.To close the camera•Press from the main camera screen.Using the still cameraThere are three ways to take photos with the still camera. You can press the camerakey, tap the on-screen camera button, or touch a spot on the screen.To take a photo using the camera key1Activate the camera.2Press the camera key fully down.70This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
To take a photo by tapping the on-screen camera button1Activate the camera.2Point the camera towards the subject.3Tap the on-screen camera button . The photo is taken as soon as you releaseyour finger.To take a self-portrait using the front camera1Activate the camera.2Tap the icon on the top left of the screen, then find and select Front camera.3To take the photo, press the camera key. The photo is taken as soon as yourelease your finger.To use the zoom function•When the camera is open, press the volume key up or down to zoom in or out.To use the still camera flash1When the camera is open, tap .2Tap Flash, and select your desired flash setting.3Take the photo.To view your photos and videos1Open the camera, then tap a thumbnail at the top right of the screen to open aphoto or video.2Flick left or right to view your photos and videos. Videos are identified by .To delete a photo1Open the photo that you want to delete.2Tap an empty area of the screen to make appear.3Tap .4Tap OK to confirm.Face detectionYou can use face detection to bring an off-centre face into focus. The cameraautomatically detects up to five faces, indicated by white frames. A yellow frameshows which face has been selected for focus. Focus is set to the face closest to thecamera. You can also tap one of the frames to select which face should be in focus.To turn on face detection1Activate the camera.2Tap the icon on the top left of the screen, then select Normal.3To display all settings, tap .4Tap Focus mode > Face detection.To take a photo using face detection1When the camera is open and Face detection turned on, point the camera atyour subject. Up to five faces can be detected, and each detected face isframed.2Press the camera key halfway down. A yellow frame shows which face is infocus.3To take the photo, press the camera key fully down.Using Smile Shutter™ to capture smiling facesUse Smile Shutter™ technology to photograph a face just as it smiles. The cameradetects up to five faces and selects one face for smile detection and auto focus.When the selected face smiles, the camera automatically takes a photo.71This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
To turn on Smile Shutter™1Activate the camera.2To display all settings, tap .3Tap Smile Shutter and select a smile level.To take a photo using Smile Shutter™1When the camera is open and Smile Shutter is turned on, point the camera atyour subject. The camera selects which face to focus on.2The face selected appears inside a green frame and the photo is takenautomatically.3If no smile is detected, press the camera key to take the photo manually.Adding the geographical position to your photosTurn on geotagging to add the approximate geographical location (a geotag) tophotos when you take them. The geographical location is determined either bywireless networks (mobile or Wi-Fi® networks) or GPS technology.When appears on the camera screen, geotagging is turned on but thegeographical position has not been found. When appears, geotagging is turned onand the geographical location is available, so your photo can get geotagged. Whenneither of these two symbols appears, geotagging is turned off.To turn on geotagging1Activate the camera.2Tap , then tap Geotagging > On.3Tap OK to agree to enable GPS and/or wireless networks.4Check the options that you want to select under Location services.5After you confirm your settings, press to return to the camera screen.6If appears on the camera screen, your location is available and your photocan get geotagged. If not, check your GPS and/or wireless networkconnection.Using still camera settingsTo adjust the still camera settings1Activate the camera.2To display all settings, tap .3Select the setting that you want to adjust, then edit as desired.To customise the still camera settings panel1When the camera is open, tap to display all settings.2Touch and hold the setting you want to move and drag it to the desiredposition.If you drag the setting outside of the settings panel, the change is cancelled.Still camera settings overviewSuperior autoOptimise your settings to suit any scene.BurstUse the Burst speed shooting mode to capture several photos in quick succession by keepingyour finger pressed on the shutter button. You can choose between three burst speeds, whichcome with different resolution levels, that is, different picture sizes.NormalFront cameraSelect the front camera if you want to take self-portrait photos.72This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
Picture effectApply effects to photos.Scene selectionUse a pre-programmed scene type to quickly set the camera for common situations.Sweep PanoramaUse this setting to take wide-angle, panoramic photos. Just press the camera key and move thecamera steadily from one side to the other.ResolutionChoose between several picture sizes and aspect ratios before taking a photo. Aphoto with a higher resolution requires more memory.13 MP 4:313 megapixel picture size with 4:3 aspect ratio. Suitable for photos you want to view on non-widescreen displays or print in high resolution. 13MP is available in the following conditions: selectNormal capturing mode and HDR is off; select Scene mode except in Backlight Correction HDRmode.12 MP 4:312 megapixel picture size with 4:3 aspect ratio. Suitable for photos you want to view on non-widescreen displays or print in high resolution. 12MP is maximum resoluted in Superior Auto mode.9 MP 16:99 megapixel picture size with 16:9 aspect ratio. A high resolution widescreen format. Has a higherresolution than full HD. Suitable for photos you want to view on widescreen displays.5MP 4:35 megapixel picture size with 4:3 aspect ratio. Suitable for photos you want to view on non-widescreen displays or print in high resolution.2MP 16:92 megapixel picture size with 16:9 aspect ratio. Suitable for photos you want to view on widescreendisplays.VGAVGA format with 4:3 aspect ratio. 640x480 pixels.12 MP is the maximum resolution available when photos are taken using Superior auto mode;when HDR is turned on in Normal mode; or when Scenes (Backlight correction HDR mode)mode is selected.The 13 MP resolution is only available when Normal capturing mode is selected and HDR isturned off, and when Scenes mode is selected (except in Backlight correction HDR mode).FlashUse the flash to take photos when lighting conditions are poor or when there is abacklight.AutoThe camera automatically determines if the lighting conditions require the use of a flash.Fill flashUse this setting when the background is brighter than the subject. This removes unwanted darkshadows.OffThe flash is turned off. Sometimes photo quality can be better without the flash, even if lightingconditions are poor. Taking a good photo without using the flash requires a steady hand. Use theself-timer to avoid blurred photos.Red-eye reductionReduces the red colour of eyes when taking a photo.Self-timerWith the self-timer you can take a photo without holding the device. Use this functionto take self-portraits, or group photos where everyone can be in the photo. You canalso use the self-timer to avoid shaking the camera when taking photos.73This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
On (10 s.)Set a 10-second delay from when you tap the camera screen until the photo is taken.On (2 s.)Set a 2-second delay from when you tap the camera screen until the photo is taken.OffThe photo is taken as soon as you tap the camera screen.Smile Shutter™Use the smile shutter function to determine what kind of smile the camera reacts tobefore taking a photo.Quick launchUse Quick launch settings to launch the camera from the lock screen. If the device isin sleep mode of camera, press the camera key.Launch and captureBy pressing and holding down the camera key, the first photo is captured immediately after thecamera is launched from sleep mode.Launch only (still camera)By pressing and holding down the camera key, the still camera is launched from sleep mode.Launch and record videoBy pressing and holding down the camera key, the first video is shot immediately after the cameravideo camera is launched from sleep mode.Launch only (video camera)By pressing and holding down the camera key, the video camera is launched from sleep mode.OffFocus modeThe focus function controls which part of a photo should be sharp. When continuousautofocus is on, the camera keeps adjusting focus so that the area within the yellowfocus frame stays sharp.Single auto focusThe camera automatically focuses on the selected subject. Continuous autofocus is on. Touch andhold the camera screen until the yellow focus frame turns blue, indicating that the focus is set. Thephoto is taken when you release your finger.Multi auto focusThe focus is automatically set on several areas of the image. Touch and hold the camera screenuntil the yellow focus frame turns blue, indicating that the focus is set. The photo is taken when yourelease your finger. Continuous autofocus is off.Face detectionThe camera automatically detects up to five human faces, indicated by frames on the screen. Thecamera automatically focuses on the nearest face. You can also select which face to focus on bytapping it on the screen. When you tap the camera screen, a blue frame shows which face isselected and in focus. Face detection cannot be used for all scene types. Continuous autofocus ison.Touch focusTouch a specific area on the camera screen to set the area of focus. Continuous autofocus is off.Touch and hold the camera screen until the yellow focus frame turns blue, indicating that the focusis set. The photo is taken when you release your finger.Object trackingWhen you select an object by touching it in the viewfinder, the camera tracks it for you.This setting is only available in Normal capturing mode.Exposure value74This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
Determine the amount of light in the photo you want to take. A higher value indicates an increasedamount of light.This setting is only available in Normal capturing mode.HDRUse the HDR (High Dynamic Range) setting to take a photo against strong back lightor in conditions where the contrast is sharp. HDR compensates for the loss of detailand produces a picture that is representative of both dark and bright areas.This setting is only available in Normal capturing mode.White balanceThe white balance setting adjusts the colour balance according to the lightingconditions.AutoAdjusts the colour balance automatically to suit the lighting conditions.IncandescentAdjusts the colour balance for warm lighting conditions, such as under light bulbs.FluorescentAdjusts the colour balance for fluorescent lighting.DaylightAdjusts the colour balance for sunny outdoor conditions.CloudyAdjusts the colour balance for a cloudy sky.This setting is only available in Normal capturing mode.ISOYou can reduce image blurring caused by dark conditions or moving subjects byincreasing the ISO sensitivity.AutoSets the ISO sensitivity automatically.100Sets the ISO sensitivity to 100.200Sets the ISO sensitivity to 200.400Sets the ISO sensitivity to 400.800Sets the ISO sensitivity to 800.1600Sets the ISO sensitivity to 1600.This setting is only available in Normal capturing mode.MeteringThis function automatically determines a well-balanced exposure by measuring theamount of light striking the image you want to capture.CentreAdjusts the exposure to the centre of the image.AverageCalculates the exposure based on the amount of light striking the whole image.75This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
SpotAdjusts the exposure in a very small part of the image that you want to capture.This setting is only available in Normal capturing mode.Image stabiliserWhen taking a photo, it can be difficult to hold the device steady. The stabiliser helpsyou by compensating for small movements of the hand.GeotaggingTag photos with details of where you took them.OnWhen geotagging is turned on, the approximate geographical location is added to photos when youtake them. To use geotagging, you must enable location features from the Settings menu. Forgeotags to be added to a photo, the location must be determined before you take the photo. Yourlocation is determined when appears on the camera screen. When your device is searching foryour position, appears.OffWhen geotagging is turned off, you cannot view the location where you took a photo.Auto uploadAutomatically upload updates to photos to a pre-selected social networking service(SNS).Touch captureIdentify a particular focus area by touching the camera screen with your finger. Thephoto is taken as soon as you release your finger. This setting is only available whenfocus mode is set to touch focus.OnOffShutter soundChoose to turn on or turn off the shutter sound when you record a video.Data storageYou can choose to save your data either to a removable SD card or to your device'sinternal storage.Internal storagePhotos or videos are saved on the device memory.SD cardPhotos or videos are saved on the SD card.Using the video cameraTo record a video using the camera key1Activate the camera.2To start recording a video, press the camera key.3To stop recording, press the camera key again.Shoot your videos in landscape orientation to get the best results.76This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
To record a video by tapping the screen1Activate the camera.2Point the camera towards the subject.3Tap to start recording.4Tap to stop recording.Shoot your videos in landscape orientation to get the best results.To play recorded videos1Activate the camera.2Tap the thumbnails at the top right of the screen.3Flick left or right to browse all photo and video files. Videos are identified by .4Tap to play a video.5To stop playing the video, tap or .To delete a recorded video1Browse to the video that you want to delete.2Tap an empty area of the screen to make appear.3Tap .4Tap OK to confirm.Using video camera settingsTo adjust the video camera settings1Activate the camera.2Tap one of the settings icons on the screen.3To display all settings, tap .4Select the setting that want to adjust, then make your changes.To customise the video camera settings panel1When the video camera is open, tap to display all settings.2Touch and hold the setting that you want to move, then drag it to the desiredposition.If you drag the setting outside of the settings panel, the change is cancelled.Video camera settings overviewScenesThe Scenes feature helps you to quickly set up the camera for common situationsusing pre-programmed scenes. The camera determines a number of settings for youto fit the selected scene, ensuring the best possible video.OffThe Scenes feature is off and you can shoot videos manually.Soft snapUse for shooting videos against soft backgrounds.LandscapeUse for videos of landscapes. The camera focuses on distant objects.NightWhen turned on, light sensitivity is increased. Use in poorly lit environments. Videos of fast-movingobjects may get blurred. Hold your hand steady, or use a support. Turn off night mode when lightingconditions are good, to improve the video quality.BeachUse in bright environments to avoid overexposed videos.SnowUse in bright environments to avoid overexposed videos.Sports77This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
Use for videos of fast-moving objects. Short exposure time minimises motion blurring.PartyUse for indoor videos in poorly lit environments. This scene picks up indoor background lighting orcandlelight. Videos of fast-moving objects may get blurred. Hold your hand steady, or use asupport.Video resolutionAdjust the video resolution for different formats.1920×1080(16:9)Full HD (Full High Definition) format with 16:9 aspect ratio. 1920×1080 pixels.1280×720(16:9)HD (High Definition) format with 16:9 aspect ratio. 1280×720 pixels.640×480(4:3)VGA format with 4:3 aspect ratio. 640x480 pixels.176×144(11:9)Record videos suitable for sending in multimedia messages. The recording time of this video formatis limited to fit in a multimedia message.Photo lightUse the light to record videos when lighting conditions are poor or when there is abacklight.OnOffSometimes the video quality can be better without a light, even if lighting conditions are poor.Self-timerWith the self-timer you can record a video without holding the device. Use it to recordgroup videos where everyone can be in the video. You can also use the self-timer toavoid shaking the camera when recording videos.On (10 s.)Set a 10-second delay from when you tap the camera screen until the video begins to record.On (2 s.)Set a 2-second delay from when you tap the camera screen until the video begins to record.OffThe video begins to record as soon as you tap the camera screen.Quick launchUse Quick launch settings to launch the camera from the lock screen. If the device isin sleep mode of camera, press the camera key.Launch and captureBy pressing and holding down the camera key, the first photo is captured immediately after thecamera is launched from sleep mode.Launch only (still camera)By pressing and holding down the camera key, the still camera is launched from sleep mode.Launch and record videoBy pressing and holding down the camera key, the first video is shot immediately after the cameravideo camera is launched from sleep mode.Launch only (video camera)By pressing and holding down the camera key, the video camera is launched from sleep mode.Off78This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
Focus modeThe focus setting controls which part of a video should be sharp. When continuousautofocus is on, the camera keeps adjusting focus so that the area within the whitefocus frame stays sharp.Single auto focusThe camera automatically focuses on the selected subject. Continuous autofocus is on.Face detectionThe camera automatically detects up to five human faces, indicated by frames on the screen. Thecamera automatically focuses on the nearest face. You can also select which face to focus on bytapping it on the screen. When you tap the camera screen, a yellow frame shows which face isselected and in focus. Face detection cannot be used for all scene types. Continuous autofocus ison.Object trackingWhen you select an object by touching it in the viewfinder, the camera tracks it for you.Exposure valueThis setting allows you to determine the amount of light in the image you capture. A higher valueindicates an increased amount of light.White balanceThe white balance setting adjusts the colour balance according to the lightingconditions.AutoAdjust the colour balance automatically to the lighting conditions.IncandescentAdjusts the colour balance for warm lighting conditions, such as under light bulbs.FluorescentAdjust the colour balance for fluorescent lighting.DaylightAdjust the colour balance for sunny outdoor conditions.CloudyAdjust the colour balance for a cloudy sky.MeteringThis function automatically determines a well-balanced exposure by measuring theamount of light striking the image that you want to capture.CentreAdjust the exposure to the centre of the image.AverageCalculate the exposure based on the amount of light striking the whole image.SpotAdjust the exposure in a very small part of the image that you want to capture.GeotaggingTag photos with details of where you took them.OnWhen geotagging is turned on, the approximate geographical location is added to photos when youtake them. To use geotagging, you must enable location features from the Settings menu. Forgeotags to be added to a photo, the location must be determined before you take the photo. Yourlocation is determined when appears on the camera screen. When your device is searching foryour position, appears.OffWhen geotagging is turned off, you cannot view the location where you took a photo.79This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
MicrophoneSelect whether to pick up the surrounding sound when recording videos.Touch captureIdentify a particular focus area by touching the camera screen with your finger. Thephoto is taken as soon as you release your finger. This setting is only available whenfocus mode is set to touch focus.OnOffShutter soundChoose to turn on or turn off the shutter sound when you record a video.Data storageYou can choose to save your data either to a removable SD card or to your device'sinternal storage.Internal storagePhotos or videos are saved on the device memory.SD cardPhotos or videos are saved on the SD card.80This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
AlbumAbout AlbumUse Album to view photos and play videos that you’ve taken with your camera, or toview similar content that you've saved to your device. You can add geotags to yourphotos and videos, and then view them on a world map. In Album, you can also viewphotos and videos that you've uploaded to an online service, for example, to aPicasa™ web album or to Facebook™.From Album, you can share your favourite photos and videos with friends viaBluetooth™ wireless technology, email, messaging and various online services. Youcan also perform basic editing tasks on photos and set them as wallpaper or contactpictures. For more information, see Connecting your device to a computeron page 104.Album tab overviewThe following tabs are available in Album:•Pictures – view all photos and videos saved on your device.•My albums – view your online albums, and your geotagged photos and video clips ona world map .To open Album1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Album.If the screen orientation does not change automatically when you turn your device sideways,mark the Auto-rotate screen checkbox under Settings > Display.Mobile BRAVIA® EngineSony's Mobile BRAVIA® Engine technology improves the viewing quality of photosand videos after you take them, giving you clearer, sharper and more natural images.Mobile BRAVIA Engine is turned on by default, but you can turn it off if you want toreduce battery consumption.To turn on Mobile BRAVIA® Engine1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Settings > Display.3Mark the Mobile BRAVIA Engine 2 checkbox if it is not marked.Viewing photos and videos in the Pictures tabIn the Pictures tab in Album, you can view your photos and videos in thumbnails in agrid view.81This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
Overview of Pictures tab1 Grid view of photos and videos.2 View menu options.3 Scroll up or down to view content.4 Tap a photo or video to view it.5 The date and number of items in the group below.To view photos and videos in grid view1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Album. All photos and videos are displayed in a chronologicallyordered grid. Videos are indicated by .3Tap a photo or video to view it.4Flick left to view the next photo or video. Flick right to view the previous photoor video.If the screen orientation does not change automatically when you turn your device sideways,mark the Auto-rotate screen checkbox under Settings > Display.To change the size of the thumbnails in Album•When viewing thumbnails of photos and videos in Album, spread two fingersapart to zoom in, or pinch two fingers together to zoom out.To work with batches of photos or videos in Album1When viewing thumbnails of photos and videos in Album, tap , then tap Selectitems.2Tap the items you want to work with. Selected items are indicated by a blueframe.3Use the tools in the toolbar at the top of the screen to work with your selecteditems.To activate selection mode, you can also touch and hold an item until its frame turns blue.Then you can tap other items to select them.Viewing photos and videos in the My albums tabThe following tiles are available in My albums:•Camera albums – view all photos and videos taken with your device’s camera.•Internal memory – view all photos and videos saved to your device's internal storage.82This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
•My SD card – view all photos and videos saved to a removable memory card in yourdevice.Overview of My albums tab1 View photos and videos using the PlayMemories online service.2 View photos and videos on Facebook™.3 View photos and videos in Picasa™.4 View your photos on a map.5 View all photos and videos saved to your device's internal storage.6 View all photos and videos saved to the removable memory card.7 View your photos in globe mode.8 View all photos and videos taken with your device’s camera.To view content in list view in the Camera albums tile1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Album > My albums > Camera albums.3Tap a folder that you want to open. The folder's content appears in achronologically ordered grid. Videos are indicated by .4Tap a photo or video to view it.5Flick left to view the next photo or video. Flick right to view the previous photoor video.If the screen orientation does not change automatically when you turn your device sideways,mark the Auto-rotate screen checkbox under Settings > Display.To view content in list view in the Internal memory tile1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Album > My albums > Internal memory.3Tap a folder that you want to open. The folder's content appears in achronologically ordered grid. Videos are indicated by .4Tap a photo or video to view it.5Flick left to view the next photo or video. Flick right to view the previous photoor video.If the screen orientation does not change automatically when you turn your device sideways,mark the Auto-rotate screen checkbox under Settings > Display.83This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
To view content in list view in the My SD card tile1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Album > My albums > My SD card.3Tap a folder that you want to open. The folder's content appears in achronologically ordered grid. Videos are indicated by .4Tap a photo or video to view it.5Flick left to view the next photo or video. Flick right to view the previous photoor video.If the screen orientation does not change automatically when you turn your device sideways,mark the Auto-rotate screen checkbox under Settings > Display.Working with photos in AlbumYou can edit photos in Album. For example, you can crop photos, associate themwith contacts, or use them as wallpaper.To zoom a photo•When you are viewing a photo, double-tap the screen to zoom in. Double-tap againto zoom out.•When you are viewing a photo, spread two fingers apart to zoom in, or pinch twofingers together to zoom out.To watch a slideshow of your photos1When you are viewing a photo, tap the screen to display the toolbars, then tap > Slideshow to start playing all the photos in an album.2Tap a photo to end the slideshow.To watch a slideshow of your photos with music1When you are viewing a photo, tap the screen to display the toolbars, then tap > SensMe™ slideshow.2Select the music and theme that you want to use for the slideshow, then tap. The Album application analyses your photos and uses SensMe™ musicdata to play a slideshow.3To pause playing, tap the screen to display the controls, then tap .For more information about SensMe™, see Categorising your music using SensMe™channels on page 62.To rotate a photo1When you are viewing a photo, tap the screen to display the toolbars, then tap.2Select Rotate left or Rotate right. The photo is saved in the new orientation.To crop a photo1When you are viewing a photo, tap the screen to display the toolbars, then tap > Edit photo > Crop.2To adjust the crop frame, touch and hold the edge of the crop frame. When thesquares at the edges disappear, drag inward or outward to resize the frame.3To resize all sides of the crop frame at the same time, touch and hold one ofthe four corners to make the squares at the edges disappear, then drag thecorner accordingly.4To move the crop frame to another area of the photo, touch and hold inside theframe, then drag it to the desired position.5To save a copy of the photo as you cropped it, tap Save. The originaluncropped version remains on your device.To use a photo1When you are viewing a photo, tap the screen to display the toolbars, then tap > Use as.2Select an option from the list that appears.3Follow the relevant steps to use the photo.84This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
To edit a photo•When you are viewing a photo, tap the screen to display the toolbars, then tap > Edit photo.To share a photo1When you are viewing a photo, tap the screen to display the toolbars, then tap.2In the menu that opens, tap the application that you want to use to share thephoto, then follow the steps to send it.To add a geotag to a photo1When you are viewing a photo, tap the screen to display the toolbars, then tap to open the map screen.2Find and tap the desired location to put the photo on the map.3To adjust the location of the photo, tap the location on the map to where youwant to move the photo.4When you are finished, tap OK to save the geotag and return to the photoviewer.When a photo is geotagged, appears along with location information. You can tap this iconto view the photo on a map.To delete a photo1When you are viewing a photo, tap the screen to display the toolbars, then tap.2Tap OK.Working with videos in AlbumUse Album to watch videos that you’ve taken with the camera, downloaded, orcopied to your device. You can also share your videos with friends, for example, byuploading them to online services.To play a video1Open the Pictures tab or the My albums tab in Album.2Using grid view or list view, locate the video that you want to open.3Tap the video to play it.4If the playback controls are not displayed, tap the screen to display them. Tohide the controls, tap the screen again.To pause a video1When a video is playing, tap the screen to display the controls.2Tap .To fast forward and rewind a video1When a video is playing, tap the screen to display the controls.2Drag the progress bar marker left to rewind, or right to fast forward.To adjust the volume of a video•Press the volume key.To share a video1When a video is playing, tap the screen to display the toolbars, then tap >Share.2In the menu that opens, tap the application that you want to use to share theselected video, then follow the relevant steps to send it.You might not be able to copy, send or transfer copyright-protected items. Also, some itemsmay not send if the file size is too large.85This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
To delete a video1In Album, find the video you want to delete.2Touch and hold the video to activate selection mode. The frame of the videothumbnail turns blue when it is selected.3Tap , then tap OK.Viewing your photos on a mapIf you enable location detection when taking photos, you can use the informationgathered at a later stage. For example, you can view your photos on a map and showfriends and family where you were when you took the photo. Adding locationinformation is also referred to as geotagging. When you enable location detection,you can select to use either GPS satellites or wireless networks, or both, to find yourposition.Overview of Maps tile1Search a location on the map.2 View menu options.3 A group of photos and/or videos geotagged with the same location.4 Double tap to zoom in. Pinch to zoom out. Drag to view different parts of the map.5 Thumbnails of the selected group of photos and/or videos. Tap an item to view it in full screen.To enable location detection1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Settings > Location services.3Mark the GPS satellites and/or Google's location service checkboxes.To view geotagged photos on a map in Album1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Album > My albums > Maps.3Tap a photo to view it in full screen.4If several photos were taken at the same location, only one of them appears onthe map. The total number of photos appears in the top right corner, forexample, . To view these photos, tap the cover photo and then tap one of thethumbnails at the bottom of the screen.When viewing a geotagged photo in the photo viewer, you can touch the screen to display thetoolbars, then tap to view the photo on the map.86This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
To view geotagged photos on a globe in Album1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Album > My albums > Globe.3Tap a photo to view it in full screen.4If several photos were taken at the same location, only one of them appears onthe map. The total number of photos appears in the top right corner, forexample, . To view these photos, tap the cover photo and then tap one of thethumbnails at the bottom of the screen.When viewing a geotagged photo from the camera application, you can touch the screen todisplay the toolbars, then tap to view the photo on the map.To add a geotag when viewing the map in Album1When viewing the map in Album, tap , then tap Add geotag.2Find and tap the photo to which you want to add the geotag.3Tap the desired location on the map to set the geotag, then tap OK.To edit the geotag of a photo in Album1When viewing a photo on the map in Album, touch and hold the photo until itsframe turns blue.2Drag the photo to the new location.You can also tap the desired location on the map instead of dragging.To change the map view in Album•When viewing the map in Album, tap , then select Classic view, Globe view orSatellite view.Viewing online albumsIn Album, view the photos and videos that you and your friends have uploaded toonline services, such as Picasa™ and Facebook™. You can view comments fromyour friends and add your own comments as well.Overview of online services1Active online service.2 Name of online album.3 Number of items in the online album.4 Refresh.5 View menu options.87This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
To view photos from online services in Album1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Album > My albums.3Tap the desired online service.4Tap Connect. All available online albums that you have uploaded to the serviceare displayed.5Tap any album to view its content, then tap a photo in the album.6Flick left to view the next photo or video. Flick right to view the previous photoor video.To view and add comments to online album content1When viewing a photo from an online album, tap the screen to display thetoolbars, then tap to view the comments.2To view more comments, scroll down the screen.3To add your own comments, enter your comments at the bottom of the screen,then tap Post.To "Like" a photo or video on Facebook™•While viewing a photo or video from one of your Facebook™ albums, tap thescreen to display the toolbars, then tap to show that you "Like" the item onFacebook™.88This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
MoviesAbout MoviesUse the Movies application to play movies and other video content that you’ve savedon your device. The Movies application also helps you get poster art, plot summaries,genre info and director details for each movie. You can also play your movies onother devices that are connected to the same network.Videos taken with your device's camera are displayed in the Album application, not in theMovies application.Overview of Movies1All video categories available on your device.2 Browse all movies.3 Browse content on other connected DLNA Certified™ devices.4 Browse all TV shows.5 Manage video content from Video Unlimited™.6 View menu options.Video Unlimited™ may not be available in all countries or regions.Using MoviesTo play a video in Movies1From your Home screen, tap , then find and tap Movies.2Select a video category and browse to the video that you want to play.3Tap the video you want to select, then tap to play it.4To display or hide the controls, tap the screen.5To pause playing, tap .6To rewind, drag the progress bar marker left. To fast forward, drag theprogress bar marker right.89This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
To play a video in full screen1When a video is playing, tap the screen to display the controls.2Tap .To play the video in its original size, tap .To share a video1When a video saved under Movies or TV shows is playing, tap , then tapShare.2Tap the application that you want to use to share the selected video, thenfollow the relevant steps to send it.To get movie information manually1Make sure that your device has an active data connection.2From your Home screen, tap , then find and tap Movies.3Tap , then make sure that the Get video details checkbox is marked.4Open the Movies or TV shows tab and browse to the thumbnail of a file thatyou want to get information about.5Touch and hold the thumbnail for the video, then tap Search for info.6In the search field, enter keywords for the video, then tap the confirm key onthe keyboard. All matches are displayed in a list.7Select a search result, then tap Done. The download of the information begins.You also get information about newly added videos automatically when the Movies applicationis opened and the Get video details checkbox is marked. Data transmission charges mayapply.If the downloaded information is not correct, tap and search again using differentkeywords.To clear information about a video1From your Home screen, tap , then find and tap Movies.2Select a video category and browse to the video that you want to edit.3Touch and hold the video thumbnail, then tap Clear info.To play a video on an external device1Make sure the devices that you want to share files with are connected to thesame Wi-Fi® network as your device.2From your Home screen, tap , then find and tap Movies > .3Tap Throw, then select a device from the list.4Select the video that you want to play.To change the sound settings while a video is playing1While a video is playing, tap the screen to display the controls.2Tap , then tap Sound settings.3Mark the checkboxes for the sound settings that you want to activate.4When you're finished, tap OK.To delete a video1From your Home screen, tap , then find and tap Movies.2Select a video category and browse to the video that you want to delete.3Touch and hold the video thumbnail, then tap Delete from the list that appears.4Tap Delete again to confirm.90This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
Video Unlimited™About Video Unlimited™Use the Video Unlimited™ service to rent and purchase videos that you can view notonly on your Android device, but also on a PC, PlayStation® Portable (PSP®) orPlayStation® 3. Select your pick from the latest Hollywood releases, action movies,comedies, classics, and a range of other categories.Video Unlimited™ might not be available in all countries or regions.To open Video Unlimited™1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap .Video Unlimited™ menu overviewView your account informationSearch for a videoView the download status for all your itemsView and change settings for your account, purchases, and downloadsAdd the current video to a wish listDelete all items in your wish listDelete the video you're currently viewing from the wish listShare information about the current video via a social network, email, Bluetooth or other methodView legal informationThe Video Unlimited™ menu is dynamic, which means that all options are not always available.For example, the option to delete all items in your wish list is only available when you areviewing the list.To open the Video Unlimited™ menu•Open Video Unlimited, then tap .Creating a Video Unlimited™ accountYou need to create a Video Unlimited™ account if you want to buy or rent moviesthrough the Video Unlimited™ service.Exploring the Video Unlimited™ selectionBrowse videos by category, or enter text to search for a particular item. You can alsochoose to preview videos you're interested in.Renting or buying a videoWhen you rent a video, you have a fixed amount of time in which to view it. This timeperiod varies from market to market. You can also choose to download a purchasedvideo to most Sony™ devices that are connected to your Video Unlimited™ account.Video Unlimited™ notifications overviewWhen you buy or rent videos, the following notifications may appear:91This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
Downloading of video is completedDownloading has failed. You need to check that, for example, your device isconnected to a Wi-Fi® network, and that you have enough free space on yourmemory card.Downloading of video is ongoingDownloading is pausedConfirmation of successful purchaseRental countdown period has startedWatching a video from Video Unlimited™You can watch your rented or purchased videos on most Sony™ device that areconnected to your Video Unlimited™ account.Video menu overviewWhen you watch a video from Video Unlimited™, you can open a menu to get thefollowing options:Delete the current videoView information about the current videoChange the audio languageChange the language of subtitles, or remove subtitles92This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
Web browserAbout the web browserThe Google Chrome™ web browser for Android™ devices comes pre-installed inmost markets. Go to http://support.google.com/chrome and click the "Chrome forMobile" link to get more detailed information about how to use this web browser.Google Chrome™ is not available in all markets.To open the web browser1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap .93This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
ConnectivityConnecting to wireless networksYou can access the Internet wirelessly from your device using Wi-Fi® technology.This way you can browse the web and share media files over the same Wi-Fi®network with other DLNA Certified™ devices, for example, TVs and computers.If your company or organisation has a virtual private network (VPN), you can connectto this network using your device. You can use a VPN to access intranets and otherinternal services at your company.Before using Wi-Fi®To browse the Internet using a Wi-Fi® connection, you need to search for andconnect to an available Wi-Fi® network and then open the Internet browser. Thesignal strength of the Wi-Fi® network may differ depending on your device's location.Move closer to the Wi-Fi® access point to increase the signal strength.To turn on Wi-Fi®1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Settings.3Drag the slider beside Wi-Fi® to the right to turn on the Wi-Fi® function.It may take a few seconds before Wi-Fi® is enabled.To connect to a Wi-Fi® network1From the Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Settings.3Make sure that the Wi-Fi® function is on. Tap Wi-Fi .4Available Wi-Fi® networks are displayed. The available networks may be openor secured. Open networks are indicated by and secured networks areindicated by next to the Wi-Fi® network name.5Tap a Wi-Fi® network to connect to it. If you are trying to connect to a securenetwork, you are asked to enter a password. is displayed in the status baronce you are connected.Your device remembers Wi-Fi® networks you connect to. The next time you come withinreach of a previously connected Wi-Fi® network, your device automatically connects to it.In some locations, open Wi-Fi® networks require you to log in to a web page before you canget access to the network. Contact the relevant Wi-Fi® network administrator for moreinformation.To connect to another Wi-Fi® network1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Settings > Wi-Fi. Detected Wi-Fi® networks are displayed.3Tap another Wi-Fi® network to connect to it.To scan for Wi-Fi® networks manually1From your Home screen, tap to go to the Application screen.2Find and tap Settings > Wi-Fi.3Press , then tap Scan. Your device now scans for all available Wi-Fi®networks.4To connect to a Wi-Fi® network, tap the network name from the list ofavailable networks.94This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
To add a Wi-Fi® network manually1Make sure that Wi-Fi® is turned on.2From the Home screen, tap .3Find and tap Settings > Wi-Fi .4Tap .5Enter the Network SSID for the network.6Tap the Security field to select a security type.7If required, enter a password.8Tap Save.The Wi-Fi® network name may be indicated as SSID, ESSID or Access Point. Contact yourWi-Fi® network administrator to get the Network SSID and password.Advanced Wi-Fi® settingsWi-Fi® network statusWhen you are connected to a Wi-Fi® network or when there are Wi-Fi® networksavailable in your vicinity, it is possible to see the status of these Wi-Fi® networks.You can also enable your device to notify you whenever an open Wi-Fi® network isdetected.To enable Wi-Fi® network notifications1Turn on Wi-Fi®, if it is not already on.2From your Home screen, tap .3Find and tap Settings > Wi-Fi.4Press .5Tap Advanced.6Mark the Network notification checkbox.To view detailed information about a connected Wi-Fi® network1From the Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Settings > Wi-Fi.3Tap the Wi-Fi® network that you are currently connected to. Detailed networkinformation is displayed.Wi-Fi® sleep policyBy adding a Wi-Fi® sleep policy, you can specify when to switch from Wi-Fi® tomobile data.If you are not connected to a Wi-Fi® network, your device uses a mobile data connection toaccess the Internet (if you have set up and enabled a mobile data connection on your device).To add a Wi-Fi® sleep policy1From the Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Settings > Wi-Fi.3Press .4Tap Advanced.5Tap Keep Wi-Fi on during sleep.6Select an option.Sharing your mobile data connectionYou can share your device's mobile data connection with a single computer using aUSB cable. This process is called USB tethering. You can also share your device'sdata connection with up to eight other devices at once, by turning your device into aportable Wi-Fi® hotspot.When your device is sharing its data connection, the following icons may appear inthe status bar or in the Notification panel:USB tethering is active95This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
Portable Wi-Fi® hotspot is activeTo share your data connection using a USB cable1Deactivate all USB cable connections to your device.2Using the USB cable that came with your device, connect your device to acomputer.3From your Home screen, tap .4Find and tap Settings > More… > Tethering & portable hotspot.5Mark the USB tethering checkbox.6To stop sharing your data connection, unmark the USB tethering checkbox ordisconnect the USB cable.You cannot share your device's data connection and SD card over a USB cable at the sametime.You may need to prepare your computer to establish a network connection via USB cable. Goto www.android.com/tether to get the most current information.To use your device as a portable Wi-Fi® hotspot1From the Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Settings > More… > Tethering & portable hotspot.3Tap Portable Wi-Fi hotspot settings > Set up Wi-Fi hotspot.4Enter the Network SSID for the network. Tap the Security field to select asecurity type.5If required, enter a password.6Tap Save.7Mark the Portable Wi-Fi hotspot checkbox. Your device starts broadcasting itsWi-Fi network name (SSID). Up to eight computers or other devices can nowconnect to this network.8Unmark the Portable Wi-Fi hotspot checkbox when you want to stop sharingyour data connection via Wi-Fi®.To rename or secure your portable hotspot1From the Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Settings > More… > Tethering & portable hotspot.3Tap Portable Wi-Fi hotspot settings > Set up Wi-Fi hotspot.4Enter the Network SSID for the network.5To select a security type, tap the Security field.6If required, enter a password.7Tap Save.Virtual private networks (VPNs)Use your device to connect to virtual private networks (VPNs), which allow you toaccess resources inside a secured local network from outside the actual network. Forexample, VPN connections are commonly used by corporations and educationalinstitutions for users who need to access intranets and other internal services whenthey are outside of the internal network, for example, when they are travelling.VPN connections can be set up in many ways, depending on the network. Somenetworks may require you to transfer and install a security certificate in your device.For detailed information on how to set up a connection to your virtual privatenetwork, please contact the network administrator of your company or organisation.To add a virtual private network1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Settings > More… > VPN.3Tap Add VPN profile.4Select the type of VPN to add.5Enter your VPN settings.6Tap Save.96This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
To connect to a virtual private network1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Settings > More… > VPN.3In the list of available networks, tap the VPN that you want to connect to.4Enter the required information.5Tap Connect.To disconnect from a virtual private network1Drag the status bar downwards.2Tap the notification for the VPN connection to turn it off.Sharing content with DLNA Certified™ devicesYou can view or play media content saved to your device on other devices such as,for example, a TV, or a computer. Such devices must be DLNA Certified™ by theDigital Living Network Alliance and all devices must be connected to the same Wi-Fi® network in order for content to be shared. You can also view or play content fromother DLNA Certified™ devices on your device.After you set up the sharing of content between devices, you can, for example, listento music files stored on your home computer from your device, or view photos takenwith your device's camera on a large-screen TV.Playing files from DLNA Certified™ devices on your deviceWhen you play files from another DLNA Certified™ device on your device, this otherdevice acts as a server. In other words, it shares content over a network. The serverdevice must have its content sharing function enabled and give access permission toyour device. It also must be connected to the same Wi-Fi® network as your device.To play a shared track on your device1Make sure the devices that you want to share files with are connected to thesame Wi-Fi® network as your device.2From your Home screen, tap , then find and tap WALKMAN.3Tap My music to open the music library.4Select a device from the list of connected devices.5Browse the folders of the connected device and select the track that you wantto play. The track starts playing automatically.To play a shared video on your device1Make sure the devices that you want to share files with are connected to thesame Wi-Fi® network as your device.2From your Home screen, tap , then find and tap Movies > Devices.3Select a device from the list of connected devices.4Browse the folders of the connected device and select the video that you wantto play.To view a shared photo on your device1Make sure the devices that you want to share files with are connected to thesame Wi-Fi® network as your device.2From your Home screen, tap .3Find and tap Album > My albums. All your available online albums andconnected devices are displayed.4Select a device from the list of connected devices.5Browse the folders of the connected device and select a photo to view it.Preparing to play content from your device on DLNA Certified™devicesBefore you can view or play media files from your device on other DLNA Certified™devices, you must set up file sharing on your device. The devices that you sharecontent with are called client devices. For example, a TV, computer or tablet can act97This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
as client devices. Your device works as a media server when it makes contentavailable to client devices. When you set up file sharing on your device, you mustalso give access permission to client devices. After you do so, such devices appearas registered devices. Devices that are waiting for access permission are listed aspending devices.To set up file sharing with other DLNA Certified™ devices1Connect your device to a Wi-Fi® network.2From your Home screen, tap , then find and tap .3Tap My music to open the music library.4Press , then tap Media server.5To turn on the Share content function, drag the slider. appears in the statusbar. Your device can now work as a media server.6Connect your computer or other devices to the same Wi-Fi® network as yourdevice.7A notification appears in the status bar of your device. Open the notificationand set the relevant access permissions for other devices.The instructions described above may differ depending on the client devices used. Refer toyour client device User guide for more information. If the device cannot connect, check thatyour Wi-Fi® network is working.You can also access the Media server menu under Settings > More… > Media serversettings. If you close the Media server view, file sharing function function stays running in thebackground.To stop sharing files with other DLNA Certified™ devices1From your Home screen, tap , then find and tap .2Tap My music to open the music library.3Press , then tap Media server.4Drag the slider to turn off the Share content function.To set access permissions for a pending device1From your Home screen, tap , then find and tap .2Tap My music to open the music library.3Press , then tap Media server.4Select a device from the Pending devices list.5Select an access permission level.To change the name of a registered device1From your Home screen, tap , then find and tap .2Tap My music to open the music library.3Press , then tap Media server.4Select a device from the Registered devices list, then select Change name.5Enter a new name for the device.To change the access level of a registered device1From your Home screen, tap , then find and tap .2Tap My music to open the music library.3Press , then tap Media server.4Select a device from the Registered devices list.5Tap Change access level and select an option.To get help about sharing content with other DLNA Certified™ devices1From your Home screen, tap , then find and tap .2Tap My music to open the music library.3Press , then tap Media server.4Tap .98This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
Playing files on a Digital Media Renderer deviceUsing DLNA™ technology, you can push media content saved on your device toanother device connected to the same Wi-Fi® network. The other device must beable to function as a Digital Media Renderer (DMR) device, which means that it canrender, or play, content received from your device. A DMR device can be, forexample, a TV with DLNA function, or a PC running Windows® 7 or higher.The settings for enabling the Digital Media Renderer may vary depending on the device used.Refer to the user guide for the respective device for more detailed information.To view photos or videos from your device on a DMR device1Make sure that you have correctly set up the DMR device and that it isconnected to the same Wi-Fi® network as your device.2From your Home screen, tap .3Find and tap Album.4Browse to and open the file that you want to view.5Tap the screen to display the toolbars, then tap and select a DMR device toshare your content with. The selected files start playing in chronological orderon the device that you select.6To disconnect from the DMR device, tap and select My phone. The file stopsplaying on the DMR device but continues playing on your device.You can also share a video from the Movies application on your device by tapping the videoand then tapping .To play a music track from your device on a DMR device1Make sure that you have correctly set up the DMR device and that it isconnected to the same Wi-Fi® network as your device.2From your Home screen, tap , then find and tap WALKMAN.3Tap My music to open the music library.4Select a music category and browse to the track that you want to share, thentap the track.5Tap and select a DMR device to share your content with. The track playsautomatically on the device that you select.6To disconnect from the DMR device, tap and select My phone. The trackstops playing on the DMR device but continues playing on your device.NFCUse Near Field Communications (NFC) to share data with other devices, such as avideo, photo, web page address, music file or contact. You can also use NFC to scantags that give you more information about a product or service as well as tags thatactivate certain functions on your device.NFC is a wireless technology with a maximum range of one centimetre, so thedevices sharing data must be held close to each other. Before you can use NFC, youmust first turn on the NFC function, and the device's screen must be active.NFC may not be available in all countries and/or regions.To turn on the NFC function1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Settings > More….3Mark the NFC checkbox.99This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
NFC detection areaThe location of the NFC detection area is not the same on all devices. When sharing data withanother device using NFC, refer to the User guide of the other device for more information.To share a contact with another device using NFC1Make sure that both devices have the NFC function turned on, and that bothscreens are active.2To view contacts, go to your Home screen, tap , then tap .3Tap the contact that you want to share.4Hold your device and the receiving device back to back so that the NFCdetection areas of each device touch each other. When the devices connect,they vibrate and play a short sound. A thumbnail of the contact appears.5Tap the thumbnail to start the transfer.6When the transfer is done, the contact information is displayed on the screenof the receiving device and is also saved on the receiving device.To share a music file with another device using NFC1Make sure that both your device and the receiving device have the NFCfunction turned on, and that both screens are active.2To open the "WALKMAN" application, tap , then find and tap .3Tap the My music tab to open the music library.4Select a music category and browse to the track you want to share.5Tap the track to play it. You can then tap to pause the track. The transferworks whether the track is playing or paused.6Hold your device and the receiving device back to back so that the NFCdetection areas of each device touch each other. When the devices connect,they vibrate and play a short sound. A thumbnail of the track appears.7Tap the thumbnail to start the transfer.8When the transfer is done, the music file plays immediately on the receivingdevice. At the same time, the file is saved on the receiving device.You might not be able to copy, send or transfer copyright-protected items.100This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
To share a photo or video with another device using NFC1Make sure that both devices have the NFC function turned on, and that bothscreens are active.2To view photos and videos in your device, go to your Home screen, tap ,then find and tap Album.3Tap the photo or video that you want to share.4Hold your device and the receiving device back to back so that the NFCdetection areas touch each other. When the devices connect, they vibrate andplay a short sound. A thumbnail of the photo or video appears.5Tap the thumbnail to start the transfer.6When the transfer is done, the photo or video is displayed on the screen of thereceiving device. At the same time, the item is saved on the receiving device.You can also use NFC to share a video from the Movies application.To share a web address with another device using NFC1Make sure that both devices have the NFC function turned on, and that bothscreens are active.2From your Home screen, tap .3To open the web browser, find and tap .4Load the web page that you want to share.5Hold your device and the receiving device back to back so that the NFCdetection areas touch each other. When the devices connect, they vibrate andplay a short sound. A thumbnail of the web page appears.6Tap the thumbnail to start the transfer.7When the transfer is done, the web page is displayed on the screen of thereceiving device.Scanning NFC tagsYour device can scan various kinds of NFC tags. For example, it can scan embeddedtags on a poster, on a billboard advertisement, or beside a product in a retail store.You can receive additional information, such as a web address.To scan an NFC tag1Make sure that your device has the NFC function turned on and that the screenis active.2Place your device over the tag so that the NFC detection area touches it. Yourdevice scans the tag and displays the content collected. Tap the content of thetag to open it.3To open the tag, tap it.Paying for items with your deviceYou can use the Operator wallet application on your device to pay for items in storesthat support NFC payment methods. Just tap your device on specially enabledelectronic payment pads to pay for your purchases. Payments are backed by a creditor debit card, or by prepaid cards or vouchers. Your payment information is stored inthe payment application, so you don’t need to enter it every time.To use Operator wallet, your SIM card must have a secure element embedded. Contact yournetwork operator for more details.Google Wallet™Use the Google Wallet™ application to pay for goods at checkouts. If there is asupported NFC terminal at the checkout, you can just tap your device on the terminalto pay. Google Wallet™ stores details of your credit and debit cards as well as detailsof coupons and other special offers. Most major credit card types are supported.Security features include a PIN, encrypted storage and the ability to remotely disablea lost wallet.101This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
Operator walletThe Operator wallet application lets you access a variety of services provided by yournetwork operator, such as the option to pay for items in underground trains andstores. Contact your network operator for more information about such services.To select a wallet for use on your device1Make sure that the NFC function is on.2From your Home screen, tap .3Find and tap Settings > More….4Tap Wallet and select an option.Connecting to an NFC compatible deviceYou can connect your device to other NFC compatible devices produced by Sony,such as a speaker or a headphone. When establishing this kind of connection, referto the User guide of the compatible device for more information.You may need to have Wi-Fi® or Bluetooth™ activated on both devices for the connection towork.Bluetooth™ wireless technologyUse the Bluetooth™ function to send files to other Bluetooth™ compatible devices,or to connect to handsfree accessories. Turn on the Bluetooth™ function in yourdevice and create wireless connections to other Bluetooth™ compatible devicessuch as computers, handsfree accessories, and phones. Bluetooth™ connectionswork better within 10 metres (33 feet), with no solid objects in between. In somecases you have to manually pair your device with other Bluetooth™ devices.Interoperability and compatibility among Bluetooth™ devices can vary.To turn on the Bluetooth™ function and make your device visible1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Settings.3Tap the on-off switch beside Bluetooth to turn on the Bluetooth™ function.4Tap Bluetooth. Your device and a list of available Bluetooth™ devices appear.5Tap your device name to make your device visible to other Bluetooth™devices.To adjust your device's visibility time to other Bluetooth™ devices1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Settings > Bluetooth.3Press and select Visibility timeout.4Select an option.Naming your deviceYou can give your device a name. This name is shown to other devices after youhave turned on the Bluetooth™ function and your device is set to visible.To give your device a name1Make sure that the Bluetooth™ function is turned on.2From your Home screen, tap .3Find and tap Settings > Bluetooth.4Press and select Rename phone.5Enter a name for your device.6Tap Rename.102This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
Pairing with another Bluetooth™ deviceWhen you pair your device with another device, you can, for example, connect yourdevice to a Bluetooth™ headset or a Bluetooth™ car kit and use these other devicesto make and receive calls.Once you have paired your device with a Bluetooth™ device, your device willremember this pairing. When pairing your device with a Bluetooth™ device, you mayneed to enter a passcode. Your device will automatically try the generic passcode0000. If this does not work, refer to the user guide for your Bluetooth™ device to getthe device passcode. You do not need to re-enter the passcode the next time youconnect to a paired Bluetooth™ device.Some Bluetooth™ devices, for example, most Bluetooth™ headsets, require you toboth pair and connect with the other device.You can pair your device with several Bluetooth™ devices, but you can only connectto one Bluetooth™ profile at the same time.To pair your device with another Bluetooth™ device1Make sure that the device you want to pair your device with has theBluetooth™ function activated and is visible to other Bluetooth™ devices.2From the Home screen, tap .3Find and tap Settings > Bluetooth. All available Bluetooth™ devices appear ina list.4Tap the Bluetooth™ device that you want to pair with your device.5Enter a passcode, if required, or confirm the same passcode on both devices.Your device and the Bluetooth™ device are now paired.To connect your device to another Bluetooth™ device1If you are connecting to a Bluetooth device that requires you to first pair yourdevice before connecting, follow the relevant steps to pair your device withthat device.2From your Home screen, tap .3Find and tap Settings > Bluetooth.4Tap the Bluetooth™ device to which you want to connect your device.To unpair a Bluetooth™ device1From the Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Settings > Bluetooth.3Under Paired devices, tap beside the name of the device that you want tounpair.4Tap Unpair.Sending and receiving items using Bluetooth™ technologyShare items with other Bluetooth™ compatible devices such as phones orcomputers. You can send and receive several kinds of items using the Bluetooth™function, such as:•Photos and videos•Music and other audio files•Contacts•Web pages103This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
To send items using Bluetooth™1Receiving device: Make sure the Bluetooth™ function is turned on and thatthe device is visible to other Bluetooth™ devices.2Sending device: Open the application which contains the item that you want tosend, and scroll to the item.3Depending on the application and the item you want to send, you may need to,for example, touch and hold the item, open the item or press . Other ways tosend an item may exist.4Select Share or Send.5Select Bluetooth.6Turn on Bluetooth™, if you are asked to do so.7Tap the name of the receiving device.8Receiving device: If asked, accept the connection.9Sending device: If asked, confirm the transfer to the receiving device.10 Receiving device: Accept the incoming item.To receive items using Bluetooth™1Make sure that the Bluetooth™ function is on and is visible to otherBluetooth™ devices.2The sending device now starts sending data to your device.3If prompted, enter the same passcode on both devices, or confirm thesuggested passcode.4When you are notified of an incoming file to your device, drag the status bardownwards and tap the notification to accept the file transfer.5Tap Accept to start the file transfer.6To view the progress of the transfer, drag the status bar downwards.7To open a received item, drag the status bar downwards and tap the relevantnotification.To view files you have received using Bluetooth™1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Settings > Bluetooth.3Press and select Show received files.Connecting your device to a computerConnect your device to a computer and start transferring pictures, music and otherfile types. The easiest ways to connect are using a USB cable or Bluetooth wirelesstechnology.When you connect your device to the computer using a USB cable, you areprompted to install the PC Companion application on your computer. PC Companionhelps you access additional computer applications to transfer and organise mediafiles, update your device, synchronise device content, and more.You might not be able to transfer some copyright-protected material between your device anda computer.Transferring and handling content using a USB cableUse a USB cable connection between a computer and your device for easy transferand management of your files. Once the two devices are connected, you can dragand drop content between your device and the computer, or between your device'sinternal storage and SD card, using the computer's file explorer.If you're transferring music, video, pictures or other media files to your device, it'sbest to use the Media Go™ application on your computer. Media Go™ convertsmedia files so that you can use them on your device.104This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
To transfer content between your device and computer using a USB cable1Using a USB cable, connect your device to a computer. Internal storage & SDcard connected appears in the status bar on the screen of your device.2Computer: Open Microsoft® Windows® Explorer from the desktop and waituntil your device's internal storage and your SD card appear as external disksin Microsoft® Windows® Explorer.3Computer: Drag and drop the desired files between your device and thecomputer.To transfer content between internal storage and an SD card via USB1Using a USB cable, connect your device to a computer. Internal storage & SDcard connected appears in the status bar on the screen of your device.2Computer: Open Microsoft® Windows® Explorer from the desktop and waituntil your device's internal storage and your SD card appear as external disksin Microsoft® Windows® Explorer.3Computer: Drag and drop the desired files between the device's internalstorage and the SD card.To transfer files directly from internal storage to an SD card in the device1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Settings > Storage > Transfer data to SD card.3Mark the file types you want to transfer to the SD card.4Tap Transfer.The direct transfer method means that a USB cable connection to a computer is notnecessary.Transferring files using Media transfer mode via Wi-Fi®You can transfer files between your device and other MTP compatible devices, suchas a computer, using a Wi-Fi® connection. Before connecting, you first need to pairthe two devices. If you're transferring music, video, pictures or other media filesbetween your device and a computer, it's best to use the Media Go™ application onthe computer. Media Go™ converts media files so that you can use them on yourdevice.In order to use this feature, you need a Wi-Fi® enabled device that supports Media transfer,for example, a computer running Microsoft® Windows Vista® or Windows® 7.To pair your device wirelessly with a computer using Media transfer mode1Make sure Media transfer mode is enabled on your device. It is normallyenabled by default.2Connect your device to the computer using a USB cable.3Computer: Once the name of your device appears on the screen, clickNetwork configuration and follow the instructions to pair the computer.4When you are finished pairing, disconnect the USB cable from both devices.The above instructions only work if Windows® 7 is installed on your computer and thecomputer is connected to a Wi-Fi® Access Point via a network cable.To connect paired devices wirelessly in Media transfer mode1Make sure Media transfer mode is enabled on your device. It is normallyenabled by default.2From your Home screen, tap .3Find and tap Settings > Xperia™ > USB Connectivity.4Tap the paired device that you want to connect to under Trusted devices.5Tap Connect.Make sure the Wi-Fi® function is turned on.105This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
To disconnect a wirelessly paired device in Media transfer mode1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Settings > Xperia™ > USB Connectivity.3Tap the paired device that you want to disconnect from under Trusteddevices.4Tap Disconnect.To remove a pairing with another device1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Settings > Xperia™ > USB Connectivity.3Tap the paired device that you want to remove.4Tap Forget.PC CompanionPC Companion is a computer application that gives you access to additional featuresand services which help you transfer music, video and pictures to and from yourdevice. You can also use PC Companion to update your device and get the latestsoftware version available. The installation files for PC Companion are saved on yourdevice and the installation is launched from the device when you connect it to acomputer via USB cable.You need an internet connected computer running one of the following operatingsystems to use the PC Companion application:•Microsoft® Windows® 7•Microsoft® Windows Vista®•Microsoft® Windows® XP (Service Pack 3 or higher)To start PC Companion1Make sure that PC Companion is installed on your PC.2Open the PC Companion application on the PC, then click Start to open one ofthe features that you want to use.Media Go™The Media Go™ computer application helps you transfer and manage media contentin your device and computer. You can install and access Media Go™ from within thePC Companion application.You need one of these operating systems to use the Media Go™ application:•Microsoft® Windows® 7•Microsoft® Windows Vista®•Microsoft® Windows® XP, Service Pack 3 or higherTo transfer content using the Media Go™ application1Connect your device to a computer using a supported USB cable.2Device: In the status bar, Internal storage connected appears.3Computer: Open the PC Companion application on the PC first. InPC Companion, click Media Go to start the Media Go™ application. In somecases, you may have to wait for Media Go™ to install.4Using Media Go™, drag and drop files between your computer and device.Connecting your device to a TV setConnect your device to a TV set and start viewing content saved in your device on alarger screen. When you connect your device to the TV set, the TV launcherapplication opens. This application helps you to play media files from your device onTVs and other devices.You may have to purchase an MHL cable separately.106This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
To view content from your device on a TV which supports MHL input1Connect your device to the TV using an MHL cable. appears in yourdevice's status bar after a connection is established.2The TV launcher application starts automatically. Follow the instructions toview your media files on the TV.To view content from your device on a TV which supports HDMI™ input1Connect your device to an MHL-HDMI adaptor, and connect the adaptor to aUSB power supply.2Connect the adaptor to a TV using a HDMI™ cable. appears in yourdevice's status bar after a connection is established.3The TV launcher application starts automatically. Follow the instructions toview your media files on the TV.To view help about using the TV remote control1While your device is connected to the TV set, drag the status bar downwardsto open the Notification panel.2Tap MHL connected.You can also press the yellow button on the TV remote control to open the Notification panel.To disconnect your device from the TV set•Disconnect the MHL™ cable or the MHL-HDMI adaptor from your device.Screen mirroringUse Screen mirroring to show the screen of your device on a TV or other large displaywithout using a cable connection. Wi-Fi Direct™ technology creates a wirelessconnection between the two devices, so you can sit back and enjoy your favouritephotos from the comfort of your couch. You can also use this feature to listen tomusic from your phone via the TV's speakers.Your TV must support screen mirroring based on Wi-Fi CERTIFIED Miracast™ for thefunctionality described above to work. If your TV does not support screen mirroring, you needto purchase a wireless display adapter separately.When using screen mirroring, the image quality may sometimes be negatively impacted if thereis interference from other Wi-Fi® networks.To mirror the screen of your device on a TV screen1Follow the instructions in the User guide for your TV to turn on the screenmirroring function.2From your Home screen, tap .3Find and tap Settings > Xperia™ > Screen mirroring.4Tap Turn on Screen mirroring and select a device.When using screen mirroring, do not cover the Wi-Fi antenna area of your device.Scanning barcodes with the NeoReader™ applicationAbout scanning with the NeoReader™ applicationUse your device as a barcode scanner to find out more about items you scan. Forexample, you see a coat in a magazine ad and want to find the nearest retail outlet tobuy it. If the ad contains a readable barcode, the NeoReader™ application uses thiscode to access mobile web content, such as a web page with more productinformation or a map of nearby outlets. NeoReader™ supports most standardbarcode types.107This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
To start the NeoReader™ application1From the Home screen, tap .2Find and tap NeoReader™.To scan a barcode1When the NeoReader™ application is open, hold your device over the barcodeuntil the complete barcode is visible in the viewfinder.2Your device automatically scans the barcode, and vibrates when the barcodeis recognised.To enter a barcode manually1When the NeoReader™ application is open, tap .2Enter the numbers of the barcode in the text field, then tap GO!.NeoReader™ application menu overviewThe following menu options are available in the NeoReader™ application:Tap to open more optionsEnter the barcode numbers manually. This option can be used if your camera has difficultyreading the barcodeView a list of previously scanned barcodesView information about the NeoReader™ application. Read more about different barcode types,and about how to use NeoReader™Select your personal settings, such as language or country. This information is used topersonalise barcode content. Also, you can select preferences for how you use the NeoReader™applicationSend a text message to invite a friend to download the NeoReader™ applicationSmart ConnectAbout Smart ConnectUse the Smart Connect application to set what happens in your device when youconnect or disconnect an accessory. You can also use it to set a specific action or agroup of actions to launch on your device at certain times of the day.For example, when you connect your headset or headphones, you can set an eventso that the following actions are launched on your device:•Between 7am and 9am, when you commute to work, the WALKMAN player starts,and the web browser opens the morning paper. The ring volume is set to vibrate.•Between office hours, a conference call app opens on your device.•On the way back from work, the FM radio starts, and a notes app with your shoppinglist opens.To start the Smart Connect application1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Smart Connect.108This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
To create a Smart Connect event1Start the Smart Connection application. If you are opening Smart Connect forthe first time, tap OK to close the introduction screen.2On the Events tab, tap .3Give the event a name, then tap Create.4Under When, add either an accessory or a time interval, or both.5Under Do this, add what you want to happen in your device.6Under At the end, add what you want to happen when you disconnect theaccessory or when the time interval comes to an end. If both these conditionsare set, the actions start either when you disconnect the accessory, or whenthe time interval comes to an end.7To save the event, press .To add a Bluetooth™ accessory, you have to first pair it with your device.To edit a Smart Connect event1Start the Smart Connection application.2On the Events tab, tap an event.3If the event is switched off, tap .4Adjust the settings as desired.5To save the event, press .To delete an incorrect entry, touch and hold the entry and then tap Delete.109This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
Synchronising data on your deviceAbout synchronising data on your deviceYou can sync contacts, email, calendar events, and other information with yourdevice from multiple email accounts, synchronisation services and other kinds ofaccounts, depending on the applications installed on your device. Synchronising yourdevice with other information sources is an easy and practical way to stay up to date.Synchronising with Google™Synchronise your device with different Google™ services to keep your information upto date, regardless of which device you're using your Google™ account from. Forexample, you can synchronise your contacts, Gmail™, calendar and web browserdata.To set up a Google™ account for synchronisation1From your Home screen, tap .2Tap Settings > Add account > Google.3Follow the registration wizard to create a Google™ account, or sign in if youalready have an account.4Mark the Back up & restore checkbox if you want to back up data to yourGoogle™ account, then tap Next.5Tap your newly created Google™ account, then tap the items you that want tosynchronise.To synchronise manually with your Google™ account1From the Home screen, tap .2Tap Settings > Google.3Tap the Google™ account that you want to synchronise.4Press , then tap Sync now.To synchronise an application with a Google™ account1From your Home screen, tap .2Tap Settings > Google.3Tap the Google™ account that you want to synchronise with. A list appears ofapplications that can be synchronised with the Google account.4Tap the application that you want to synchronise with the selected Googleaccount.To synchronise the web browser data1From your Home screen, tap .2Tap Settings > Google.3Tap the Google™ account that you want to synchronise with, then tap SyncBrowser.To remove a Google™ account1From your Home screen, tap .2Tap Settings > Google.3Tap the Google™ account that you want to remove from the accounts list.4Press , then tap Remove account.5Tap Remove account again to confirm.Synchronising your corporate email, calendar and contactsAccess your corporate email messages, calendar appointments and contacts directlyfrom your device. View and manage them just as easily as you would from a110This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
computer. After setup, you can find your information in the Email, Calendar andContacts applications.For you to access the functionality described above, your corporate information must bestored on a Microsoft® Exchange server.To set up corporate email, calendar and contacts1From your Home screen, tap .2Tap Settings > Add account > Exchange ActiveSync.3Enter your corporate email address and password.4Tap Next. Your device begins to retrieve your account information. If a failureoccurs, contact your corporate network administrator for more information.5Tap OK to allow your corporate server to control your device.6Select what data you want to sync with your device, such as contacts andcalendar entries.7If desired, activate the device administrator to allow your corporate server tocontrol certain security features on your device. For example, you can allowyour corporate server to set password rules and set storage encryption.8When the setup is done, enter a name for the corporate account.To edit the setup of corporate email, calendar and contacts1From your Home screen, tap .2Tap Email, then tap .3Tap Settings and select a corporate account.4Change the desired settings.To set a synchronisation interval for a corporate account1From your Home screen, tap .2Tap Email, then tap .3Tap Settings and select a corporate account.4Tap Inbox check frequency and select an interval option.To remove a corporate account1From your Home screen, tap .2Tap Settings > Exchange ActiveSync, then select the corporate account.3Tap , then tap Remove account.4Tap Remove account again to confirm.Synchronising with Facebook™There are two ways to use Facebook™ on your device. You can use the standardFacebook application to access your online Facebook account, or you cansynchronise your Facebook account with your device and share content betweenFacebook™ and a range of other applications. For example, you can share music inthe "WALKMAN" application on your device via Facebook. To synchronise yourdevice with Facebook, you must first set up an "Xperia™ with Facebook" account —a solution developed by Sony to enable easy integration.To set up an "Xperia™ with Facebook" account on your device1From your Home screen, tap .2Tap Settings > Add account > Xperia™ with Facebook.3Follow the on-screen instructions to sign in to your Facebook™ account, orcreate a new account.To synchronise manually with an "Xperia™ with Facebook" account1From your Home screen, tap .2Tap Settings > Xperia™ with Facebook.3Select the account that you want to synchronise.4Press , then tap Sync now.111This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
To remove an "Xperia™ with Facebook" accountWhen you remove an "Xperia™ with Facebook" account from your device, the associatedonline Facebook account is not deleted and you can still access it from a computer.1From your Home screen, tap .2Tap Settings > Xperia™ with Facebook.3Select the account that you want to remove.4Press , then tap Remove account.5Tap Remove account again to confirm.112This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
Maps and locationsAbout location servicesUse your device to find out where you are. There are two methods: GPS and wirelessnetworks. Enable the wireless networks option if you only need your approximatelocation, and want it fast. If you want a more exact position, and have a clear view ofthe sky, enable the GPS option. In situations where the wireless network connectionis weak, you should enable both options to ensure that your location is found.Sony does not warrant the accuracy of any location services including but not limited tonavigational services.Using GPSYour device has a global positioning system (GPS) receiver that uses satellite signalsto calculate your location.When you use features that require the GPS receiver to find your location, make sure you havea clear view of the sky.To enable GPS1From your Home screen, tap .2Tap Settings > Location services.3Mark the GPS satellites checkbox.Getting the best performanceThe first time you use the GPS it can take 5 to 10 minutes for your location to befound. To help the search, make sure you have a clear view of the sky. Stand still anddon't cover the GPS antenna (the highlighted area in the image). The GPS signals canpass through clouds and plastic, but not through most solid objects such asbuildings and mountains. If your location isn't found after a few minutes, move toanother location.113This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
Google Maps™Track your current location, view real-time traffic situations and receive detaileddirections to your destination. Before taking trips, you can download and save mapsto your memory card to avoid high roaming costs.The Google Maps™ application requires the use of an Internet connection. You may incur dataconnection charges when you connect to the Internet from your device. Contact your networkoperator for more information. The Google Maps™ application may not be available in everymarket, country or region.To use Google Maps™1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Maps.If you want to use Google Maps™, you have to enable one of the location methods availableunder Settings > Location services.To learn more about Google Maps™•When you use Google Maps™, tap , then tap Help.Viewing your friends’ locations with Google Latitude™Join Google Latitude™ to view your friends’ locations on maps and share yourlocation and other information with them.Using Google Maps™ to get directionsUse the Google Maps™ application to get directions when you travel by foot, publictransportation, or car. You can add a shortcut to a destination on your Home screento get quick directions from wherever you are.When you view a map, you make an Internet connection, and data is transferred toyour device. So it's a good idea to download and save maps to your device beforeyou take a trip. This way, you can avoid high roaming costs.Sony does not warrant the accuracy of any directional services.Using the Navigation applicationUse the Navigation application in your device to get turn-by-turn instructions on howto get places. The directions are both spoken and displayed on the screen.The Navigation application may not be available in every market.To start Navigation1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Navigation.114This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
Calendar and alarm clockCalendarYour device has a calendar application for managing your time schedule. If you havea Google™ account, you can also synchronise the calendar application on yourdevice with your web calendar.To set the calendar view1From your Home screen, tap , then find and tap Calendar.2Tap Month, Week or Day to select an option.To view multiple calendars1From your Home screen, tap , then find and tap Calendar.2Press , then tap My calendars.3Select the calendars you want to view.To create a calendar event1From your Home screen, tap , then tap Calendar.2Tap .3Enter the name, time, location and description for the event.4Select a reminder for the event. To add a new reminder for the event, tap .5If desired, tap More and select another option under Repetition.6Tap Done.When the appointment time approaches, your device plays a short sound to remind you. Also, appears in the status bar.To view a calendar event1From your Home screen, tap , then tap Calendar.2Tap the event you want to view.To change the calendar settings1From your Home screen, tap , then tap Calendar.2Press , then tap Settings.3Tap the setting you want to change, then edit as desired.Alarm clockUse your device as an alarm clock and select any sound saved on your device asyour alarm signal. The alarm does not sound if your device is turned off. But it doessound when the device is set to silent mode.To open the alarm clock1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Alarm & clock.To set a new alarm1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Alarm & clock.3Tap Add alarm.4Tap Time and adjust the time by scrolling up and down.5Tap Done.6If desired, edit other alarm settings.7Tap Done.115This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
To edit an existing alarm1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Alarm & clock.3Tap the alarm you want to edit.4Tap Time and adjust the time by scrolling up and down.5Tap Done.6If desired, edit other alarm settings.7Tap Done.The alarm time format displayed is the same as the format you select for your general timesettings, for example, 12-hour or 24-hour.To deactivate an alarm1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Alarm & clock.3Tap next to the alarm you want to deactivate.To activate an existing alarm1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Alarm & clock.3Tap next to the alarm you want to activate.To delete an alarm1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Alarm & clock.3Touch and hold the alarm you want to delete.4Tap Delete alarm, then tap Yes.To set the ringtone for an alarm1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Alarm & clock.3Tap the alarm you want to edit.4Tap Advanced alarm settings and unmark the Style settings checkbox.5Tap Alarm sound and select an option.6Tap Done, then tap Done.To set a recurring alarm1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Alarm & clock.3Tap the alarm you want to edit.4Tap Repeat.5Mark the checkboxes for the desired days, then tap OK.6Tap Done.To set the title for an alarm1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Alarm & clock.3Tap the alarm you want to edit.4Tap Advanced alarm settings, then tap the Alarm text field and enter a namefor the alarm.5Tap Done.To activate the vibrate function for an alarm1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Alarm & clock.3Tap the alarm you want to edit.4Tap Advanced alarm settings, then mark the Vibrate checkbox.5Tap Done.116This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
To set alarms to sound when the device is in silent mode1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Alarm & clock, then tap to select an alarm.3Tap Advanced alarm settings, then mark the Alarm in silent mode checkbox.4Tap Done.To snooze an alarm when it sounds•Tap Snooze - min.To turn off an alarm when it sounds•Slide to the right.117This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
Support and maintenanceUpdating your deviceUpdate your device to the most recent software version to get optimal performanceand the latest enhancements.You can use the Update center application on your device to run a wireless update oryou can use the PC Companion application on a computer to run an update using aUSB cable connection. If you update wirelessly, then you can use either a mobilenetwork or a Wi-Fi® network connection. Just make sure you back up and save alldata stored on your device before you update.When you run an update using the Update center application, a data connection is establishedand related charges may be incurred. Also, the availability of updates over a mobile networkdepends on your operator. Contact your network operator for more information.Updating your device wirelesslyUse the Update center application to update your device wirelessly. You candownload software updates manually, or you can allow Update service to updateyour device automatically whenever downloads become available. When theautomatic update feature is activated, a notification appears in the status bar everytime an update becomes available.To download software updates manually from Update center1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Update Centre.3Select the desired application or system update and tap Download, or tapUpdate all to download all application updates.Application updates launch automatically after download. With system updates, wait for yourdevice to restart, then install the update manually. You may incur data connection chargeswhen downloading updates over mobile networks.To activate automatic software updates using the Update Center application1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Update Centre.3Press , then tap Settings.4Mark the Allow automatic downloads checkbox, then tap Agree. Updates arenow downloaded automatically as soon as they become available.You may incur data connection charges when downloading updates over mobile networks.To install system updates1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Update Centre.3Select a system update you want to install, then tap Install.Updating your device using a USB cable connectionSome updates are not available for wireless download. Notifications appear in thestatus bar to inform you of such updates. To download and run the updates, youneed a USB cable and a computer running the PC Companion application. You caninstall PC Companion on the computer using installation files saved on your device,or you can download the application directly from PC Companion.118This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
To download the PC Companion application from your device1Connect your device to a computer using a USB cable.2When prompted, follow the instructions in your device to launch the installationof PC Companion on the computer.PC Companion can also be downloaded from PC Companion.To download software updates using a USB cable connection1Install the PC Companion application on the computer you are using, if it is notalready installed.2Connect your device to the computer using a USB cable.3Computer: Launch the PC Companion application. After a few moments, PCCompanion detects your device and searches for new software for it.4Device: When notifications appear in the status bar, follow the on-screeninstructions to carry out the relevant software updates.To update your device using an Apple® Mac® computer1Install Sony™ Bridge for Mac application on the Apple® Mac® computer youare using, if it is not already installed.2Using a USB cable, connect your device to the Apple® Mac® computer.3Computer: Launch Sony™ Bridge for Mac application. After a few moments,Sony™ Bridge for Mac application detects your device and searches for newsoftware for it.4Computer: If a new software update is detected, a popup window appears.Follow the on-screen instructions to carry out the relevant software updates.Sony™ Bridge for Mac application is downloadable from Bridge for mac.Backup and restore applicationUse the Backup and restore application to make backups of content to a memorycard or a USB storage device. Such backups can be used to restore your contentand some settings in cases where your data gets lost or deleted.Types of content you can back upUse the Backup and restore application to back up the following types of data:•Bookmarks•Call log•Contacts•Applications downloaded from Google Play™•Multimedia messages•System settings (such as alarms, ringer volume, and language settings)•Text messagesYou do not need to back up music files and photos or videos taken with the camera. They arebacked up automatically to the device's memory card.You may incur additional data transmission charges when you restore applications fromGoogle Play™.Preparing to use the Backup and restore applicationBefore backing up your content, you can select the backup destination and the typesof data that you want to back up.To select the backup destination1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Back up & restore.3Tap Back up.4Tap the bar under Where to store data.5Select the destination to which you want to back up your content.119This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
To select the data types to back up1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Back up & restore.3Tap Back up.4Select the data types that you want to back up.To back up content1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Back up & restore.3Tap Back up, then tap Back up now.Restoring backed up content using the Backup and restoreapplicationWhen you restore backed up content, you must select a backup record to restorefrom. If you have backed up content several times, you may have several backuprecords. After you select a backup record, you can then select which types of data torestore.To restore content from a backup record1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Back up & restore.3Tap Restore.4Select the record that you want to restore from, then tap Restore now.Remember that any changes you make to your data and settings after you create a backup willget deleted during a restore procedure.Managing backup recordsYou can delete or rename records of the backups that you make using the Backup &restore function.To rename a backup record1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Back up & restore.3Press , then tap Manage backup records.4Select the backup record that you want to rename.5Tap .6Enter a new name and tap Rename.To delete backup records1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Back up & restore.3Press , then tap Manage backup records.4Select the backup record that you want to delete, or tap if you want to deleteall records.5Tap > Delete.Resetting your deviceAbout resetting your deviceYou can reset your device to its original settings, with or without deleting all of yourpersonal data. It is possible to reset your device to the state it was in before you firstturned it on. But before you perform a reset, make sure to back up any importantdata saved on your device.120This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
To perform a factory data resetTo avoid permanent damage to your device, do not restart your device while a resetprocedure is underway.1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Settings > Backup & reset.3Tap Factory data reset.4If you also want to erase data such as pictures and music, which is saved toyour device's internal storage, mark the Erase internal storage checkbox.5Tap Reset phone.6To confirm, tap Erase everything.Locking and protecting your deviceIMEI numberEvery device has a unique IMEI (International Mobile Equipment Identity) number.You should keep a copy of this number. If your device is stolen, your networkprovider can use your IMEI number to stop the device from accessing the network inyour country.To view your IMEI number•Turn off your phone, then remove the battery cover and battery to view your IMEInumber.•Open the phone dialer on your device and enter *#06#*.To view your IMEI number in the device1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Settings > About phone > Status.3Scroll to IMEI to view the IMEI number.Setting a screen lockThere are several ways to lock the screen on your device. For example, you can usethe Face Unlock feature, which uses a picture of your face to unlock the screen. Youcan also set a screen unlock pattern, a number-based PIN lock, or a text-basedpassword.It is very important that you remember your screen unlock pattern, PIN or password.If you forget this information, it may not be possible to restore important data such ascontacts and messages. Refer to Sony customer support for more information.121This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
To set a screen lock1From your Home screen, tap > Settings > Security > Screen lock.2Select an option.To set up the Face Unlock feature1From your Home screen, tap > Settings > Security > Screen lock.2Tap Face Unlock, then follow the instructions in your device to capture yourface.3After your face is successfully captured, tap Continue.4Select a backup lock method and follow the instructions in the device tocomplete the setup.The Face Unlock feature is less secure than a screen lock pattern, PIN, or password. Someonewho looks similar to you could unlock your device.For best results, capture your face in an indoor area that is well lit but not too bright, and holdthe device at eye level.To unlock the screen using the Face Unlock feature1Activate the screen.2Look at your device from the same angle you used to capture your FaceUnlock photo.If the Face Unlock feature fails to recognise your face, you need to draw the backup patternor enter the PIN to unlock the screen.To disable the Face Unlock protection1From your Home screen, tap > Settings > Security > Screen lock.2Draw your backup screen unlock pattern or enter your PIN.3Tap Swipe.To create a screen unlock pattern1From the Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Settings > Security > Screen lock > Pattern.3Follow the instructions in your device. You are asked to select a securityquestion that will be used to unlock the device if you forget your screen unlockpattern.To unlock the screen using a screen unlock pattern1Activate the screen.2Draw your screen unlock pattern.If the unlock pattern you draw on the screen is rejected five times in a row, you can select toeither wait 30 seconds and then try again, or to answer the security question you haveselected.To change the screen unlock pattern1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Settings > Security > Screen lock.3Draw your screen unlock pattern.4Tap Pattern.5Follow the instructions in your device.To disable the screen unlock pattern1From your Home screen, tap > Settings > Security > Screen lock.2Draw the screen unlock pattern.3Tap Swipe.122This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
To create a screen unlock PIN1From your Home screen, tap > Settings > Security > Screen lock > PIN.2Enter a numeric PIN.3If necessary, tap to minimise the keyboard.4Tap Continue.5Re-enter and confirm your PIN.6If necessary, tap to minimise the keyboard.7Tap OK.To disable the screen unlock PIN1From your Home screen, tap > Settings > Security > Screen lock.2Enter your PIN, then tap Next.3Tap Swipe.To create a screen lock password1From your Home screen, tap > Settings > Security > Screen lock >Password.2Enter a password.3If necessary, tap to minimise the keyboard.4Tap Continue.5Re-enter and confirm your password.6If necessary, tap to minimise the keyboard.7Tap OK.To disable the screen unlock password1From your Home screen, tap > Settings > Security > Screen lock.2Enter your password and tap Continue.3Tap Swipe.Support applicationTo access the support application1From your Application screen, find and tap .2Find and tap the required support item.Recycling your deviceGot an old device lying around the house? Why not recycle it? By doing so, you willhelp us reuse its materials and components, and you’ll protect the environment, too!Find out more about the recycling options in your region at blogs.sonymobile.com/about-us/sustainability/commitment/overview/.123This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
ReferenceSettings overviewGet to know the settings in your device so that you can personalise them to your ownrequirements.Wi-Fi Turn Wi-Fi® on or off, scan for available Wi-Fi® networks, or adda Wi-Fi® network.Bluetooth Turn Bluetooth™ on or off, search for available Bluetooth™devices, and make your device visible or invisible to otherBluetooth™ devices.Data usage Turn the mobile data traffic on or off, and keep track of your datausage details over a specified period of time.More… Turn Airplane mode on or off, configure settings for VPN andmobile networks, and enable your device to share its mobile dataconnection as a portable Wi-Fi® hotspot, or via USB tethering orBluetooth™ tethering. You can also enable or disable the NFCfunction.Call settings Manage and configure settings for fixed dialing numbers,voicemail and Internet calls.Sound Configure how your device rings, vibrates, or alerts you when youreceive communications. You can also use these settings to setthe volume level for music, video, games or other media withaudio, and to make related adjustments.Display Enable the screen to switch orientation when you rotate yourdevice. You can also set the brightness, font size, wallpaper andscreen timeout.Storage Check out the available space on the internal storage and on theSD card. You can also erase the SD card, or unmount it for saferemoval.Powermanagement Turn the power saving modes on or off. You can also view yourbattery status and see how different applications consumebattery power.Apps Manage running applications, downloaded applications andapplications on the SD card.Xperia™ Access a range of settings tailored to your Xperia device, forexample, USB connection mode, Internet, screen mirroring,security, and Throw settings.Locationservices Enable or disable access to your location information.Security Protect your device by setting up different locks and passwords.You can also allow the installation of applications not fromGoogle Play™.Language &input Select the device language, adjust text input options, add wordsto the personal dictionary and configure speech settings.Backup & reset Back up your data and reset your device.Setup guide Get help setting up your device.Add account Add an account on your device, for example, an email account ora Google™ account.124This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
Date & time Set the time and date, or choose the network-provided values.Select your preferred date and hour format.Accessibility Enable your installed accessibility services and adjust relatedsettings.Developeroptions Set options for application development. For example, you candisplay CPU usage on the Home screen or set your device toenter debug mode when USB connections are active.About phone View information about your device, such as the model numberand signal strength. You can also update your software to thelatest version.Status and notification icons overviewStatus iconsThe following status icons may appear on your screen:Signal strengthNo signalRoamingGPRS is availableEDGE is availableNFC is activated3G is availableSending and downloading GPRS dataSending and downloading EDGE dataSending and downloading 3G dataBattery statusThe battery is chargingGPS is activatedAirplane mode is activatedThe Bluetooth™ function is activatedThe SIM card is not insertedThe microphone is mutedThe speakerphone is onSilent modeVibrate modeAn alarm is setSynchronisation is ongoingProblem with sign-in or synchronisationA Wi-Fi® connection is enabled and wireless networks are available125This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
Notification iconsThe following notification icons may appear on your screen:New email messageNew text message or multimedia messageNew voicemailAn upcoming calendar eventA song is playingThe device is connected to a computer via a USB cableWarning messageError messageMissed callCall ongoingCall on holdCall forwarding onSoftware updates availableDownloading dataUploading dataMore (undisplayed) notificationsApplication overviewUse the Alarm and clock application to set various kinds of alarms.Use your web browser to navigate and view web pages, manage bookmarks,and manage text and images.Use the Calculator application to perform basic calculations.Use the Calendar application to keep track of your events and manage yourappointments.Use the camera to take photos and record video clips.Use the Contact application to manage phone numbers, email address andother information related to your contacts.Access your downloaded applications.Use the Email application to send and receive emails through both privateand corporate accounts.Use the Facebook application to engage in social networking with friends,family members and colleagues around the world.Browse and listen to FM radio stations.Use the Album application to view and to work with your photos and videos.Use the Gmail™ application to read, write and organise email messages.Search for information in your device and on the web.126This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
View your current location, find other locations, and calculate routes usingGoogle Maps™.Go to Google Play™ to download free and paid applications for your device.Use the Messaging application to send and receive text and multimediamessages.Use the Movies application to play videos in your device, and share videoswith your friends or on other devices using DLNA™.Use the "WALKMAN" application to organise and play music, audio booksand podcasts.Navigate your way using spoken, turn-by-turn instructions.View news stories and weather forecasts.Make phone calls by dialling the number manually or by using the smart dialfunction.Search for places, for example, restaurants and cafés.Use the Video Unlimited™ application to rent and purchase videos.Use the subscription-based Music Unlimited™ application to access millionsof songs over a mobile data connection or Wi-Fi® connection.Optimise settings to suit your own requirements.Use the Google Talk™ application to chat with friends online.Identify music tracks that you hear playing in your surroundings, and getartist, album and other info.Use the Help application to access user support in the device. For example,you can access a User guide, troubleshooting information, plus tips andtricks.Use YouTube™ to share and view videos from around the world.Download and install new applications and updates.Some applications are not supported all networks and/or service providers in all areas.127This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
Important informationImportant information leafletBefore you use your device, please read the Important information leaflet provided inthe Setup guide in your device or in the box.To access the setup guide manually1From the Home screen, tap .2Tap Settings > Setup guide.Limitations to services and featuresSome of the services and features described in this User guide are not supported inall countries/regions or by all networks and/or service providers in all areas. Withoutlimitation, this applies to the GSM International Emergency Number, 112. Pleasecontact your network operator or service provider to determine availability of anyspecific service or feature and whether additional access or usage fees apply.Use of certain features and applications described in this guide may require accessto the Internet. You may incur data connection charges when you connect to theInternet from your device. Contact your wireless service provider for moreinformation.Protecting your device from water and dustIn order for your device to be waterproof, the covers for the micro USB port and theheadset jack must be firmly closed. Also, make sure that the battery cover isattached correctly.Avoid exposing your device to environments with excessive dust or moisture. Normalwear and tear along with damage to your device can reduce its ability to resist dustor moisture. You can use the device in the following fresh (non-saline) waterconditions:Swimming pool Diving Shooting photosand videosYou should only use the device in water depths of 1.5 metres or less.Do not use your device in the following conditions:Sand/mud Salt water Other liquidchemicalsWater can sometimes cause unintended touch actions on the screen. So it is recommended toactivate the Touch Block function before using the device in water. You may need to firstdownload the Touch Block application by using the Update center application in your device.128This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
Your smartphone is waterproof and dust resistant in compliance with the IngressProtection ratings IP5X, IPX5 and IPX8 (see details below). Always firmly attach allcovers to ensure the water and dust resistance of the device. If liquid is detectedinside the device, for example, underneath one of the covers or on the battery, yourwarranty will be void. Never submerge your device in salt water or let the micro USBport or headset jack come in contact with salt water. Also, never expose the deviceto any liquid chemicals, or to moist environments with extreme high or lowtemperatures. The waterproof ability of the micro USB port and the headset jack isnot guaranteed in all environments or conditions. After using the device in water, dryoff the areas around the micro USB port cover and the headset jack cover.If the speaker or microphone get wet, dry these areas and wait for three hours beforeusing them again. You can, however, use other features in the device that do notutilise the speaker or microphone.All compatible accessories, including batteries, chargers, handsfree devices andmicro USB cables, are not waterproof and dust resistant on their own.Your warranty does not cover damage or defects caused by abuse or improper useof your device. If you have any further questions about the use of your products, referto our Customer support service for help.IP (Ingress Protection) ratingYour device has an IP rating, which means it has undergone certified tests tomeasure its resistance levels to both dust and water. The first digit in the two-digit IPrating indicates the level of protection against solid objects, including dust. Thesecond digit indicates how resistant the device is to water. The higher the numbers,the higher the respective protection.Your smartphone is waterproof and dust resistant in compliance with the IngressProtection ratings IP5X, IPX5 and IPX8 (see details below). These ratings mean thatyour device is dust resistant and is protected against low pressure water stream aswell as against the effects of submersion for 30 minutes in fresh (non-saline) water upto 1.5 metres deep. You can therefore use the device in dusty environments, whenyour fingers are wet, and in extreme weather conditions, for example, when it’ssnowing or raining, or when humidity levels are high. You can also use the device infresh water conditions (for example, in a swimming pool) to take underwater photosor shoot underwater videos using the Camera key. See the table below for moredetails.Resistance to solid objects and dust Resistance to waterIP0X. No special protection IPX0. No special protectionIP1X. Protected against solid objects > 50 mm indiameter IPX1. Protected against dripping waterIP2X. Protected against solid objects > 12.5 mm indiameter IPX2. Protected against dripping water when tiltedup to 15 degrees from normal positionIP3X. Protected against solid objects > 2.5 mm indiameter IPX3. Protected against spraying waterIP4X. Protected against solid objects > 1 mm indiameter IPX4. Protected against splashing waterIP5X. Protected against dust; limited ingress (noharmful deposit) IPX5. Protected against water jet sprayIP6X. Dust tight IPX6. Protected against heavy jet spray IPX7. Protected against the effects of immersion IPX8. Protected against submersionThe IPX5 and IPX8 ratings are based on tests lasting 30 minutes in water depths of 1.5 metres.Go to www.sonymobile.com/testresults for more information.129This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
Legal informationSony C5503/C5502This User guide is published by Sony Mobile Communications AB or its local affiliated company, without anywarranty. Improvements and changes to this User guide necessitated by typographical errors, inaccuracies ofcurrent information, or improvements to programs and/or equipment, may be made by Sony MobileCommunications AB at any time and without notice. Such changes will, however, be incorporated into neweditions of this User guide.©Sony Mobile Communications AB, 2013.All rights reserved.Your mobile phone has the capability to download, store and forward additional content, for example,ringtones. The use of such content may be restricted or prohibited by rights of third parties, including but notlimited to restriction under applicable copyright laws. You, and not Sony, are entirely responsible for additionalcontent that you download to or forward from your mobile phone. Prior to your use of any additional content,please verify that your intended use is properly licensed or is otherwise authorized. Sony does not guaranteethe accuracy, integrity or quality of any additional content or any other third party content. Under nocircumstances will Sony be liable in any way for your improper use of additional content or other third partycontent.This User guide may reference services or applications provided by third parties. Use of such programming orservices may require separate registration with the third party provider and may be subject to additional termsof use. For applications accessed on or through a third-party website, please review such websites’ terms ofuse and applicable privacy policy in advance. Sony does not warrant or guarantee the availability orperformance of any third-party websites or offered services.Remove the battery to see regulatory information such as the CE mark.All product and company names mentioned herein are the trademarks or registered trademarks of theirrespective owners. Any rights not expressly granted herein are reserved. All other trademarks are property oftheir respective owners.Visit www.sonymobile.com for more information.All illustrations are for illustration purposes only and may not accurately depict the actual phone.This product is protected by certain intellectual property rights of Microsoft. Use or distribution of suchtechnology outside of this product is prohibited without a license from Microsoft.Content owners use Windows Media digital rights management technology (WMDRM) to protect theirintellectual property, including copyrights. This device uses WMDRM software to access WMDRM-protectedcontent. If the WMDRM software fails to protect the content, content owners may ask Microsoft to revoke thesoftware's ability to use WMDRM to play or copy protected content. Revocation does not affect unprotectedcontent. When you download licenses for protected content, you agree that Microsoft may include arevocation list with the licenses. Content owners may require you to upgrade WMDRM to access their content.If you decline an upgrade, you will not be able to access content that requires the upgrade.This product is licensed under the MPEG-4 visual and AVC patent portfolio licenses for the personal and non-commercial use of a consumer for (i) encoding video in compliance with the MPEG-4 visual standard("MPEG-4 video") or the AVC standard ("AVC video") and/or (ii) decoding MPEG- 4 or AVC video that wasencoded by a consumer engaged in a personal and non-commercial activity and/or was obtained from a videoprovider licensed by MPEG LA to provide MPEG-4 and/or AVC video. No license is granted or shall be impliedfor any other use. Additional information including that relating to promotional, internal and commercial usesand licensing may be obtained from MPEG LA, L.L.C. See http://www.mpegla.com. MPEG Layer-3 audiodecoding technology licensed from Fraunhofer IIS and Thomson.130This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
IndexAaccounts ..................................................................11Exchange Active Sync® ..................................11Facebook™ .....................................................11Google™ .........................................................11adjusting volume .....................................................59Airplane mode .........................................................31alarm ......................................................................115Album ................................................................81, 82map .................................................................86My albums .......................................................83online albums ..................................................87opening ...........................................................81pictures ............................................................82SensMe™ slideshow .......................................84thumbnail size .................................................82viewing ..........................................82, 83, 86, 87viewing local content .......................................81viewing online photos ......................................88Android Market™ - See Google Play™ ..................37Android™ ..................................................................7animated wallpaper .................................................20answering service ....................................................41applicationsarranging .........................................................22overview ........................................................126screen ..............................................................20sorting .............................................................22audio ........................................................................62adjusting volume .............................................59playing .............................................................59playing tracks in random order .......................62audio contentrelated content ................................................60Bback coverattaching ............................................................9removing ............................................................8backing upcontacts ...................................................49, 119content ..........................................................119battery .....................................................................12Bluetooth™ wireless technology ...........................102BRAVIA® Engine .....................................................81brightness ................................................................31business cardssending ............................................................48Ccalendar .................................................................115create an event ..............................................115calls ...................................................................39, 43barring .............................................................42diverting ...........................................................42emergency .......................................................39forwarding .......................................................42log ....................................................................40missed .............................................................40multiple ............................................................41reject ................................................................42settings ............................................................42waiting .............................................................41camera .........................................................70, 72, 77closing .............................................................70controls ...........................................................70face detection ..................................................71geotagging ......................................................72icons ................................................................77overview ..........................................................70recording videos ........................................76, 77screen ..............................................................70self-portraits ....................................................71settings ......................................................72, 77smile detection ................................................72Smile Shutter™ ...............................................72taking photos ......................................70, 71, 72using the flash .................................................71video ................................................................76viewing photos ................................................71viewing videos .................................................77zoom ................................................................71caps lock .................................................................25charging ...................................................................12chat ..........................................................................52conference calls ......................................................41connectivity .............................................................94contacts ...................................................................44backing up .......................................................49copying ............................................................49favourite ...........................................................48groups .............................................................48importing from SIM card .................................45joining contact information ..............................47picture .............................................................47sending ............................................................48sharing .............................................................48transferring ................................................44, 45corporate email, calendar and contacts ................110croppingphotos .............................................................84Ddata traffic ...............................................................34dateformat ..............................................................30deleting ....................................................................59an alarm .........................................................115music ...............................................................65photos .............................................................85tracks ...............................................................59videos ..............................................................86devicebattery .............................................................13performance ....................................................13update ...........................................................118downloadInternet settings ...............................................33driving directions ...................................................114Eeditingphotos .............................................................85email ........................................................................53more than one account ...................................53emergency numbers ................................................39equaliser ..................................................................59eventscalendar .........................................................115extensions ...............................................................18Fface detection ..........................................................71Facebook™"Like" a track on Facebook™ .........................60synchronisation .............................................111131This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
Xperia™ with Facebook ................................111favouritesremoving radio channels as ............................68saving radio channels as .................................68fixed dialling ............................................................43flashusing when taking photos ...............................71Flight mode - See Airplane mode ............................31FM radiofavourites .........................................................68selecting a channel ..........................................67Friends’ music .........................................................62front camera ............................................................70Ggeotaggingof photos .........................................................72gesture input ...........................................................27Gmail™ ....................................................................53Google Latitude™ .................................................114Google Maps™ .....................................................114Google Play™ .........................................................37Google Talk™ ..........................................................52Google™ account setup .........................................54Google™ synchronisation .....................................110GPS .......................................................................113Hheadset ....................................................................33using ................................................................33Home screen ...........................................................18customising .....................................................19Iicons ..............................................................125, 126in the camera ...................................................77importing SIM contacts ...........................................45improving photos with Mobile BRAVIA® Engine ....81infinite button ...........................................................60instant messaging ...................................................52Internetsettings ............................................................33web browser ....................................................93Kkeyboard .................................................................25settings ............................................................28keys .........................................................................12Llanguage ..................................................................31writing ..............................................................28Latitude .................................................................114LCD backlight control ..............................................31"Like" a photo on Facebook™ ................................88"Like" a track on Facebook™ .................................60"Like" a video on Facebook™ .................................88live wallpaper ...........................................................20location ............................................................72, 113locksactivating the screen .......................................10locking the screen ...........................................10screen lock ......................................................10Mmaintenance ..........................................................118Maps ..............................................................113, 114marking options .......................................................15Media Go™ ...........................................................106messagessettings ............................................................33MHL (Mobile High-Definition Link) ........................106micro SIM cardinserting .............................................................9Microsoft® Exchange synchronisation .................110Mobile BRAVIA® Engine .........................................81Movies .....................................................................89clearing video information ...............................90Multimedia Messaging Service (MMS)settings ............................................................33music ...........................................................33, 58, 63adjusting volume .............................................59changing tracks ...............................................59deleting ............................................................65downloading music information ......................61hearing protection ...........................................63My playlists ......................................................63pausing a track ................................................59playing .............................................................59purchasing .......................................................64searching using TrackID™ ..............................64sending ............................................................60sharing .............................................................64shortcuts .........................................................61transferring to your device ..............................58transferring to/from a computer ......................58using a headset ...............................................33viewing artist info ............................................65Visualiser .........................................................60music services .........................................................64Music Unlimited™ ...................................................65My music .................................................................61NNavigation application ...........................................114notification .............................................................126light ..................................................................23panel ..........................................................23, 24ringtone ...........................................................30setting ..............................................................24Oon-screen keyboard ................................................25overview ..................................................................61Ppausing a track ........................................................59personal information ................................................44phone maintenance ...............................................118phonebook ..............................................................44Phonepad ..........................................................25, 27photo albumsviewing ............................................................81photos .....................................................................85adding a geotag ..............................................85adding the geographical position ....................72associating with a contact ..............................47cropping ..........................................................84deleting ............................................................85editing ..............................................................85photo viewer ....................................................82rotating ............................................................84selecting ..........................................................82SensMe™ slideshow .......................................84sharing .............................................................85slideshow ........................................................84taking ...................................................70, 71, 72transferring to/from a computer ......................58using as ...........................................................84viewing ................................................71, 81, 82viewing on a map ............................................86viewing same location .....................................72zooming ...........................................................84PIN .........................................................................121132This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
playingmusic ...............................................................59playlists ....................................................................62adding a track .................................................62deleting ............................................................63playing your own .............................................63removing tracks ...............................................63powering off ............................................................10powering on .............................................................10presetsremoving radio channels as ............................68saving radio channels as .................................68protective plastic sheet ...........................................15PUK .......................................................................121purchasingmusic ...............................................................64Rradio ........................................................................67favourites .........................................................68listening to with the speaker ...........................68mono sound ....................................................68moving between channels ..............................67opening ...........................................................67radio region .....................................................67searching for channels ....................................68selecting a channel ..........................................67stereo sound ...................................................68visualizer ..........................................................67radio sound .............................................................68receiving items using Bluetooth™ .........................103recently used applications window .........................21recommending music ..............................................60recommending photos and videos ..........................88recording videos ......................................................70using the camera key ......................................76recycling your device ............................................123resetting .................................................................120resizingphotos .............................................................84ringtone .................................................................115rotatingphotos .............................................................84Sscanning barcodes ................................................107screen ......................................................................31cracked ............................................................15glass ................................................................15screen unlock pattern ....................................121warranty ...........................................................15screen mirroring ....................................................107searchingmusic using TrackID™ ....................................64track information .............................................64self-portrait ..............................................................70sendingbusiness cards ................................................48contacts ...........................................................48music ...............................................................60sending items using Bluetooth™ ..................103SensMe™ channels ................................................62services ...................................................................11settingscall ...................................................................42camera ......................................................72, 77data usage .......................................................34Internet ............................................................33messaging .......................................................33MMS ................................................................33quick settings ..................................................23still camera ......................................................72video camera ...................................................77setup guide ..............................................................10sharingmusic ...............................................................64photos .............................................................85shuffle music ...........................................................62silent mode ..............................................................29SIM card ................................................................121exporting contacts to ......................................49importing contacts from ..................................45slideshow ................................................................84Smart Connect ......................................................108smile detection ........................................................72Smile Shutter™ .......................................................72SOS - See emergency numbers ..............................39STAMINA modechanging settings ............................................14standby timeestimating ........................................................14status .....................................................................125bar ...................................................................23still camera ........................................................70, 72settings ............................................................72support ..................................................................118Support application ...............................................123surround sound feature ...........................................59symbols ...................................................................25synchronising ........................................................110Facebook™ contacts, calendar, photos .......111Google™ contacts, calendar, email ..............110with Microsoft® Exchange ............................110Ttaking photos ...........................................................70by tapping .......................................................71self-portraits ....................................................71using face detection ........................................71using smile detection ......................................72using Smile Shutter™ ......................................72using the camera key ......................................70telephony - See calls ...............................................39tetheringUSB tethering ..................................................95with Xperia Link™ ...........................................95text input method ....................................................25themes .....................................................................20time ..........................................................................30time management ..................................................115TrackID™ technology ..............................................64buying a track ..................................................64deleting a track ................................................65opening ...........................................................64searching for track information .......................64sharing a track .................................................64using results ....................................................64using with the FM Radio .................................69viewing artist info ............................................65viewing charts .................................................64transferringcontacts .....................................................44, 45turning off ................................................................10turning on ................................................................10Uupdating your device .............................................118usage info ................................................................34USB connection ....................................................104using Movies ...........................................................89using the equaliser ..................................................59133This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
Vvibration ...........................................................30, 115video albumsviewing ............................................................81video camera ...............................................70, 76, 77recording videos ..............................................77settings ............................................................77Video Unlimited™ ....................................................91buying videos ..................................................91creating an account .........................................91menu overview ..........................................91, 92notifications .....................................................91renting videos ..................................................91watching a video .............................................92videos ......................................................................85adjusting volume .............................................85deleting ............................................................86fast forwarding and rewinding .........................85pausing ............................................................85playing .............................................................85recording ...................................................76, 77selecting ..........................................................82sending ............................................................85sharing .............................................................85transferring to/from a computer ......................58viewing ................................................77, 81, 82viewingMovies .............................................................89photos .............................................................71videos recorded using the camera ..................77voice input ...............................................................29voice recognition .....................................................29voicemail .................................................................41volumeadjusting for videos .........................................85key ...................................................................29W"WALKMAN" applicationadding tracks to playlists ................................62deleting tracks .................................................59minimising .......................................................59overview ..........................................................58playing tracks in random order .......................62playlists ...........................................................62using ................................................................59using the equaliser ..........................................59"WALKMAN" application widget .............................63wallpaper .................................................................20web browser ............................................................93widgets ....................................................................19resizing ............................................................19wireless networks ..................................................113Zzoom ........................................................................71zoomingphotos .............................................................84134This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
Important informationSony Consumer Web siteAt www.sonymobile.com/support there is a support section wherehelp and tips are only a few clicks away. Here you will find the latestcomputer software updates and tips on how to use your productmore efficiently.Service and supportYou have access to a portfolio of exclusive service advantagessuch as:•Global and local Web sites providing support.•A global network of Contact Centers.•An extensive network of Sony service partners.•A warranty period. Learn more about the warranty conditions intheLimited warrantysection.At www.sonymobile.com/support, you can find the latest supporttools and information. For operator-specific services and features,please contact your network operator.You can also contact our Contact Centers. If your country/regionis not represented in the list below, please contact your localdealer. (Calls are charged according to national rates, includinglocal taxes, unless the phone number is a toll-free number.)If your product needs service, please contact the dealer fromwhom it was purchased, or one of our service partners. Forwarranty claims, save proof of purchase.Guidelines for Safe and Efficient UsePlease follow these guidelines. Failure to do so might entail apotential health risk or product malfunction. If in doubt as toits proper function, have the product checked by a certified servicepartner before charging or using it.Recommendations for care and safe use of our products•Handle with care and keep in a clean and dust-free place.•Warning! May explode if disposed of in fire.•Do not expose to liquid or moisture or excess humidity.•For optimum performance, the product should not beoperated in temperatures below -10°C(+14°F) or above2+45°C(+113°F). Do not expose the battery totemperatures above +60°C(+140°F).•Do not expose to flames or lit tobacco products.•Do not drop, throw or try to bend the product.•Do not paint or attempt to disassemble or modify theproduct. Only Sony authorised personnel should performservice.•Consult with authorised medical staff and the instructions of themedical device manufacturer before using the product nearpacemakers or other medical devices or equipment.•Discontinue use of electronic devices, or disable the radiotransmitting functionality of the device, where required orrequested to do so.•Do not use where a potentially explosive atmosphere exists.•Do not place the product, or install wireless equipment, in thearea above an air bag in a car.•Caution: Cracked or broken displays may create sharp edges orsplinters that could be harmful upon contact.•Do not use the Bluetooth Headset in positions where it isuncomfortable or will be subject to pressure.ChildrenWarning! Keep out of the reach of children. Do not allowchildren to play with mobile phones or accessories. Theycould hurt themselves or others. Products may contain small partsthat could become detached and create a choking hazard.Power supply (Charger)Connect the charger to power sources as marked on the product.Do not use outdoors or in damp areas. Do not alter or subject thecord to damage or stress. Unplug the unit before cleaning it. Neveralter the plug. If it does not fit into the outlet, have a proper outletinstalled by an electrician. When a power supply is connected thereis a small drain of power. To avoid this small energy waste,disconnect the power supply when the product is fully charged.Use of charging devices that are not Sony branded may poseincreased safety risks.3BatteryNew or idle batteries can have short-term reduced capacity. Fullycharge the battery before initial use. Use for the intended purposeonly. Charge the battery in temperatures between +5°C(+41°F) and+45°C(+113°F). Do not put the battery into your mouth. Do not letthe battery contacts touch another metal object. Turn off theproduct before removing the battery. Performance depends ontemperatures, signal strength, usage patterns, features selectedand voice or data transmissions. Only Sony service partners shouldremove or replace built-in batteries. Use of batteries that are notSony branded may pose increased safety risks. Replace the batteryonly with another Sony battery that has been qualified with theproduct per the standard IEEE-1725. Use of an unqualified batterymay present a risk of fire, explosion, leakage or other hazard.Personal medical devicesMobile phones may affect implanted medical equipment. Reducerisk of interference by keeping a minimum distance of15 cm(6 inches) between the phone and the device. Use the phoneat your right ear. Do not carry the phone in your breast pocket. Turnoff the phone if you suspect interference. For use in proximity topersonal medical devices, please consult a physician and thedevice manufacturer.DrivingSome vehicle manufacturers forbid the use of phones in theirvehicles unless a handsfree kit with an external antenna supportsthe installation. Check with the vehicle manufacturer'srepresentative to be sure that the mobile phone or Bluetoothhandsfree will not affect the electronic systems in the vehicle. Fullattention should be given to driving at all times and local laws andregulations restricting the use of wireless devices while driving mustbe observed.GPS/Location based functionsSome products provide GPS/Location based functions. Locationdetermining functionality is provided “As is” and “With all faults”.Sony does not make any representation or warranty as to theaccuracy of such location information.4Use of location-based information by the device may not beuninterrupted or error free and may additionally be dependent onnetwork service availability. Please note that functionality may bereduced or prevented in certain environments such as buildinginteriors or areas adjacent to buildings.Caution: Do not use GPS functionality in a manner which causesdistraction from driving.Emergency callsCalls cannot be guaranteed under all conditions. Never rely solelyupon mobile phones for essential communication. Calls may not bepossible in all areas, on all networks, or when certain networkservices and/or phone features are used.AntennaUse of antenna devices not marketed by Sony could damage thephone, reduce performance, and produce SAR levels above theestablished limits. Do not cover the antenna with your hand as thisaffects call quality, power levels and can shorten talk and standbytimes.Radio Frequency (RF) exposure and Specific AbsorptionRate (SAR)When the phone or Bluetooth handsfree is turned on, it emits lowlevels of radio frequency energy. International safety guidelineshave been developed through periodic and thorough evaluation ofscientific studies. These guidelines establish permitted levels ofradio wave exposure. The guidelines include a safety margindesigned to assure the safety of all persons and to account for anyvariations in measurements.Specific Absorption Rate (SAR) is used to measure radiofrequency energy absorbed by the body when using a mobilephone. The SAR value is determined at the highest certified powerlevel in laboratory conditions, but because the phone is designed touse the minimum power necessary to access the chosen network,the actual SAR level can be well below this value. There is no proofof difference in safety based on difference in SAR value.Products with radio transmitters sold in the US must be certifiedby the Federal Communications Commission (FCC). When required,tests are performed when the phone is placed at the ear and when5worn on the body. For body-worn operation, the phone has beentested when positioned a minimum of 15 mm from the body withoutany metal parts in the vicinity of the phone or when properly usedwith an appropriate Sony accessory and worn on the body. Whenoperating with “Hotspot” functionality engaged, a separationdistance of 10mm was used.For more information about SAR and radio frequency exposure,go to: www.sonymobile.com/health.Flight modeBluetooth and WLAN functionality, if available in the device, can beenabled in Flight mode but may be prohibited onboard aircraft or inother areas where radio transmissions are prohibited. In suchenvironments, please seek proper authorisation before enablingBluetooth or WLAN functionality even in Flight mode.MalwareMalware (short for malicious software) is software that can harm themobile phone or other computers. Malware or harmful applicationscan include viruses, worms, spyware, and other unwantedprograms. While the device does employ security measures toresist such efforts, Sony does not warrant or represent that thedevice will be impervious to the introduction of malware. You canhowever reduce the risk of malware attacks by using care whendownloading content or accepting applications, refraining fromopening or responding to messages from unknown sources, usingtrustworthy services to access the Internet, and only downloadingcontent to the mobile phone from known, reliable sources.AccessoriesUse only Sony branded original accessories and certified servicepartners. Sony does not test third-party accessories. Accessoriesmay influence RF exposure, radio performance, loudness, electricsafety and other areas. Third-party accessories and parts may posea risk to your health or safety or decrease performance.Accessible Solutions/Special NeedsIn the US, compatible Sony Xperia phones may offer compatibilitywith TTY terminals (with use of necessary accessory). For more6information call the Sony Special Needs Center on 877 878 1996(TTY) or 877 207 2056 (voice), or go to www.sonyericsson-snc.com.Disposal of old electrical and electronic equipment andbatteryThis symbols on the electronic product or on its packagingindicates that the electronic product inclusive the battery shouldnot be treated as household waste. Instead it should be handedover to the applicable collection point for the recycling of electricaland electronic equipment. Do not attempt to remove internalbatteries. Internal batteries shall be removed only by a wastetreatment facility or trained service professional.By ensuring this product is disposed of correctly, you will helpprevent potential negative consequences for the environment andhuman health, which could otherwise be caused by inappropriatewaste handling of this product. The recycling of materials will helpto conserve natural resources. For more detailed information aboutrecycling of this product, please contact your local city office, yourhousehold waste disposal service or the shop where youpurchased the product, by calling a Sony Contact Center or atwww.sonymobile .com/recycling.Memory cardIf the product comes complete with a removable memory card, it isgenerally compatible with the handset purchased but may not becompatible with other devices or the capabilities of their memorycards. Check other devices for compatibility before purchase oruse. If the product is equipped with a memory card reader, checkmemory card compatibility before purchase or use.Memory cards are generally formatted prior to shipping. Toreformat the memory card, use a compatible device. Do not use thestandard operating system format when formatting the memorycard on a PC. For details, refer to the operating instructions of thedevice or contact customer support.SIM cardIf your phone is equipped with a standard-sized SIM card slot,inserting an incompatible SIM card (for example, a micro SIM card,a micro SIM card with a non-Sony adapter, or a standard SIM cardcut into a micro SIM card size) in the SIM card slot may damage7your SIM card or your phone permanently. Sony does not warrantand will not be responsible for any damage caused by use ofincompatible or modified SIM cards.For Devices Supporting 3D Viewing capabilitiesIn viewing 3D images shot with this phone on a 3D-compatiblemonitor, you may experience discomfort in the form of eye strain,fatigue, or nausea. To prevent these symptoms, we recommendthat you take regular breaks. However, you need to determine foryourself the length and frequency of breaks you require, as theyvary according to the individual. If you experience any type ofdiscomfort, stop viewing the 3D images until you feel better, andconsult a physician as necessary. Also refer to the operatinginstructions supplied with the device or software you haveconnected or are using with this phone. Note that a child’s eyesightis still at the development stage (particularly children below the ageof 6). Consult a pediatrician or ophthalmologist before letting yourchild view 3D images, and make sure he/she observes the aboveprecautions when viewing such images.Warning!If the device requires an adapter for insertion into the handset oranother device, do not insert the card directly without the requiredadapter.Precautions on memory card use•Do not expose the memory card to moisture.•Do not touch terminal connections with your hand or any metalobject.•Do not strike, bend, or drop the memory card.•Do not attempt to disassemble or modify the memory card.•Do not use or store the memory card in humid or corrosivelocations or in excessive heat such as a closed car in summer, indirect sunlight or near a heater, etc.•Do not press or bend the end of the memory card adapter withexcessive force.•Do not let dirt, dust, or foreign objects get into the insert port ofany memory card adapter.•Check you have inserted the memory card correctly.8•Insert the memory card as far as it will go into any memory cardadapter needed. The memory card may not operate properlyunless fully inserted.•We recommend that you make a backup copy of important data.We are not responsible for any loss or damage to content youstore on the memory card.•Recorded data may be damaged or lost when you remove thememory card or memory card adapter, turn off the power whileformatting, reading or writing data, or use the memory card inlocations subject to static electricity or high electrical fieldemissions.Protection of personal informationErase personal data before disposing of the product. To deletedata, perform a master reset. Deleting data from the phone memorydoes not ensure that it cannot be recovered. Sony does not warrantagainst recovery of information and does not assume responsibilityfor disclosure of any information even after a master reset.Loudness warning!Avoid volume levels that may be harmful to your hearing.End User Licence AgreementSoftware delivered with this device and its media is owned by SonyMobile Communications AB, and/or its affiliated companies and itssuppliers and licensors.Sony grants you a non-exclusive limited licence to use theSoftware solely in conjunction with the Device on which it isinstalled or delivered. Ownership of the Software is not sold,transferred or otherwise conveyed.Do not use any means to discover the source code or anycomponent of the Software, reproduce and distribute the Software,or modify the Software. You are entitled to transfer rights andobligations to the Software to a third party, solely together with theDevice with which you received the Software, provided the thirdparty agrees in writing to be bound by the terms of this Licence.This licence exists throughout the useful life of this Device. It canbe terminated by transferring your rights to the Device to a thirdparty in writing.9Failure to comply with any of these terms and conditions willterminate the licence immediately.Sony and its third party suppliers and licensors retain all rights,title and interest in and to the Software. To the extent that theSoftware contains material or code of a third party, such thirdparties shall be beneficiaries of these terms.This licence is governed by the laws of Sweden. Whenapplicable, the foregoing applies to statutory consumer rights.In the event Software accompanying or provided in conjunctionwith your device is provided with additional terms and conditions,such provisions shall also govern your possession and usage of theSoftware.Export regulationsExport regulations: Goods delivered under this Agreement may bethe subject to import and export regulations of the European Union,the United States and other countries. Purchaser will comply withthese applicable laws and regulations and will obtain and maintainany export and import license required for the delivery of goods toPurchaser under this Agreement. Without limiting the foregoing,and as an example, Purchaser will not knowingly export or re-export goods to destinations identified pursuant to Articles inChapter II of European Council Regulation (EC) 428/2009 andspecifically, and without limitation, Purchaser will also comply withU.S. government Export Administration Regulations (“EAR”, 15C.F.R. §§ 730-774, http://www.bis.doc.gov/) administered byDepartment of Commerce, Bureau of Industry and Security andeconomic sanctions regulations (30 C.F.R. §§ 500 et. seq., http://www.treas.gov/offices/enforcement/ofac/) administered by the U.S.Department of Treasury, Office of Foreign Assets Control.Limited WarrantySony Mobile Communications AB, SE-221 88 Lund, Sweden,(Sony) or its local affiliated company, provides this Limited Warrantyfor your mobile phone, original accessory delivered with yourmobile phone, and/or your mobile computing product (hereinafterreferred to as “Product”).10Should your Product need warranty service, please return it tothe dealer from whom it was purchased, or contact your local SonyContact Center (national rates may apply) or visitwww.sonymobile.com to get further information.Our warrantySubject to the conditions of this Limited Warranty, Sony warrantsthis Product to be free from defects in design, material andworkmanship at the time of its original purchase by a consumer.This Limited Warranty will last for a period of two (2) years as fromthe original date of purchase of the Product for your mobile phone,and for a period of one (1) year following the original purchase dateof the Product for all original accessories (such as the battery,charger or handsfree kit) which may be delivered with your mobilephone.What we will doIf, during the warranty period, this Product fails to operate undernormal use and service, due to defects in design, materials orworkmanship, Sony authorised distributors or service partners, inthe country/region* where you purchased the Product, will, at theiroption, either repair or replace the Product in accordance with theterms and conditions stipulated herein.Sony and its service partners reserve the right to charge ahandling fee if a returned Product is found not to be under warrantyaccording to the conditions below.Please note that some of your personal settings, downloads andother information may be lost when your Sony Product is repairedor replaced. At present, Sony may be prevented by applicable law,other regulation or technical restrictions from making a backupcopy of certain downloads. Sony does not take any responsibilityfor any lost information of any kind and will not reimburse you forany such loss. You should always make backup copies of all theinformation stored on your Sony Product such as downloads,calendar and contacts before handing in your Sony Product forrepair or replacement.Conditions1. This Limited Warranty is valid only if the original proof of purchasefor this Product issued by a Sony authorised dealer specifying the11www.sonymobile.comSony Mobile Communications ABSE-221 88 Lund, Sweden1222-9269.9June 27, 2012 15:00:07Legal-Leaflets---Generic_EN (24M)_1222-9269.9.pdf 1 of 2
date of purchase and serial number**, is presented with theProduct to be repaired or replaced. Sony reserves the right torefuse warranty service if this information has been removed orchanged after the original purchase of the Product from thedealer.2. If Sony repairs or replaces the Product, the repair for the defectconcerned, or the replaced Product shall be warranted for theremaining time of the original warranty period or for ninety (90)days from the date of repair, whichever is longer. Repair orreplacement may involve the use of functionally equivalentreconditioned units. Replaced parts or components will becomethe property of Sony.3. This warranty does not cover any failure of the Product due tonormal wear and tear, or due to misuse, including but not limitedto use in other than the normal and customary manner, inaccordance with the Sony instructions for use and maintenanceof the Product. Nor does this warranty cover any failure of theProduct due to accident, software or hardware modification oradjustment, acts of God or damage resulting from liquid.A rechargeable battery can be charged and discharged morethan a hundred times. However, it will eventually wear out – this isnot a defect and corresponds to normal wear and tear. When thetalk-time or standby time is noticeably shorter, it is time to replacethe battery. Sony recommends that you use only batteries andchargers approved by Sony.Minor variations in display brightness and colour may occurbetween phones. There may be tiny bright or dark dots on thedisplay. It occurs when individual dots have malfunctioned andcan not be adjusted. Two defective pixels are deemedacceptable.Minor variations in camera image appearance may occurbetween phones. This is nothing uncommon and is not regardedas a defective camera module.4. Since the cellular system on which the Product is to operate isprovided by a carrier independent from Sony, Sony will not beresponsible for the operation, availability, coverage, services orrange of that system.5. This warranty does not cover Product failures caused byinstallations, modifications, or repair or opening of the Productperformed by a non-Sony authorised person.126. The warranty does not cover Product failures which have beencaused by use of accessories or other peripheral devices whichare not Sony branded original accessories intended for use withthe Product.Sony disclaims any and all warranties, whether express orimplied, for failures caused to the Product or peripheral devicesas a result of viruses, trojan horses, spyware, or other malicioussoftware. Sony strongly recommends that you install appropriatevirus protection software on your Product and any peripheraldevices connected to it, as available, and update it regularly, tobetter protect your device. It is understood, however, that suchsoftware will never fully protect your Product or its peripheraldevices and Sony disclaims all warranties, whether express orimplied, in case of failure by such antivirus software to fulfil itsintended purpose.7. Tampering with any of the seals on the Product will void thewarranty.8. THERE ARE NO EXPRESS WARRANTIES, WHETHER WRITTENOR ORAL, OTHER THAN THIS PRINTED LIMITED WARRANTY.ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATIONTHE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY ORFITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, ARE LIMITED TO THEDURATION OF THIS LIMITED WARRANTY. IN NO EVENT SHALLSONY OR ITS LICENSORS BE LIABLE FOR INCIDENTAL ORCONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY NATURE WHATSOEVER,INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOST PROFITS ORCOMMERCIAL LOSS TO THE FULL EXTENT THOSE DAMAGESCAN BE DISCLAIMED BY LAW.Some countries/states do not allow the exclusion or limitation ofincidental or consequential damages, or limitation of the duration ofimplied warranties, so the preceding limitations or exclusions maynot apply to you.The warranty provided does not affect the consumer’s statutoryrights under applicable legislation in force, nor the consumer’srights against the dealer arising from their sales / purchasecontract.*Geographical scope of the warrantyIf you have purchased your Product in a country member of theEuropean Economic Area (EEA) or in Switzerland or the Republic of13Turkey, and such Product was intended for sale in the EEA or inSwitzerland or in Turkey, you can have your Product serviced in anyEEA country or in Switzerland or in Turkey, under the warrantyconditions prevailing in the country in which you require servicing,provided that an identical Product is sold in such country by anauthorised Sony distributor. To find out if your Product is sold in thecountry you are in, please call the local Sony Contact Center.Please observe that certain services may not be available outsidethe country of original purchase, for example, due to the fact thatyour Product may have an interior or exterior which is different fromequivalent models sold in other countries. Please note in additionthat it may sometimes not be possible to repair SIM-lockedProducts.Our goods come with guarantees that cannot be excluded underthe Australian Consumer Law. If you purchased your product inAustralia, you are entitled to a replacement or refund for a majorfailure and compensation for any other reasonably foreseeable lossor damage. You are also entitled to have the goods repaired orreplaced if the goods fail to be of acceptable quality and the failuredoes not amount to a major failure. For warranty service inAustralia, please contact 1300 650 050 or Sony Service Centre, 320Princes Hwy, ROCKDALE NSW 2216.** In some countries/regions additional information (such as avalid warranty card) may be requested.Trademarks and acknowledgementsThe Liquid Identity logo and Xperia are trademarks or registeredtrademarks of Sony Mobile Communications AB.Sony is a trademark or a registered trademark of Sony Corporation.Ericsson is a trademark or registered trademark ofTelefonaktiebolaget LM Ericsson.Bluetooth is a trademark or a registered trademark of Bluetooth SIGInc. and any use of such mark by Sony is under license.Other product and company names mentioned herein may be thetrademarks of their respective owners.Any rights not expressly granted herein are reserved.14Anguilla 1-800-080-9518(Toll Free)questions.CO@support.sonymobile.comAntigua andBarbuda1-800-081-9518(Toll Free)questions.CO@support.sonymobile.comArgentina 0800-333-7427(número gratuito)questions.CO@support.sonymobile.comAustralia 1300 650-050(Toll Free)questions.AU@support.sonymobile.comTheBahamas1-800-205-6062(Toll Free)questions.CO@support.sonymobile.comBarbados 1-800-082-9518(Toll Free)questions.CO@support.sonymobile.comBelgique/België02-0745 1611 questions.BE@support.sonymobile.comBelize AN 815, PIN5597 (Toll Free)questions.CO@support.sonymobile.comBermuda 1-800-083-9518(Toll Free)questions.CO@support.sonymobile.comBolivia 800-100-542(número gratuito)questions.CO@support.sonymobile.comBrasil 4001-0444(Capitais eregiõesmetropolitanas)0800 884 0444(Demais regiões)questions.BR@support.sonymobile.comCanada 1 866 766 9374(Toll Free / sansfrais)questions.CA@support.sonymobile.comCaymanIslands1-800-084-9518(Toll Free)questions.CO@support.sonymobile.com15Central andSouthernAfrica+27 11 506 0123 questions.CF@support.sonymobile.comČeskárepublika 844 550 055 questions.CZ@support.sonymobile.comChile 800-646-425(número gratuito)questions.CO@support.sonymobile.comColombia 01800-0966-080(número gratuito)questions.CO@support.sonymobile.comCosta Rica 0 800 011 0400(número gratuito)questions.CO@support.sonymobile.comDanmark 3331 2828 questions.DK@support.sonymobile.comDeutschland 0180 534 2020(ortsüblicheGebühren)questions.DE@support.sonymobile.comDominica 1-800-085-9518(Toll Free)questions.CO@support.sonymobile.comEcuador 1-800-0102-50(número gratuito)questions.CO@support.sonymobile.comEesti 06 032 032 questions.EE@support.sonymobile.comEgypt/رصم 16727 questions.EG@support.sonymobile.comΕλλάδα 801 11 810 810+30 210 899 19 19(από κινητότηλέφωνο)questions.GR@support.sonymobile.comEl Salvador 800-6323(número gratuito)questions.CO@support.sonymobile.comEspaña 902 180 576(tarifa local)questions.ES@support.sonymobile.com16France 09 69 32 21 2109 69 32 21 22(Xperia™uniquement)questions.FR@support.sonymobile.comGuatemala 1-800-300-0057(número gratuito)questions.CO@support.sonymobile.comHaïti/Ayiti AN 193, PIN5598 (numérogratuit / nimewogratis)questions.CO@support.sonymobile.comHonduras AN 8000122,PIN 5599(número gratuito)questions.CO@support.sonymobile.comHong Kong/香港+852 8203 8863 questions.HK@support.sonymobile.comHrvatska 062 000 000 questions.HR@support.sonymobile.comIndia/भारत 1800 11 1800(Toll Free)+91 (011)39011111questions.IN@support.sonymobile.comIndonesia +62 21 29357669questions.ID@support.sonymobile.comIreland 1850 545 888(Local rate)questions.IE@support.sonymobile.comItalia 06 48895206(tariffa locale)questions.IT@support.sonymobile.comJamaica 1-800-442-3471(Toll Free)questions.CO@support.sonymobile.comΚύπρος/Kıbrıs0800 90 909 questions.CY@support.sonymobile.comLatvija 67 21 43 01 questions.LV@support.sonymobile.comLietuva 8 700 55030 questions.LT@support.sonymobile.com17Magyarország01 880 47 47 questions.HU@support.sonymobile.comMalaysia 1 800-88-7666 questions.MY@support.sonymobile.comMaroc/󰂏󰂱󰃅󰃀+212 2 2958 344 questions.MA@support.sonymobile.comMéxico 0 1800 000 4722(número gratuito)questions.MX@support.sonymobile.comNederland 0900 8998318 questions.NL@support.sonymobile.comNederlandseAntillen001-866-509-8660 (gratisnummer)questions.CO@support.sonymobile.comNewZealand0800-100-150(Toll Free)questions.NZ@support.sonymobile.comNicaragua AN 1800-0166,PIN 5600(número gratuito)questions.CO@support.sonymobile.comNorge 815 00 840(lokaltakst)questions.NO@support.sonymobile.comÖsterreich 0810 200 245 questions.AT@support.sonymobile.comPakistan/󰁯󰁹󰂕󰁯021 - 111 22 5573questions.PK@support.sonymobile.comPanamá 00800-787-0009(número gratuito)questions.CO@support.sonymobile.comParaguay 009 800 5420032 (númerogratuito)questions.CO@support.sonymobile.comPerú 0800-532-38(número gratuito)questions.CO@support.sonymobile.comPhilippines/Pilipinas+632 479 9777or 1800 1 8537669questions.PH@support.sonymobile.com18Polska +48 22 22 77444questions.PL@support.sonymobile.comPortugal 808 204 466(chamada local)questions.PT@support.sonymobile.comRepúblicaDominicana1-800-751-3370(número gratuito)questions.CO@support.sonymobile.comRomânia +40 21 401 0401 questions.RO@support.sonymobile.comSaint Kittsand Nevis1-800-087-9518(Toll Free)questions.CO@support.sonymobile.comSaintVincent andtheGrenadines1-800-088-9518(Toll Free)questions.CO@support.sonymobile.comSchweiz/Suisse/Svizzera0848 824 040 questions.CH@support.sonymobile .comSingapore +65 6744 0733 questions.SG@support.sonymobile.comSlovenia 0800 81291 questions.si@support.sonymobile.comSlovensko 02 5443 6443 questions.SK@support.sonymobile.comSouth Africa 0861 632222 questions.ZA@support.sonymobile.comSouthΚorea/대한민국(+82) 1588 4170 questions.KO@support.sonymobile.comSuomi 09 299 2000 questions.FI@support.sonymobile.comSverige 013 24 45 00(lokal taxa)questions.SE@support.sonymobile.comThailand 001 800 8527663 or 024013030questions.CO@support.sonymobile.com19Trinidad andTobago1-800-080-9521(Toll Free)questions.CO@support.sonymobile.comTürkiye +90 212 473 7777questions.TR@support.sonymobile.comUnitedKingdom08705 237 237(Local rate)questions.GB@support.sonymobile.comUnitedStates1 866 766 9374 questions.US@support.sonymobile.comUruguay 000-401-787-013 (númerogratuito)questions.CO@support.sonymobile.comVenezuela 0-800-1-00-2250(número gratuito)questions.CO@support.sonymobile.comViệt Nam 1900 1525 (miễnphí)questions.VN@support.sonymobile .comБългария 0800 1 8778 questions.BG@support.sonymobile.comРоссия 8-800-1008022 questions.RU@support.sonymobile.comУкраїна +38 044 5901515questions.UA@support.sonymobile.com󰃘 +971 4 3919 880 questions.JO@support.sonymobile.com󰁯󰃄󰃚󰁵󰃕󰁲󰂏󰂭󰃀󰂋󰂅󰁹󰃅󰃀+971 4 3919 880(UAE)questions.AE@support.sonymobile.com󰁷󰃔󰃏󰂽󰃀 +971 4 3919 880 questions.KW@support.sonymobile.com󰁵󰂽󰃁󰃅󰃅󰃀󰁵󰃕󰁲󰂏󰂭󰃀󰁵󰃔󰃏󰂭󰂕󰃀800-8200-727 questions.SA@support.sonymobile.com20中国 +86 400 8100000questions.CN@sonymobile.com台灣 +886 225625511questions.TW@support.sonymobile.comไทย 02 2483 030 questions.TH@support.sonymobile.com21June 27, 2012 15:00:08Legal-Leaflets---Generic_EN (24M)_1222-9269.9.pdf 2 of 2
Important informationSony Consumer Web siteAt www.sonymobile.com/support there is a support section wherehelp and tips are only a few clicks away. Here you will find the latestcomputer software updates and tips on how to use your productmore efficiently.Service and supportYou have access to a portfolio of exclusive service advantagessuch as:•Global and local Web sites providing support.•A global network of Contact Centers.•An extensive network of Sony service partners.•A warranty period. Learn more about the warranty conditions intheLimited warrantysection.At www.sonymobile.com/support, you can find the latest supporttools and information. For operator-specific services and features,please contact your network operator.You can also contact our Contact Centers. If your country/regionis not represented in the list below, please contact your localdealer. (Calls are charged according to national rates, includinglocal taxes, unless the phone number is a toll-free number.)If your product needs service, please contact the dealer fromwhom it was purchased, or one of our service partners. Forwarranty claims, save proof of purchase.Guidelines for Safe and Efficient UsePlease follow these guidelines. Failure to do so might entail apotential health risk or product malfunction. If in doubt as toits proper function, have the product checked by a certified servicepartner before charging or using it.Recommendations for care and safe use of our products•Handle with care and keep in a clean and dust-free place.•Warning! May explode if disposed of in fire.•Do not expose to liquid or moisture or excess humidity.•For optimum performance, the product should not beoperated in temperatures below -10°C(+14°F) or above2+45°C(+113°F). Do not expose the battery totemperatures above +60°C(+140°F).•Do not expose to flames or lit tobacco products.•Do not drop, throw or try to bend the product.•Do not paint or attempt to disassemble or modify theproduct. Only Sony authorised personnel should performservice.•Consult with authorised medical staff and the instructions of themedical device manufacturer before using the product nearpacemakers or other medical devices or equipment.•Discontinue use of electronic devices, or disable the radiotransmitting functionality of the device, where required orrequested to do so.•Do not use where a potentially explosive atmosphere exists.•Do not place the product, or install wireless equipment, in thearea above an air bag in a car.•Caution: Cracked or broken displays may create sharp edges orsplinters that could be harmful upon contact.•Do not use the Bluetooth Headset in positions where it isuncomfortable or will be subject to pressure.ChildrenWarning! Keep out of the reach of children. Do not allowchildren to play with mobile phones or accessories. Theycould hurt themselves or others. Products may contain small partsthat could become detached and create a choking hazard.Power supply (Charger)Connect the charger to power sources as marked on the product.Do not use outdoors or in damp areas. Do not alter or subject thecord to damage or stress. Unplug the unit before cleaning it. Neveralter the plug. If it does not fit into the outlet, have a proper outletinstalled by an electrician. When a power supply is connected thereis a small drain of power. To avoid this small energy waste,disconnect the power supply when the product is fully charged.Use of charging devices that are not Sony branded may poseincreased safety risks.3BatteryNew or idle batteries can have short-term reduced capacity. Fullycharge the battery before initial use. Use for the intended purposeonly. Charge the battery in temperatures between +5°C(+41°F) and+45°C(+113°F). Do not put the battery into your mouth. Do not letthe battery contacts touch another metal object. Turn off theproduct before removing the battery. Performance depends ontemperatures, signal strength, usage patterns, features selectedand voice or data transmissions. Only Sony service partners shouldremove or replace built-in batteries. Use of batteries that are notSony branded may pose increased safety risks. Replace the batteryonly with another Sony battery that has been qualified with theproduct per the standard IEEE-1725. Use of an unqualified batterymay present a risk of fire, explosion, leakage or other hazard.Personal medical devicesMobile phones may affect implanted medical equipment. Reducerisk of interference by keeping a minimum distance of15 cm(6 inches) between the phone and the device. Use the phoneat your right ear. Do not carry the phone in your breast pocket. Turnoff the phone if you suspect interference. For use in proximity topersonal medical devices, please consult a physician and thedevice manufacturer.DrivingSome vehicle manufacturers forbid the use of phones in theirvehicles unless a handsfree kit with an external antenna supportsthe installation. Check with the vehicle manufacturer'srepresentative to be sure that the mobile phone or Bluetoothhandsfree will not affect the electronic systems in the vehicle. Fullattention should be given to driving at all times and local laws andregulations restricting the use of wireless devices while driving mustbe observed.GPS/Location based functionsSome products provide GPS/Location based functions. Locationdetermining functionality is provided “As is” and “With all faults”.Sony does not make any representation or warranty as to theaccuracy of such location information.4Use of location-based information by the device may not beuninterrupted or error free and may additionally be dependent onnetwork service availability. Please note that functionality may bereduced or prevented in certain environments such as buildinginteriors or areas adjacent to buildings.Caution: Do not use GPS functionality in a manner which causesdistraction from driving.Emergency callsCalls cannot be guaranteed under all conditions. Never rely solelyupon mobile phones for essential communication. Calls may not bepossible in all areas, on all networks, or when certain networkservices and/or phone features are used.AntennaUse of antenna devices not marketed by Sony could damage thephone, reduce performance, and produce SAR levels above theestablished limits. Do not cover the antenna with your hand as thisaffects call quality, power levels and can shorten talk and standbytimes.Radio Frequency (RF) exposure and Specific AbsorptionRate (SAR)When the phone or Bluetooth handsfree is turned on, it emits lowlevels of radio frequency energy. International safety guidelineshave been developed through periodic and thorough evaluation ofscientific studies. These guidelines establish permitted levels ofradio wave exposure. The guidelines include a safety margindesigned to assure the safety of all persons and to account for anyvariations in measurements.Specific Absorption Rate (SAR) is used to measure radiofrequency energy absorbed by the body when using a mobilephone. The SAR value is determined at the highest certified powerlevel in laboratory conditions, but because the phone is designed touse the minimum power necessary to access the chosen network,the actual SAR level can be well below this value. There is no proofof difference in safety based on difference in SAR value.Products with radio transmitters sold in the US must be certifiedby the Federal Communications Commission (FCC). When required,tests are performed when the phone is placed at the ear and when5worn on the body. For body-worn operation, the phone has beentested when positioned a minimum of 15 mm from the body withoutany metal parts in the vicinity of the phone or when properly usedwith an appropriate Sony accessory and worn on the body. Whenoperating with “Hotspot” functionality engaged, a separationdistance of 10mm was used.For more information about SAR and radio frequency exposure,go to: www.sonymobile.com/health.Flight modeBluetooth and WLAN functionality, if available in the device, can beenabled in Flight mode but may be prohibited onboard aircraft or inother areas where radio transmissions are prohibited. In suchenvironments, please seek proper authorisation before enablingBluetooth or WLAN functionality even in Flight mode.MalwareMalware (short for malicious software) is software that can harm themobile phone or other computers. Malware or harmful applicationscan include viruses, worms, spyware, and other unwantedprograms. While the device does employ security measures toresist such efforts, Sony does not warrant or represent that thedevice will be impervious to the introduction of malware. You canhowever reduce the risk of malware attacks by using care whendownloading content or accepting applications, refraining fromopening or responding to messages from unknown sources, usingtrustworthy services to access the Internet, and only downloadingcontent to the mobile phone from known, reliable sources.AccessoriesUse only Sony branded original accessories and certified servicepartners. Sony does not test third-party accessories. Accessoriesmay influence RF exposure, radio performance, loudness, electricsafety and other areas. Third-party accessories and parts may posea risk to your health or safety or decrease performance.Accessible Solutions/Special NeedsIn the US, compatible Sony Xperia phones may offer compatibilitywith TTY terminals (with use of necessary accessory). For more6information call the Sony Special Needs Center on 877 878 1996(TTY) or 877 207 2056 (voice), or go to www.sonyericsson-snc.com.Disposal of old electrical and electronic equipment andbatteryThis symbols on the electronic product or on its packagingindicates that the electronic product inclusive the battery shouldnot be treated as household waste. Instead it should be handedover to the applicable collection point for the recycling of electricaland electronic equipment. Do not attempt to remove internalbatteries. Internal batteries shall be removed only by a wastetreatment facility or trained service professional.By ensuring this product is disposed of correctly, you will helpprevent potential negative consequences for the environment andhuman health, which could otherwise be caused by inappropriatewaste handling of this product. The recycling of materials will helpto conserve natural resources. For more detailed information aboutrecycling of this product, please contact your local city office, yourhousehold waste disposal service or the shop where youpurchased the product, by calling a Sony Contact Center or atwww.sonymobile .com/recycling.Memory cardIf the product comes complete with a removable memory card, it isgenerally compatible with the handset purchased but may not becompatible with other devices or the capabilities of their memorycards. Check other devices for compatibility before purchase oruse. If the product is equipped with a memory card reader, checkmemory card compatibility before purchase or use.Memory cards are generally formatted prior to shipping. Toreformat the memory card, use a compatible device. Do not use thestandard operating system format when formatting the memorycard on a PC. For details, refer to the operating instructions of thedevice or contact customer support.SIM cardIf your phone is equipped with a standard-sized SIM card slot,inserting an incompatible SIM card (for example, a micro SIM card,a micro SIM card with a non-Sony adapter, or a standard SIM cardcut into a micro SIM card size) in the SIM card slot may damage7your SIM card or your phone permanently. Sony does not warrantand will not be responsible for any damage caused by use ofincompatible or modified SIM cards.For Devices Supporting 3D Viewing capabilitiesIn viewing 3D images shot with this phone on a 3D-compatiblemonitor, you may experience discomfort in the form of eye strain,fatigue, or nausea. To prevent these symptoms, we recommendthat you take regular breaks. However, you need to determine foryourself the length and frequency of breaks you require, as theyvary according to the individual. If you experience any type ofdiscomfort, stop viewing the 3D images until you feel better, andconsult a physician as necessary. Also refer to the operatinginstructions supplied with the device or software you haveconnected or are using with this phone. Note that a child’s eyesightis still at the development stage (particularly children below the ageof 6). Consult a pediatrician or ophthalmologist before letting yourchild view 3D images, and make sure he/she observes the aboveprecautions when viewing such images.Warning!If the device requires an adapter for insertion into the handset oranother device, do not insert the card directly without the requiredadapter.Precautions on memory card use•Do not expose the memory card to moisture.•Do not touch terminal connections with your hand or any metalobject.•Do not strike, bend, or drop the memory card.•Do not attempt to disassemble or modify the memory card.•Do not use or store the memory card in humid or corrosivelocations or in excessive heat such as a closed car in summer, indirect sunlight or near a heater, etc.•Do not press or bend the end of the memory card adapter withexcessive force.•Do not let dirt, dust, or foreign objects get into the insert port ofany memory card adapter.•Check you have inserted the memory card correctly.8•Insert the memory card as far as it will go into any memory cardadapter needed. The memory card may not operate properlyunless fully inserted.•We recommend that you make a backup copy of important data.We are not responsible for any loss or damage to content youstore on the memory card.•Recorded data may be damaged or lost when you remove thememory card or memory card adapter, turn off the power whileformatting, reading or writing data, or use the memory card inlocations subject to static electricity or high electrical fieldemissions.Protection of personal informationErase personal data before disposing of the product. To deletedata, perform a master reset. Deleting data from the phone memorydoes not ensure that it cannot be recovered. Sony does not warrantagainst recovery of information and does not assume responsibilityfor disclosure of any information even after a master reset.Loudness warning!Avoid volume levels that may be harmful to your hearing.End User Licence AgreementSoftware delivered with this device and its media is owned by SonyMobile Communications AB, and/or its affiliated companies and itssuppliers and licensors.Sony grants you a non-exclusive limited licence to use theSoftware solely in conjunction with the Device on which it isinstalled or delivered. Ownership of the Software is not sold,transferred or otherwise conveyed.Do not use any means to discover the source code or anycomponent of the Software, reproduce and distribute the Software,or modify the Software. You are entitled to transfer rights andobligations to the Software to a third party, solely together with theDevice with which you received the Software, provided the thirdparty agrees in writing to be bound by the terms of this Licence.This licence exists throughout the useful life of this Device. It canbe terminated by transferring your rights to the Device to a thirdparty in writing.9Failure to comply with any of these terms and conditions willterminate the licence immediately.Sony and its third party suppliers and licensors retain all rights,title and interest in and to the Software. To the extent that theSoftware contains material or code of a third party, such thirdparties shall be beneficiaries of these terms.This licence is governed by the laws of Sweden. Whenapplicable, the foregoing applies to statutory consumer rights.In the event Software accompanying or provided in conjunctionwith your device is provided with additional terms and conditions,such provisions shall also govern your possession and usage of theSoftware.Export regulationsExport regulations: Goods delivered under this Agreement may bethe subject to import and export regulations of the European Union,the United States and other countries. Purchaser will comply withthese applicable laws and regulations and will obtain and maintainany export and import license required for the delivery of goods toPurchaser under this Agreement. Without limiting the foregoing,and as an example, Purchaser will not knowingly export or re-export goods to destinations identified pursuant to Articles inChapter II of European Council Regulation (EC) 428/2009 andspecifically, and without limitation, Purchaser will also comply withU.S. government Export Administration Regulations (“EAR”, 15C.F.R. §§ 730-774, http://www.bis.doc.gov/) administered byDepartment of Commerce, Bureau of Industry and Security andeconomic sanctions regulations (30 C.F.R. §§ 500 et. seq., http://www.treas.gov/offices/enforcement/ofac/) administered by the U.S.Department of Treasury, Office of Foreign Assets Control.Limited WarrantySony Mobile Communications AB, SE-221 88 Lund, Sweden,(Sony) or its local affiliated company, provides this Limited Warrantyfor your mobile phone, original accessory delivered with yourmobile phone, and/or your mobile computing product (hereinafterreferred to as “Product”).10Should your Product need warranty service, please return it tothe dealer from whom it was purchased, or contact your local SonyContact Center (national rates may apply) or visitwww.sonymobile.com to get further information.Our warrantySubject to the conditions of this Limited Warranty, Sony warrantsthis Product to be free from defects in design, material andworkmanship at the time of its original purchase by a consumer.This Limited Warranty will last for a period of two (2) years as fromthe original date of purchase of the Product for your mobile phone,and for a period of one (1) year following the original purchase dateof the Product for all original accessories (such as the battery,charger or handsfree kit) which may be delivered with your mobilephone.What we will doIf, during the warranty period, this Product fails to operate undernormal use and service, due to defects in design, materials orworkmanship, Sony authorised distributors or service partners, inthe country/region* where you purchased the Product, will, at theiroption, either repair or replace the Product in accordance with theterms and conditions stipulated herein.Sony and its service partners reserve the right to charge ahandling fee if a returned Product is found not to be under warrantyaccording to the conditions below.Please note that some of your personal settings, downloads andother information may be lost when your Sony Product is repairedor replaced. At present, Sony may be prevented by applicable law,other regulation or technical restrictions from making a backupcopy of certain downloads. Sony does not take any responsibilityfor any lost information of any kind and will not reimburse you forany such loss. You should always make backup copies of all theinformation stored on your Sony Product such as downloads,calendar and contacts before handing in your Sony Product forrepair or replacement.Conditions1. This Limited Warranty is valid only if the original proof of purchasefor this Product issued by a Sony authorised dealer specifying the11www.sonymobile.comSony Mobile Communications ABSE-221 88 Lund, Sweden1222-9269.9June 27, 2012 15:00:07Legal-Leaflets---Generic_EN (24M)_1222-9269.9.pdf 1 of 2
date of purchase and serial number**, is presented with theProduct to be repaired or replaced. Sony reserves the right torefuse warranty service if this information has been removed orchanged after the original purchase of the Product from thedealer.2. If Sony repairs or replaces the Product, the repair for the defectconcerned, or the replaced Product shall be warranted for theremaining time of the original warranty period or for ninety (90)days from the date of repair, whichever is longer. Repair orreplacement may involve the use of functionally equivalentreconditioned units. Replaced parts or components will becomethe property of Sony.3. This warranty does not cover any failure of the Product due tonormal wear and tear, or due to misuse, including but not limitedto use in other than the normal and customary manner, inaccordance with the Sony instructions for use and maintenanceof the Product. Nor does this warranty cover any failure of theProduct due to accident, software or hardware modification oradjustment, acts of God or damage resulting from liquid.A rechargeable battery can be charged and discharged morethan a hundred times. However, it will eventually wear out – this isnot a defect and corresponds to normal wear and tear. When thetalk-time or standby time is noticeably shorter, it is time to replacethe battery. Sony recommends that you use only batteries andchargers approved by Sony.Minor variations in display brightness and colour may occurbetween phones. There may be tiny bright or dark dots on thedisplay. It occurs when individual dots have malfunctioned andcan not be adjusted. Two defective pixels are deemedacceptable.Minor variations in camera image appearance may occurbetween phones. This is nothing uncommon and is not regardedas a defective camera module.4. Since the cellular system on which the Product is to operate isprovided by a carrier independent from Sony, Sony will not beresponsible for the operation, availability, coverage, services orrange of that system.5. This warranty does not cover Product failures caused byinstallations, modifications, or repair or opening of the Productperformed by a non-Sony authorised person.126. The warranty does not cover Product failures which have beencaused by use of accessories or other peripheral devices whichare not Sony branded original accessories intended for use withthe Product.Sony disclaims any and all warranties, whether express orimplied, for failures caused to the Product or peripheral devicesas a result of viruses, trojan horses, spyware, or other malicioussoftware. Sony strongly recommends that you install appropriatevirus protection software on your Product and any peripheraldevices connected to it, as available, and update it regularly, tobetter protect your device. It is understood, however, that suchsoftware will never fully protect your Product or its peripheraldevices and Sony disclaims all warranties, whether express orimplied, in case of failure by such antivirus software to fulfil itsintended purpose.7. Tampering with any of the seals on the Product will void thewarranty.8. THERE ARE NO EXPRESS WARRANTIES, WHETHER WRITTENOR ORAL, OTHER THAN THIS PRINTED LIMITED WARRANTY.ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATIONTHE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY ORFITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, ARE LIMITED TO THEDURATION OF THIS LIMITED WARRANTY. IN NO EVENT SHALLSONY OR ITS LICENSORS BE LIABLE FOR INCIDENTAL ORCONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY NATURE WHATSOEVER,INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOST PROFITS ORCOMMERCIAL LOSS TO THE FULL EXTENT THOSE DAMAGESCAN BE DISCLAIMED BY LAW.Some countries/states do not allow the exclusion or limitation ofincidental or consequential damages, or limitation of the duration ofimplied warranties, so the preceding limitations or exclusions maynot apply to you.The warranty provided does not affect the consumer’s statutoryrights under applicable legislation in force, nor the consumer’srights against the dealer arising from their sales / purchasecontract.*Geographical scope of the warrantyIf you have purchased your Product in a country member of theEuropean Economic Area (EEA) or in Switzerland or the Republic of13Turkey, and such Product was intended for sale in the EEA or inSwitzerland or in Turkey, you can have your Product serviced in anyEEA country or in Switzerland or in Turkey, under the warrantyconditions prevailing in the country in which you require servicing,provided that an identical Product is sold in such country by anauthorised Sony distributor. To find out if your Product is sold in thecountry you are in, please call the local Sony Contact Center.Please observe that certain services may not be available outsidethe country of original purchase, for example, due to the fact thatyour Product may have an interior or exterior which is different fromequivalent models sold in other countries. Please note in additionthat it may sometimes not be possible to repair SIM-lockedProducts.Our goods come with guarantees that cannot be excluded underthe Australian Consumer Law. If you purchased your product inAustralia, you are entitled to a replacement or refund for a majorfailure and compensation for any other reasonably foreseeable lossor damage. You are also entitled to have the goods repaired orreplaced if the goods fail to be of acceptable quality and the failuredoes not amount to a major failure. For warranty service inAustralia, please contact 1300 650 050 or Sony Service Centre, 320Princes Hwy, ROCKDALE NSW 2216.** In some countries/regions additional information (such as avalid warranty card) may be requested.Trademarks and acknowledgementsThe Liquid Identity logo and Xperia are trademarks or registeredtrademarks of Sony Mobile Communications AB.Sony is a trademark or a registered trademark of Sony Corporation.Ericsson is a trademark or registered trademark ofTelefonaktiebolaget LM Ericsson.Bluetooth is a trademark or a registered trademark of Bluetooth SIGInc. and any use of such mark by Sony is under license.Other product and company names mentioned herein may be thetrademarks of their respective owners.Any rights not expressly granted herein are reserved.14Anguilla 1-800-080-9518(Toll Free)questions.CO@support.sonymobile.comAntigua andBarbuda1-800-081-9518(Toll Free)questions.CO@support.sonymobile.comArgentina 0800-333-7427(número gratuito)questions.CO@support.sonymobile.comAustralia 1300 650-050(Toll Free)questions.AU@support.sonymobile.comTheBahamas1-800-205-6062(Toll Free)questions.CO@support.sonymobile.comBarbados 1-800-082-9518(Toll Free)questions.CO@support.sonymobile.comBelgique/België02-0745 1611 questions.BE@support.sonymobile.comBelize AN 815, PIN5597 (Toll Free)questions.CO@support.sonymobile.comBermuda 1-800-083-9518(Toll Free)questions.CO@support.sonymobile.comBolivia 800-100-542(número gratuito)questions.CO@support.sonymobile.comBrasil 4001-0444(Capitais eregiõesmetropolitanas)0800 884 0444(Demais regiões)questions.BR@support.sonymobile.comCanada 1 866 766 9374(Toll Free / sansfrais)questions.CA@support.sonymobile.comCaymanIslands1-800-084-9518(Toll Free)questions.CO@support.sonymobile.com15Central andSouthernAfrica+27 11 506 0123 questions.CF@support.sonymobile.comČeskárepublika 844 550 055 questions.CZ@support.sonymobile.comChile 800-646-425(número gratuito)questions.CO@support.sonymobile.comColombia 01800-0966-080(número gratuito)questions.CO@support.sonymobile.comCosta Rica 0 800 011 0400(número gratuito)questions.CO@support.sonymobile.comDanmark 3331 2828 questions.DK@support.sonymobile.comDeutschland 0180 534 2020(ortsüblicheGebühren)questions.DE@support.sonymobile.comDominica 1-800-085-9518(Toll Free)questions.CO@support.sonymobile.comEcuador 1-800-0102-50(número gratuito)questions.CO@support.sonymobile.comEesti 06 032 032 questions.EE@support.sonymobile.comEgypt/رصم 16727 questions.EG@support.sonymobile.comΕλλάδα 801 11 810 810+30 210 899 19 19(από κινητότηλέφωνο)questions.GR@support.sonymobile.comEl Salvador 800-6323(número gratuito)questions.CO@support.sonymobile.comEspaña 902 180 576(tarifa local)questions.ES@support.sonymobile.com16France 09 69 32 21 2109 69 32 21 22(Xperia™uniquement)questions.FR@support.sonymobile.comGuatemala 1-800-300-0057(número gratuito)questions.CO@support.sonymobile.comHaïti/Ayiti AN 193, PIN5598 (numérogratuit / nimewogratis)questions.CO@support.sonymobile.comHonduras AN 8000122,PIN 5599(número gratuito)questions.CO@support.sonymobile.comHong Kong/香港+852 8203 8863 questions.HK@support.sonymobile.comHrvatska 062 000 000 questions.HR@support.sonymobile.comIndia/भारत 1800 11 1800(Toll Free)+91 (011)39011111questions.IN@support.sonymobile.comIndonesia +62 21 29357669questions.ID@support.sonymobile.comIreland 1850 545 888(Local rate)questions.IE@support.sonymobile.comItalia 06 48895206(tariffa locale)questions.IT@support.sonymobile.comJamaica 1-800-442-3471(Toll Free)questions.CO@support.sonymobile.comΚύπρος/Kıbrıs0800 90 909 questions.CY@support.sonymobile.comLatvija 67 21 43 01 questions.LV@support.sonymobile.comLietuva 8 700 55030 questions.LT@support.sonymobile.com17Magyarország01 880 47 47 questions.HU@support.sonymobile.comMalaysia 1 800-88-7666 questions.MY@support.sonymobile.comMaroc/󰂏󰂱󰃅󰃀+212 2 2958 344 questions.MA@support.sonymobile.comMéxico 0 1800 000 4722(número gratuito)questions.MX@support.sonymobile.comNederland 0900 8998318 questions.NL@support.sonymobile.comNederlandseAntillen001-866-509-8660 (gratisnummer)questions.CO@support.sonymobile.comNewZealand0800-100-150(Toll Free)questions.NZ@support.sonymobile.comNicaragua AN 1800-0166,PIN 5600(número gratuito)questions.CO@support.sonymobile.comNorge 815 00 840(lokaltakst)questions.NO@support.sonymobile.comÖsterreich 0810 200 245 questions.AT@support.sonymobile.comPakistan/󰁯󰁹󰂕󰁯021 - 111 22 5573questions.PK@support.sonymobile.comPanamá 00800-787-0009(número gratuito)questions.CO@support.sonymobile.comParaguay 009 800 5420032 (númerogratuito)questions.CO@support.sonymobile.comPerú 0800-532-38(número gratuito)questions.CO@support.sonymobile.comPhilippines/Pilipinas+632 479 9777or 1800 1 8537669questions.PH@support.sonymobile.com18Polska +48 22 22 77444questions.PL@support.sonymobile.comPortugal 808 204 466(chamada local)questions.PT@support.sonymobile.comRepúblicaDominicana1-800-751-3370(número gratuito)questions.CO@support.sonymobile.comRomânia +40 21 401 0401 questions.RO@support.sonymobile.comSaint Kittsand Nevis1-800-087-9518(Toll Free)questions.CO@support.sonymobile.comSaintVincent andtheGrenadines1-800-088-9518(Toll Free)questions.CO@support.sonymobile.comSchweiz/Suisse/Svizzera0848 824 040 questions.CH@support.sonymobile .comSingapore +65 6744 0733 questions.SG@support.sonymobile.comSlovenia 0800 81291 questions.si@support.sonymobile.comSlovensko 02 5443 6443 questions.SK@support.sonymobile.comSouth Africa 0861 632222 questions.ZA@support.sonymobile.comSouthΚorea/대한민국(+82) 1588 4170 questions.KO@support.sonymobile.comSuomi 09 299 2000 questions.FI@support.sonymobile.comSverige 013 24 45 00(lokal taxa)questions.SE@support.sonymobile.comThailand 001 800 8527663 or 024013030questions.CO@support.sonymobile.com19Trinidad andTobago1-800-080-9521(Toll Free)questions.CO@support.sonymobile.comTürkiye +90 212 473 7777questions.TR@support.sonymobile.comUnitedKingdom08705 237 237(Local rate)questions.GB@support.sonymobile.comUnitedStates1 866 766 9374 questions.US@support.sonymobile.comUruguay 000-401-787-013 (númerogratuito)questions.CO@support.sonymobile.comVenezuela 0-800-1-00-2250(número gratuito)questions.CO@support.sonymobile.comViệt Nam 1900 1525 (miễnphí)questions.VN@support.sonymobile .comБългария 0800 1 8778 questions.BG@support.sonymobile.comРоссия 8-800-1008022 questions.RU@support.sonymobile.comУкраїна +38 044 5901515questions.UA@support.sonymobile.com󰃘 +971 4 3919 880 questions.JO@support.sonymobile.com󰁯󰃄󰃚󰁵󰃕󰁲󰂏󰂭󰃀󰂋󰂅󰁹󰃅󰃀+971 4 3919 880(UAE)questions.AE@support.sonymobile.com󰁷󰃔󰃏󰂽󰃀 +971 4 3919 880 questions.KW@support.sonymobile.com󰁵󰂽󰃁󰃅󰃅󰃀󰁵󰃕󰁲󰂏󰂭󰃀󰁵󰃔󰃏󰂭󰂕󰃀800-8200-727 questions.SA@support.sonymobile.com20中国 +86 400 8100000questions.CN@sonymobile.com台灣 +886 225625511questions.TW@support.sonymobile.comไทย 02 2483 030 questions.TH@support.sonymobile.com21June 27, 2012 15:00:08Legal-Leaflets---Generic_EN (24M)_1222-9269.9.pdf 2 of 2

user guide - all parts

User guideXperia™ ZRC5503/C5502
ContentsXperia™ ZR User guide..................................................................6Getting started...............................................................................7Android™ – what and why?...............................................................7Device overview.................................................................................7Assembly...........................................................................................8Turning the device on and off .........................................................10Screen lock......................................................................................10Setup guide......................................................................................10Accounts and services.....................................................................11Getting to know your device........................................................12Using the keys.................................................................................12Battery..............................................................................................12Using the touchscreen.....................................................................15Using the lockscreen.......................................................................17Home screen....................................................................................18Accessing and using applications...................................................20Status and notifications...................................................................23Settings menu..................................................................................24Typing text.......................................................................................25Customising your device.................................................................29Enhancing the sound output............................................................32Memory............................................................................................32Using a headset ..............................................................................33Internet and messaging settings......................................................33Controlling data usage.....................................................................34Mobile network settings...................................................................35Google Play™..............................................................................37Getting started with Google Play™.................................................37Downloading from Google Play™....................................................37Clearing your application data.........................................................37Permissions......................................................................................38Installing applications not from Google Play™ ...............................38Calling..........................................................................................39Emergency calls...............................................................................39Call handling....................................................................................39Voicemail..........................................................................................41Multiple calls....................................................................................41Conference calls..............................................................................41Call settings.....................................................................................422This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
Contacts ......................................................................................44About Contacts................................................................................44Transferring contacts to your new device.......................................44Contacts screen overview...............................................................46Managing your contacts..................................................................46Communicating with your contacts.................................................48Sharing your contacts......................................................................48Backing up contacts........................................................................49Messaging....................................................................................50Using text and multimedia messaging.............................................50Text and multimedia message options............................................51Google Talk™ .................................................................................52Email.............................................................................................53Getting started with Email................................................................53Using email......................................................................................54Socialife™....................................................................................57Using the Socialife™ application.....................................................57"WALKMAN" application .............................................................58About the "WALKMAN" application.................................................58Transferring media files to your device ...........................................58Using the "WALKMAN" application ................................................59Visualiser .........................................................................................60Getting more information about a track or artist.............................60Using My music to organise your tracks ........................................60Managing playlists...........................................................................62"WALKMAN" application widget ....................................................63Protecting your hearing....................................................................63Music services..............................................................................64TrackID™ technology......................................................................64Music Unlimited™............................................................................65About the PlayNow™ service..........................................................65FM radio.......................................................................................67About the FM radio..........................................................................67Using your favourite radio channels................................................68Sound settings.................................................................................68Identifying radio tracks using TrackID™..........................................68Camera.........................................................................................70About the camera............................................................................70Using the still camera......................................................................70Face detection.................................................................................71Using Smile Shutter™ to capture smiling faces..............................71Adding the geographical position to your photos...........................723This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
Using still camera settings...............................................................72Using the video camera...................................................................76Album...........................................................................................81About Album....................................................................................81Mobile BRAVIA® Engine..................................................................81Viewing photos and videos in the Pictures tab ...............................81Viewing photos and videos in the My albums tab ..........................82Viewing your photos on a map........................................................86Viewing online albums.....................................................................87Movies..........................................................................................89About Movies...................................................................................89Using Movies...................................................................................89Video Unlimited™........................................................................91About Video Unlimited™..................................................................91Renting or buying a video................................................................91Watching a video from Video Unlimited™.......................................92Web browser................................................................................93About the web browser....................................................................93Connectivity.................................................................................94Connecting to wireless networks.....................................................94Sharing content with DLNA Certified™ devices..............................97NFC..................................................................................................99Bluetooth™ wireless technology...................................................102Connecting your device to a computer.........................................104Connecting your device to a TV set...............................................106Screen mirroring............................................................................107Scanning barcodes with the NeoReader™ application.................107Smart Connect...............................................................................108Synchronising data on your device............................................110About synchronising data on your device.....................................110Synchronising with Google™........................................................110Synchronising your corporate email, calendar and contacts........110Synchronising with Facebook™....................................................111Maps and locations....................................................................113About location services..................................................................113Using GPS.....................................................................................113Google Maps™..............................................................................114Using Google Maps™ to get directions.........................................114Calendar and alarm clock..........................................................115Calendar.........................................................................................115Alarm clock....................................................................................1154This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
Support and maintenance..........................................................118Updating your device.....................................................................118Backup and restore application.....................................................119Resetting your device....................................................................120Locking and protecting your device..............................................121Support application.......................................................................123Recycling your device....................................................................123Reference...................................................................................124Settings overview...........................................................................124Status and notification icons overview..........................................125Application overview......................................................................126Important information.................................................................128Important information leaflet..........................................................128Limitations to services and features..............................................128Protecting your device from water and dust.................................128Legal information...........................................................................130Index...........................................................................................1315This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
Xperia™ ZR User guide6This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
Getting startedAndroid™ – what and why?Your Xperia™ from Sony runs on the Android platform. Android devices can performmany of the same functions as a computer and you can customise them to your ownneeds. For example, you can add and delete applications, or enhance existingapplications to improve functionality. On Google Play™ you can download a range ofapplications and games from a constantly growing collection. You can also integrateapplications on your Android™ device with other applications and with onlineservices that you use. For example, you can back up your contacts, access yourdifferent email accounts and calendars from one place, keep track of yourappointments, and engage in social networking.Android™ devices are constantly evolving. When a new software version is availableand your device supports this new software, you can update your device to get newfeatures and the latest improvements.Your Android™ device is pre-loaded with Google™ services. To get the most out of theprovided Google™ services, you should have a Google™ account and sign in to it when youfirst start your device. You also need to have Internet access to use many of the features inAndroid™.New software releases may not be compatible with all devices.Device overview1Front camera lens2 Ear speaker3 Headset jack4 Light sensor5 Power key7This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
6 Volume/Zoom key7 Camera key8 Strap hole9 Microphone10 Notification light11 Camera lens12 Camera light13 Port for charger/USB cable14 Connector for charging dock15 SpeakerAssemblyTo remove the back cover•Insert a thumbnail into the gap between the back cover and the bottom side ofyour device, then lift up the cover.8This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
To insert the micro SIM card1Remove the battery cover and the battery, then pull out the micro SIM cardholder.2Place the micro SIM card into the micro SIM card holder, with the gold-coloured contacts facing down.3Push the micro SIM card and the holder back into the phone.To insert a memory card1Remove the back cover and the battery.2Insert the memory card into the memory card slot, with the gold-colouredcontacts facing down.The memory card may not be included at purchase in all markets.To attach the back cover1Place the back cover over the back of the device, then press down on the topcorners to lock them into place.2Moving from top to bottom, press down the sides of the cover. The clips on theinside of the cover make clicking noises as they lock into place.9This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
Turning the device on and offTo turn on the device1Press and hold down the power key until the device vibrates.2If your screen goes dark, briefly press the power key to activate the screen.3To unlock the screen, drag up or drag down.4Enter your SIM card PIN when requested, then select OK.5Wait a while for the device to start.Your SIM card PIN is initially supplied by your network operator, but you can change it laterfrom the Settings menu. To correct a mistake made while entering your SIM card PIN, tap .To turn off the device1Press and hold down the power key until the options menu opens.2In the options menu, tap Power off.3Tap OK.It may take a while for the device to shut down.Screen lockWhen your device is on and left idle for a set period of time, the screen darkens tosave battery power, and locks automatically. This lock prevents unwanted actions onthe touchscreen when you are not using it. On the lockscreen, you can still takephotos and play audio tracks.To activate the screen•Briefly press the power key .To unlock the screen•Drag up or drag down.To lock the screen manually•When the screen is active, briefly press the power key .Setup guideThe first time you start your device, a setup guide opens to explain basic functionsand help you enter essential settings. This is a good time to configure the device to10This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
your specific needs. You can also access the setup guide later from the settingsmenu.To access the setup guide manually1From the Home screen, tap .2Tap Settings > Setup guide.Accounts and servicesSign in to your online service accounts from your device to get easy access whenyou're on the move. For example, you can integrate contacts from your Google™account into your phonebook, so you have everything in one place. You can sign upto new online services from your device as well as from a computer.Google™ accountHaving a Google™ account is key to using a range of applications and services withyour Android device. You need a Google™ account, for example, to use the Gmail™application in your device, to chat with friends using Google Talk™, and tosynchronise the calendar application on your device with your Google Calendar™.You also need a Google™ account to download applications and games, music,movies and books from Google Play™.Microsoft® Exchange ActiveSync® accountSynchronise your device with your corporate Microsoft® Exchange ActiveSync®account. This way, you keep your work email, contacts and calendar events with youat all times.Facebook™ accountFacebook™ is a social networking service that connects you with friends, family andcolleagues around the world. Set up Facebook to work on your device so that youcan stay in touch from anywhere.11This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
Getting to know your deviceUsing the keysBack•Go back to the previous screen•Close the on-screen keypad, a dialog box, an options menu, or the Notification panelHome•Go to the Home screenTask•Tap to open a window showing your most recently used applications and a small apps barBatteryCharging the batteryYour battery is partly charged when you buy the device. It may take a few minutesbefore the battery icon appears on the screen when you connect the chargercable to a power source, such as a USB port or a charger. You can still use yourdevice while it is charging. Charging your device over a long period of time, forexample, overnight, does not damage the battery or the device.The battery will start to discharge a little after it is fully charged and then charges again after acertain time when the charger is connected. This is to extend battery life and may result in thecharge status showing a level below 100 percent.12This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
To charge your device1Plug the charger into a power outlet.2Plug one end of the USB cable into the charger (or into the USB port of acomputer).3Plug the other end of the cable into the micro USB port on your device, withthe USB symbol facing up. The battery status LED lights up when chargingstarts.4When the battery status LED is green, the device is fully charged. Disconnectthe USB cable from your device by pulling it straight outwards. Make sure notto bend the connector when removing the cable from the device.Use the charger and USB cable provided with the device to ensure faster charging.If the battery is completely discharged, it may take a few minutes before the LED lights upafter you connect the charger cable to a power source.Battery LED statusGreen The battery is fully chargedRed The battery level is lowOrange The battery is charging. The battery level is between low and fullTo check the battery level1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Settings > About phone > Status > Battery level.Improving battery performanceThe following tips can help you improve battery performance:•Charge your device often. This will not affect the lifetime of the battery.•Downloading data from the Internet is power consuming. When you're not using theInternet, you can save power by disabling all data connections over mobile networks.This setting does not prevent your device from transmitting data over other wirelessnetworks.•Turn off Bluetooth™ and Wi-Fi® when you don't need these features. You can turnthem on and off more easily by adding the Quick settings widget to your Homescreen.•Use the STAMINA mode and Low battery mode features to reduce batteryconsumption. You can select the power saving mode that best suits the way you useyour device. You can also customise the settings of each power saving mode.•Set your synchronisation applications (used to synchronise your email, calendar andcontacts) to synchronise manually. You can also synchronise automatically, butincrease the synchronisation intervals.•Check the battery usage menu in your device to see which applications use the mostpower. Your battery consumes more power when you use video and music streaming13This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
applications, such as YouTube™. Some applications downloaded from GooglePlay™ may also consume more power.•Close and exit applications that you are not using.•Lower the screen display brightness level.•Turn off your device or activate the Airplane mode setting if you are in an area withno network coverage. Otherwise, your device repeatedly scans for availablenetworks, and this consumes power.•Use a Sony original handsfree device to listen to music. Handsfree devices demandless battery power than your device's own loudspeakers.•Keep your device in standby mode whenever possible. Standby time refers to thetime during your device is connected to the network and is not being used.•Disable any live wallpaper.To access the battery usage menu1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Settings > Power management > Battery usage.To add the Data traffic widget to your Home screen1Tap and hold an empty area of your Home screen.2Tap Widgets > Tools.3Tap and hold the Mobile data widget, then drag it to an empty area of yourHome screen.To add the Quick settings widget to your Home screen1Tap and hold an empty area of your Home screen.2Tap Widgets > Tools.3Tap and hold the Quick settings widget, then drag it to an empty area of yourHome screen.Using STAMINA modeActivate the STAMINA mode feature to pause your Wi-Fi® connection, data trafficand several power consuming applications when your screen is inactive. WhenSTAMINA mode is active, you can still receive phone calls, and text and multimediamessages. You can also set up an applications list to allow some applications tokeep running when your screen is inactive. Once the screen becomes active again, allpaused functions are resumed.To activate STAMINA mode1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Settings > Power management.3Tap next to STAMINA mode, then tap Activate.To deactivate STAMINA mode1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Settings > Power management.3Tap next to STAMINA mode.To change the settings for STAMINA mode1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Settings > Power management.3To open the settings menu, tap STAMINA mode.4Add or remove applications, as desired.5When you're finished, tap Done.Estimating the standby time of your deviceStandby time refers to the amount of time the battery can last when your device isconnected to the network but is not in active use, for example, to receive or makephone calls. STAMINA mode, when activated, continuously evaluates the remainingstandby time, which can vary depending on how you use your device. STAMINAmode is more effective in lengthening the standby time if you keep the screen of your14This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
device locked. If you rarely lock the screen, you may not see much improvement inbattery performance.When you use your device for the first time, the estimated standby time may not be accuratesince there is no previous usage history to estimate from.To view the estimated standby time1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Settings > Power management.Using Low battery modeYou can activate the Low battery mode feature when the battery level is low. Thisfeature helps you to adjust the settings for screen brightness, data traffic and thevibrate function so that you can reduce battery consumption.To activate Low battery mode1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Settings > Power management.3Tap next to Low battery mode, then tap Activate.To deactivate Low battery mode1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Settings > Power management.3Tap next to Low battery mode.To change the settings for Low battery mode1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Settings > Power management.3To open the settings menu, tap Low battery mode.4Adjust the settings as desired.5When you're finished, tap .Using the touchscreenA protective plastic sheet is already attached to the screen of your device when youbuy it. You should peel off this sheet before using the touchscreen. Otherwise, thetouchscreen might not function properly.When your device is on and left idle for a set period of time, the screen darkens tosave battery power, and locks automatically. This lock prevents unwanted actions onthe touchscreen when you are not using it. You can also set personal locks to protectyour subscription and make sure only you can access content on your device.The device screen is made from glass. Do not touch the screen if the glass is cracked orshattered. Avoid trying to repair a damaged screen yourself. Glass screens are sensitive todrops and mechanical shocks. Cases of negligent care are not covered by the Sony warrantyservice.To open or highlight an item•Tap the item.Marking optionsMarked checkboxUnmarked checkboxMarked list optionUnmarked list option15This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
To mark or unmark options•Tap the relevant checkbox or list option.ZoomingThe zoom options available depend on the application you are using.To zoom•Place two fingers on the screen at once and pinch them together (to zoom out)or spread them apart (to zoom in).When you use two fingers on the screen to zoom, it is only possible to zoom if both fingersare within the zoomable area. If you, for example, want to zoom in on a photo, make sure thatboth fingers are within the photo frame area.ScrollingScroll by moving your finger up or down on the screen. On some web pages you canalso scroll to the sides.Dragging or flicking will not activate anything on the screen.To scroll•Drag or flick your finger in the direction you want to scroll on the screen.To scroll more quickly, flick your finger in the direction you want to go on the screen.16This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
To flick•To scroll more quickly, flick your finger in the direction you want to go on thescreen. You can wait for the scrolling movement to stop by itself, or you canstop it immediately by tapping the screen.SensorsYour device has sensors that detect both light and proximity. The light sensor detectsthe ambient light level and adjusts the brightness of the screen accordingly. Theproximity sensor turns the touch screen off during voice calls when your ear is closeto the screen. This prevents you from unintentionally activating other functions onyour device when you are engaged in a call.Using the lockscreenOn the lockscreen, you can play tracks, take photos and record videos withoutunlocking the screen.To take a photo from the lockscreen1To activate the screen, briefly press the power key .2To activate the camera controls, drag to the left across the screen.3Tap .To play an audio track from the lockscreen1To activate the screen, briefly press the power key .2To display the music player controls, drag to the right across the screen.3Tap .To pause an audio track from the lockscreen1To activate the screen, briefly press the power key .2When the music player controls appear, tap .17This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
To change the currently playing audio track from the lockscreen1To activate the screen, briefly press the power key .2When the music player controls appear, tap or .Home screenThe Home screen is your gateway to the main features on your device. You cancustomise your Home screen with widgets, shortcuts, folders, themes, wallpaper andother items.The Home screen extends beyond the regular screen display width, so you need toflick left or right to view content in all of the Home screen's panes. shows whichpart of the Home screen you are in. You can set a pane as the main Home screenpane, and add or delete panes.The items in the bar at the bottom of the screen are always available for quick access.To go to the Home screen•Press .To browse the Home screen•Flick right or left.To set a pane as the main Home screen pane1Touch and hold an empty area on your Home screen until the device vibrates.2Flick left or right to browse to the pane that you want to set as your main Homescreen pane, then tap .To add a pane to your Home screen1Touch and hold an empty area on your Home screen until the device vibrates.2Flick left or right to browse the panes, then tap .18This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
To delete a pane from your Home screen1Touch and hold an empty area on your Home screen until the device vibrates.2Flick left or right to browse to the pane that you want to delete, then tap .WidgetsWidgets are small applications that you can use directly on your Home screen. Forexample, the “WALKMAN” widget allows you to start playing music directly.Some widgets are resizable, so you can expand them to view more content or shrinkthem to save space on your Home screen.To add a widget to the Home screen1Touch and hold an empty area on your Home screen until the device vibrates,then tap Widgets.2Find and tap the widget that you want to add.To resize a widget1Touch and hold a widget until it magnifies and the device vibrates, then releasethe widget. If the widget can be resized, for example, the Calendar widget,then a highlighted frame and resizing dots appear.2Drag the dots inward or outward to shrink or expand the widget.3To confirm the new size of the widget, tap anywhere on the Home screen.Rearranging your Home screenCustomise the appearance of your Home screen and change the features that youcan access from it. Change the screen background, move items around, createfolders, and add shortcuts and widgets.Customisation optionsWhen you touch and hold an empty area of your Home screen, the followingcustomisation options appear:Add widgets to your Home screen.Add applications and shortcuts.Set a wallpaper for your Home screen.Set a background theme.To view customisation options from the Home screen•Touch and hold an empty area on your Home screen until the device vibratesand customisation options appear at the bottom of the screen.To add a shortcut to your Home screen1Touch and hold an empty area on your Home screen until the device vibrates.2Tap Apps > Shortcuts.3Select a shortcut.You can add an application shortcut directly from the Application screen by touching andholding the application.To move an item on the Home screen•Touch and hold the item until it magnifies and the device vibrates, then dragthe item to the new location.To delete an item from the Home screen•Touch and hold an item until it magnifies and the device vibrates, then drag theitem to .19This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
To create a folder on the Home screen1Touch and hold an application icon or a shortcut until it magnifies and thedevice vibrates, then drag and drop it on top of another application icon orshortcut.2Enter a name for the folder and tap Done.To add items to a folder on the Home screen•Touch and hold an item until it magnifies and the device vibrates, then drag theitem to the folder.To rename a folder on the Home screen1Tap the folder to open it.2Tap the folder's title bar to show the Folder name field.3Enter the new folder name and tap Done.Changing the background of your Home screenAdapt the Home screen to your own style using wallpapers and different themes.To change your Home screen wallpaper1Touch and hold an empty area on your Home screen until the device vibrates.2Tap Wallpapers and select an option.To set a theme for your Home screen1Touch and hold an empty area on your Home screen until the device vibrates.2Tap Themes, then select a theme.When you change a theme, the background also changes in some applications.Accessing and using applicationsOpen applications from shortcuts on your Home screen or from the Applicationscreen.Application screenThe Application screen, which you open from your Home screen, contains theapplications that come pre-installed on your device as well as the applications youdownload.The Application screen extends beyond the regular screen width, so you need to flickleft and right to view all content.To open the Application screen•From your Home screen, tap .To browse the Application screen•From the Application screen, flick right or left.20This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
To create a shortcut to an application on the Home screen1From your Home screen, tap .2Touch and hold an application icon until the screen vibrates, then drag the iconto the top of the screen. The Home screen opens.3Drag the icon to the desired location on the Home screen, then release yourfinger.To share an application from your Application screen1From your Home screen, tap .2Tap , then tap Share. All applications which can be shared are indicated by .3Tap the application that you want to share, then select an option and confirm,if necessary. A link to a download of the application is sent to the people youhave selected.Opening and closing applicationsTo open an application•From your Home screen or the Application screen, tap the application.To close an application•Press .Some applications are paused when you press to exit, while other applications maycontinue to run in the background. In the first case, the next time you open the application,you can continue where you left off. Remember that some applications may cause dataconnection charges when they are running in the background, for example, social networkingservices.Recently used applications windowYou can switch between recently used applications from this window. You can alsoopen small apps.To open the recently used applications window•Press . The recently used applications window appears on the right of thescreen.Using small appsFrom the recently used applications window, you can get quick access to severalsmall apps at any time using the small apps bar. A small app only takes up a smallarea of your screen. So you can interact with a small app and another application atthe same time on the same screen.To open the small apps bar•Press . The small apps bar appears at the bottom of the screen.To open a small app1To make the small apps bar appear, press .2Tap the small app that you want to open. A small app window appears.To close a small app•Tap on the small app window.21This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
To move a small app•When the small app is open, touch and hold the top left corner of the smallapp, then move it to the desired location.To minimise a small app•When the small app is open, touch and hold the top left corner of the smallapp, then drag it to the right edge or to the bottom edge of the screen.To rearrange your small apps1To make the small apps bar appear, press .2Touch and hold a small app and drag it to the desired position in the smallapps bar.To remove a small app from the small apps bar1To make the small apps bar appear, press .2Touch and hold a small app icon and drag it away from the small apps bar.To restore a previously removed small app1To make the small apps bar appear, press .2Tap > Installed small apps.3Select the small app that you want to restore.To download a small app1To make the small apps bar appear, press .2Tap > .3Find a small app that you want to download, then follow the instructions tocomplete the installation.Application menuYou can open a menu at any time when you are using an application. The menu willlook different depending on which application you are using.To open a menu in an application•While using the application, press .A menu is not available in all applications.Rearranging your Application screenMove the applications around on the Application screen according to yourpreferences.To arrange applications on the Application screen1From your Home screen, tap to go to the Application screen.2Tap the drop-down list on the top left of the screen and select an option.To move an application on the Application screen1Open the Application screen.2Touch and hold an item until it magnifies and the device vibrates, then drag theitem to the new location.You can only move your applications when Own order is selected.To uninstall an application from the Application screen1From your Home screen, tap .2Tap , then tap Uninstall. All uninstallable applications are indicated by .3Tap the application that you want to uninstall, then tap Uninstall.22This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
Status and notificationsThe status bar at the top of your screen shows what's going on in your device. To theleft you get notifications when there is something new or ongoing. For example, newmessage and calendar notifications appear here. The right side shows the signalstrength, battery status, and other information.The status bar allows you to adjust basic settings on your device, for example,Wi-Fi®, Bluetooth™, data traffic, and sound. You can also open the settings menufrom the Notification panel to change other settings.A notification light also gives you battery status information and some notifications.For example, a flashing blue light means there is a new message or a missed call.The notification light may not work when the battery level is low.Checking notifications and ongoing activitiesYou can drag down the status bar to open the Notification panel and get moreinformation. For example, you can use the panel to open a new message or view acalendar event. You can also open some applications that run in the background,such as the music player.To open the Notification panel•Drag the status bar downwards.23This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
To close the Notification panel•Drag the tab at the bottom of the Notification panel upwards.To open a running application from the Notification panel•Tap the icon for the running application to open it.To dismiss a notification from the Notification panel•Place your finger on a notification and flick left or right.To clear the Notification panel•From the Notification panel, tap Clear.Setting your device from the Notification panelYou can open the settings menu from the Notification panel to adjust basic devicesettings. For example, you can turn on Wi-Fi®.To open the device settings menu from the Notification panel1Drag the status bar downwards.2Tap .To adjust sound settings from the Notification panel1Drag the status bar downwards.2Tap .To control the Bluetooth™ function from the Notification panel1Drag the status bar downwards.2Tap .To control the Wi-Fi® function from the Notification panel1Drag the status bar downwards.2Tap .To enable or disable data traffic from the Notification panel1Drag the status bar downwards.2Tap .Settings menuView and change settings for your device from the Settings menu.24This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
To access your device settings1From your Home screen, tap .2Tap Settings.You can also drag the status bar downwards on the Home screen and tap to access yourdevice settings.Typing textYou can select from a number of keyboards and input methods to type textcontaining letters, numbers and other characters.On-screen keyboardTap the keys of the on-screen QWERTY keyboard to enter text conveniently. Someapplications open the on-screen keyboard automatically. You can also open thiskeyboard by touching a text field.Using the on-screen keyboard1Change the character case and turn on the caps lock. For some languages, this key is used to accessextra characters in the language.2 Close the on-screen keyboard view. Note that this icon does not appear in portrait mode.3 Display numbers and symbols.4 Personalise your keyboard. This key disappears after the keyboard is personalised.5 Enter a space.6 Enter a carriage return or confirm text input.7 Delete a character before the cursor.All illustrations are for illustration purposes only and may not accurately depict the actualdevice.To display the on-screen keyboard to enter text•Tap a text entry field.To hide the on-screen keyboard•When the on-screen keyboard is open, tap .To personalise the on-screen keyboard1Open the on-screen keyboard, then tap .2Follow the instructions to personalise your on-screen keyboard, for example,mark the Smiley key checkbox.If you don't mark the Smiley key checkbox when you personalise the on-screen keyboard, thesmiley icon will not appear.25This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
To use the on-screen keyboard in landscape orientation•When you enter text, turn the device sideways.For the keyboard to support this feature, landscape mode must be supported by theapplication you are using, and your screen orientation settings must be set to automatic.To enter text using the on-screen keyboard1To enter a character visible on the keyboard, tap the character.2To enter a character variant, touch and hold a regular keyboard character toget a list of available options, then select from the list. For example, to enter"é", touch and hold "e" until other options appear, then, while keeping yourfinger pressed on the keyboard, drag to and select "é".To shift between upper-case and lower-case letters•Before you enter a letter, tap to switch to upper-case , or vice versa.To turn on the caps lock•Before you type a word, touch and hold or until appears.To enter numbers or symbols•When you enter text, tap . A keyboard with numbers and symbols appears.Tap to view more options.To enter common punctuation marks1When you finish entering a word, tap the space bar.2Select a punctuation mark from the candidate bar. The selected mark isinserted before the space.To quickly enter a full stop, tap the space bar twice when you finish entering a word.To delete characters•Tap to place the cursor after the character you want to delete, then tap .To enter a carriage return•When you enter text, tap to enter a carriage return.To select text1Enter some text, then double-tap the text. The word you tap gets highlightedby tabs on both sides.2Drag the tabs left or right to select more text.To edit text in landscape orientation1Enter some text, then double-tap the entered text.2Select the text you want to work with, then tap Edit... and select an option.To paste text from the clipboard, double-tap the text field to make Paste appear, then tapPaste.To edit text in portrait orientation1Enter some text, then double-tap the entered text to make the application barappear.2Select the text you want to edit, then use the application bar to make yourdesired changes.To paste text from the clipboard, double-tap the text field to make Paste appear, then tapPaste.26This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
Application bar1 Close the application bar2 Select all text3 Cut text4 Copy text5 Paste text only appears when you have text stored on the clipboard.Using the Gesture input function to write wordsYou can input text by sliding your finger from letter to letter on the on-screenkeyboard.Gesture input is only available when you use the on-screen keyboard.To enter text using the Gesture input function1When you enter text using the on-screen keyboard, slide your finger from letterto letter to trace the word you want to write.2Lift up your finger when you’ve finished entering a word. A word is suggestedbased on the letters you have traced. If necessary, select the correct word inthe candidate bar.3To view more options, scroll right or left in the word candidate bar. If youcannot find the desired word, tap once to delete the entire word. Then tryagain to trace the word using the Gesture input function, or tap each letter toenter the word.4If the Space between gestures setting is activated, trace the next word thatyou want to enter. If not, tap the space bar and then trace the next word youwant to enter.To enter joined compound words when the Space between gestures setting is activated, youmay need to slide to enter the first part of the word, then tap each letter to enter the rest ofthe word.To change the Gesture input settings1When you enter text using the on-screen keyboard, tap .2Tap , then tap Keyboard settings.3Tap Text input settings.4Mark or unmark the Gesture input checkbox.5If you want to automatically add a space between gestures without having totap the space bar each time, mark the Space between gestures checkbox.PhonepadThe Phonepad is similar to a standard 12-key telephone keypad. It gives youpredictive text and multi-tap input options. You can activate the Phonepad text inputmethod via the keyboard settings. The Phonepad is only available in portraitorientation.27This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
Using the Phonepad1 Choose a text input option2 Change the character case and turn on the caps lock3 Display numbers4 Display symbols and smileys5 Enter a space6 Enter a carriage return or confirm text input7 Delete a character before the cursorAll illustrations are for illustration purposes only and may not accurately depict the actualdevice.To open the Phonepad for the first time1Tap a text entry field, then tap .2Tap , then tap Keyboard settings.3Tap Keyboard appearance > Keyboard layout.4Select the Phonepad.The Phonepad can only be used in portrait mode.To enter text using the Phonepad•When appears in the Phonepad, tap each character key only once, even ifthe letter you want is not the first letter on the key. Tap the word that appearsor tap to view more word suggestions and select a word from the list.•When appears in the Phonepad, tap the on-screen key for the character youwant to enter. Keep pressing this key until the desired character is selected.Then do the same for the next character you want to enter, and so on.To enter numbers using the Phonepad•When the Phonepad is open, tap . A Phonepad with numbers appears.To insert symbols and smileys using the Phonepad1When the Phonepad is open, tap . A grid with symbols and smileysappears.2Scroll up or down to view more options. Tap a symbol or smiley to select it.Keyboard and Phonepad settingsYou can select settings for the on-screen keyboard and the Phonepad, such aswriting language and automatic correction.28This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
To access the on-screen keyboard and Phonepad settings1When you enter text using the on-screen keyboard or Phonepad, tap or .2Tap , then tap Keyboard settings.To add a writing language for text input1When you enter text using the on-screen keyboard or Phonepad, tap or .2Tap , then tap Keyboard settings.3Tap Languages > Writing languages and mark the relevant checkboxes. TapOK to confirm.Text input settingsWhen entering text using the on-screen keyboard or the Phonepad, you can access atext input settings menu that helps you set options for text prediction, automaticspacing and quick fixes. For example, you can decide how word options arepresented and how words get corrected as you type. You can also set the text inputapplication to remember new words that you write.To change the text input settings1When you enter text using the on-screen keyboard or the Phonepad, tap or.2Tap , then tap Keyboard settings > Text input settings and select therelevant settings.Entering text using voice inputWhen you enter text, you can use the voice input function instead of typing thewords. Just speak the words that you want to enter. Voice input is an experimentaltechnology from Google™, and is available for a number of languages and regions.To enable voice input1When you enter text using the on-screen keyboard or the Phonepad, tap or.2Tap , then tap Keyboard settings .3Mark the Google voice typing key checkbox.4Press to save your settings. A microphone icon appears on your on-screen keyboard or Phonepad.To enter text using voice input1Open the on-screen keyboard or the Phonepad.2If is available, tap it. If not, touch and hold the input language key, forexample, .3When appears, speak to enter text. When you're finished, tap again. Thesuggested text appears.4Edit the text manually if necessary.Customising your deviceYou can adjust several device settings to suit your own needs. For example, you canchange the language, add a personal ringtone, or change the screen brightness.Adjusting the volumeYou can adjust the ringtone volume for incoming calls and notifications as well as formusic and video playback.To adjust the ring volume with the volume key•Press the volume key up or down.To adjust the media playing volume with the volume key•When playing music or watching video, press the volume key up or down.29This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
Adjusting the sound settingsYou can adjust several sound settings. For example, you can set your device to silentmode so that it doesn't ring when you're in a meeting.To set your device to vibrate mode•Press the volume key down until appears in the status bar.You can also press and hold down the power key and then tap in the menu that opensto set your device to vibrate mode.To set your device to silent mode1Press the volume key down until the device vibrates and appears in thestatus bar.2Press the volume key down again. appears in the status bar.You can also press and hold down the power key and then tap in the menu that opensto set your device to silent mode.To set your device to vibrate and ring mode1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Settings > Sound.3Mark the Vibrate when ringing checkbox.Time and dateYou can change the time and date on your device.To set the date manually1From the Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Settings > Date & time.3Unmark the Automatic date & time checkbox, if it is marked.4Tap Set date.5Adjust the date by scrolling up and down.6Tap Done.To set the time manually1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Settings > Date & time.3Unmark the Automatic date & time checkbox if it is marked.4Tap Set time.5Scroll up or down to adjust the hour and minute.6If applicable, scroll up to change am to pm, or vice versa.7Tap Done.To set the time zone1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Settings > Date & time.3Unmark the Automatic time zone checkbox, if it is marked.4Tap Select time zone.5Select an option.Ringtone settingsTo set a ringtone1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Settings > Sound > Phone ringtone.3Select a ringtone.4Tap Done.30This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
To enable touch tones1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Settings > Sound.3Mark the Dial pad touch tones and Touch sounds checkboxes.To select the notification sound1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Settings > Sound > Default notification.3Select the sound to be played when notifications arrive.4Tap Done.Screen settingsTo adjust the screen brightness1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Settings > Display > Brightness.3Drag the slider to adjust the brightness.4Tap OK.The brightness level affects your battery performance. For tips on how to improve batteryperformance, see Improving battery performance.To set the screen to vibrate1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Settings > Sound.3Mark the Vibrate on touch checkbox. The screen now vibrates when you tapsoft keys and certain applications.To adjust the idle time before the screen turns off1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Settings > Display > Sleep.3Select an option.To turn off the screen quickly, briefly press the power key .To keep the screen active while your device is charging1From the Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Settings > Developer options.3Mark the Stay awake checkbox.Language settingsYou can select a default language for your device and change it again at a later time.To change the language1From the Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Settings > Language & input > Language.3Select an option.4Tap OK.If you select the wrong language and cannot read the menu texts, find and tap . Then selectthe text beside and select the first entry in the menu that opens. You can then select thelanguage you want.Airplane modeIn Airplane mode, the network and radio transceivers are turned off to preventdisturbance to sensitive equipment. However, you can still play games, listen tomusic, watch videos and other content, as long as all this content is saved on your31This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
memory card or internal storage. You can also be notified by alarms, if alarms areactivated.Turning on Airplane mode reduces battery consumption.To turn on Airplane mode1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Settings > More….3Mark the Airplane mode checkbox.You can also press and hold down the power key and then select Airplane mode in themenu that opens.Enhancing the sound outputYou can enhance the sound output that comes from the speakers in your deviceusing features such as Clear Phase™ and xLOUD™ technology.Using Clear Phase™ technologyUse Clear Phase™ technology from Sony to automatically adjust the sound qualitycoming from your device's internal speakers and get a cleaner, more natural sound.To enhance the speaker sound quality using Clear Phase™1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Settings > Sound.3Mark the Clear Phase™ checkbox.The activation of the Clear Phase™ feature has no effect on voice communicationapplications. For example, there is no change in the voice call sound quality.Using xLOUD™ technologyUse xLOUD™ audio filter technology from Sony to enhance the speaker volumewithout sacrificing quality. Get a more dynamic sound as you listen to your favouritesongs.To enhance the speaker volume using xLOUD™1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Settings > Sound.3Mark the xLOUD™ checkbox.The activation of the xLOUD™ feature has no effect on voice communication applications. Forexample, there is no change in the voice call sound quality.MemoryYou can save content to your device's internal storage and to a memory card.Memory cardYour device supports a microSD™ memory card, which is used for storing content.This type of card can also be used as a portable memory card with other compatibledevices.You may have to purchase a memory card separately.Formatting the memory cardYou can format the memory card in your device, for example, to free up memory.This means that you erase all data on the card.All content on the memory card gets erased when you format it. Make sure you make backupsof everything you want to save before formatting the memory card. To back up your content,32This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
you can copy it to your computer. For more information, refer to the chapter Connecting yourdevice to a computer on page 104.Using a headsetUse the accessories provided with your device, or other compatible accessories, for optimalperformance.To use a headset1Connect the headset to your device.2To answer a call, press the call handling key.3To end the call, press the call handling key.If a headset is not included with the device, you may purchase one separately.If you are listening to music, the music stops when you answer a call and resumes after youend the call.Internet and messaging settingsTo send text and multimedia messages and to access the Internet, you must have amobile data connection and the correct settings. There are different ways to getthese settings:•For most mobile networks and operators, Internet and messaging settings comepreinstalled on your device. You can then start using the Internet and send messagesright away.•In some cases you will get the option to download Internet and messaging settingsthe first time you turn on your device. It is also possible to download these settingslater from the Settings menu.•You can manually add and change Internet and network settings on your device atany time. Contact your network operator for detailed information about Internet andmessaging settings.To download Internet and messaging settings1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Settings > Xperia™ > Internet settings.3Tap Accept.To reset the default Internet settings1From the Home screen, tap .2Tap Settings > More… > Mobile networks > Access Point Names.3Tap .4Tap Reset to default.Access Point Names (APNs)An APN is used to establish data connections between your device and the Internet.The APN defines which type of IP address to use, which security methods to invoke,and which fixed-end connections to use. Checking the APN is useful when you33This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
cannot access the Internet, have no data connection, or cannot send or receivemultimedia messages.To view the current APN1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Settings > More… > Mobile networks.3Tap Access Point Names.If you have several available connections, the active network connection is indicated by amarked button.To add Internet settings manually1From the Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Settings > More… > Mobile networks > Access Point Names.3Tap .4Tap New APN.5Tap Name and enter the name of the network profile that you want to create.6Tap APN and enter the access point name.7Enter all other information required by your network operator.8Tap , then tap Save.Usage infoFor quality purposes, Sony collects anonymous bug reports and statistics regardingyour device. None of the information gathered includes personal data.To allow the sending of usage info1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Settings > Xperia™ > Usage info settings.3Mark the Send usage info checkbox if it is not already marked.4Tap Agree to allow the sending of usage information.Controlling data usageKeep track of and control the amount of data transferred to and from your deviceduring a given period. For example, you can set data usage warnings and limits foryour device to avoid additional charges. You can also limit the amount of data usedby individual applications.Adjusting data usage settings can help you keep greater control over data usage but cannotguarantee the prevention of additional charges.To access data usage settings1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Settings > Data usage.To turn data traffic on or off1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Settings > Data usage.3To turn data traffic on or off, tap the on-off switch beside Mobile dataaccordingly.You can also turn data traffic on or off by marking or unmarking the Mobile data trafficcheckbox under Settings > More… > Mobile networks.To set a data usage warning1Make sure that you have turned on data traffic.2From your Home screen, tap .3Find and tap Settings > Data usage.4To set the warning level, drag the lines to the desired values. You receive awarning notification when the amount of data traffic approaches the level youset.34This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
To set a data usage limit1Make sure that you have turned on data traffic.2From your Home screen, tap .3Find and tap Settings > Data usage.4Mark the Set mobile data limit checkbox if it is not marked, then tap OK.5To set the data usage limit, drag the lines to the desired values.Once your data usage reaches the set limit, data traffic on your device will be turned offautomatically.To control the data usage of individual applications1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Settings > Data usage.3Find and tap the desired application.4Make the necessary adjustments to change the data usage limit, restrictbackground data, or restrict all data traffic for the application.5To access more specific settings for the application, tap View app settingsand make the desired changes.Specific settings for an application may not always be accessible.The performance of individual applications may be affected if you change the related datausage settings.Mobile network settingsYour device automatically switches between mobile networks depending on whatmobile networks are available in different areas. You can also manually set yourdevice to use a particular mobile network mode, for example, WCDMA or GSM.To select a network mode1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Settings > More… > Mobile networks.3Tap Network Mode.4Select a network mode.To select another network manually1From the Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Settings > More… > Mobile networks > Network operators.3Tap Search mode > Manual.4Select a network.If you select a network manually, your device will not search for other networks, even if youmove out of range of the manually selected network.To activate automatic network selection1From the Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Settings > More… > Mobile networks > Network operators.3When a pop-up window appears, tap Search mode.4Tap Automatic.Turning off data trafficYou can disable all data connections over mobile networks to avoid any unwanteddata downloads and synchronisations. Contact your network operator if you needdetailed information about your subscription plan and data traffic charges.When data traffic is turned off, you can still use Wi-Fi® and Bluetooth™ connections. You canalso send and receive multimedia messages.35This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
To turn off all data traffic1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Settings > More… > Mobile networks.3Unmark the Mobile data traffic checkbox.Data roamingSome network operators allow mobile data connections via mobile networks whenyou are outside of your home network (roaming). Note that data transmission chargesmay apply. Contact your network operator for more information.Applications may sometimes use the Internet connection in your home network without anynotification, for example, when sending search and synchronisation requests. Additionalcharges may apply when such Internet connections are established while you are roaming.Consult your network operator for more information.To activate data roaming1From the Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Settings > More… > Mobile networks.3Mark the Data roaming checkbox.You can’t activate data roaming when data connections have been deactivated.36This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
Google Play™Getting started with Google Play™Open Google Play™ and enter a world of applications and games. You can browsethese applications and games through different categories. You can also rate anapplication or game and send feedback on it.To use Google Play™, you need to have a Google™ account. See To set up aGoogle™ account on your device on page 54.Google Play™ may not be available in all countries or regionsTo open Google Play™1From the Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Play Store.Downloading from Google Play™You can download all kinds of applications from Google Play™, including freeapplications.Before you download applicationsBefore you start downloading from Google Play™, make sure that you have aworking Internet connection.Also, remember that you might incur data traffic charges when you download contentto your device. Contact your operator for more information.To download a free application1In Google Play™, find an item you wish to download by browsing categories,or by using the search function.2Tap the item to view its details, and follow the instructions to complete theinstallation.To download a paid application1In Google Play™, find an item you wish to download by browsing categories,or by using the search function.2Tap the item to view its details, and follow the instructions to complete yourpurchase.To open a downloaded application1In Google Play™, press , then tap My Apps.2Tap the downloaded application.You can also access downloaded applications from the Application screen.Clearing your application dataYou may sometimes need to clear data for an application. This might happen if, forexample, the application memory becomes full, or you want to clear high scores for agame. You might also want to erase incoming email, text and multimedia messagesin some applications.37This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
To clear all cache for an application1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Settings.3Tap Apps.4Tap the application for which you want to clear all cache.5Tap Clear cache.It is not possible to clear the cache for some applications.To delete an installed application1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Settings.3Tap Apps.4Select the application that you want to delete.5Tap Uninstall.It is not possible to delete some preinstalled applications.PermissionsSome applications may need to access data, settings and various functions on yourdevice in order to work properly. If so, then they need the relevant permissions fromyou. For example, a navigation application needs permissions to send and receivedata traffic, and access your location. Some applications might misuse theirpermissions by stealing or deleting data, or by reporting your location. Make sure youonly install and give permissions to applications you trust.To view permissions of an application1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Settings.3Tap Apps.4Tap the desired application.5Scroll down to view the relevant details under Permissions.Installing applications not from Google Play™Installing applications of unknown or unreliable origin can damage your device. Bydefault, your device is set to block such installations. However, you can change thissetting and allow installations from unknown sources.Sony does not warrant or guarantee the performance of any third-party applications or contenttransferred via download or other interface to your device. Similarly, Sony is not responsiblefor any damage or reduced performance of your device attributable to the transfer of third-party content. Only use content from reliable sources. Contact the content provider if you haveany questions or concerns.To allow the installation of applications not from Google Play™1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Settings > Security.3Mark the Unknown sources checkbox.4Tap OK.38This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
CallingEmergency callsYour device supports international emergency numbers, for example, 112 or 911.You can normally use these numbers to make emergency calls in any country, with orwithout the SIM card inserted if you are within range of a network.To make an emergency call1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and Tap Phone.3Enter the emergency number and tap Call. To delete a number, tap .You can make emergency calls when no SIM card is inserted or when outgoing calls arebarred.To make an emergency call while the SIM card is locked1Tap Emergency call.2Enter the emergency number and tap Call. To delete a number, tap .Call handlingYou can make a call by manually dialling a phone number, by tapping a numbersaved in your contact list, or by tapping the phone number in your call log view. Youcan also use the smart dial feature to quickly find numbers from your contact list andcall logs.To dial a phone number1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap .3If the call log appears, tap to enter the dialpad view.4Enter the phone number and tap .To delete a digit entered by mistake, tap .To make a call using smart dial1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Phone.3Use the dialpad to enter letters or numbers that correspond to the contact youwant to call. As you enter each letter or number, a list of possible matchesappears.4Tap the contact you want to call.To end a call•Tap End call.To make an international call1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Phone.3Touch and hold 0 until a “+” sign appears.4Enter the country code, area code (without the first 0) and phone number, thentap Call.39This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
To answer a call•Drag to the right across the screen.To decline a call•Drag to the left across the screen.To reject a second call•When you hear repeated beeps during a call, tap .To change the ear speaker volume during a call•Press the volume key up or down.To turn on the loudspeaker during a call•Tap .To mute the microphone during a call•Tap .To activate the screen during a call•Briefly press .To enter numbers during a call1During the call, tap Dialpad. A keypad appears.2Tap the numbers you want to enter.To mute the ringtone for an incoming call•When you receive the call, press the volume key.Recent callsIn the call log, you can view missed , received and dialled calls.To view your missed calls1When you have missed a call, appears in the status bar. Drag the status bardownwards.2Tap Missed call.To call a number from your call log1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Phone.The call log view appears on the upper part of the screen.3To call a number directly, tap the number. To edit a number before calling,touch and hold the number, then tap Edit number before call.You can also call a number by tapping > Call back.To add a number from the call log to your contacts1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Phone.The call log view appears on the upper part of the screen.3Touch and hold the number, then tap Add to Contacts.4Tap the desired contact, or tap Create new contact.5Edit the contact details and tap Done.40This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
VoicemailIf your subscription includes a voicemail service, callers can leave voice messages foryou when you can't answer calls. Your voicemail service number is normally saved onyour SIM card. If not, you can get the number from your service provider and enter itmanually.To enter your voicemail number1From the Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Settings > Call settings > Voicemail >Voicemail settings >Voicemail number.3Enter your voicemail number.4Tap OK.To call your voicemail service1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Phone.3Touch and hold 1.Multiple callsIf you have activated call waiting, you can handle multiple calls at the same time.When it is activated, you will be notified by a beep if you receive another call.To activate or deactivate call waiting1From the Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Settings > Call settings > Additional settings.3To activate or deactivate call waiting, tap Call waiting.To answer a second call and put the ongoing call on hold•When you hear repeated beeps during a call, tap .To make a second call1During an ongoing call, tap Dialpad.2Enter the number of the recipient and tap Call.3The first call is put on hold.The same procedure applies to subsequent calls.To switch between multiple calls•To switch to another call and put the current call on hold, tap .To end the ongoing call and return to the next call on hold•Tap End call.Conference callsWith a conference or multiparty call, you can have a joint conversation with two ormore persons.For details on the number of participants you can add to a conference call, contact yournetwork operator.To make a conference call1During an ongoing call, tap Dialpad.2Dial the number of the second participant and tap Call. After the secondparticipant answers, the first participant is put on hold.3Tap to add the second participant to the conference call.4Repeat steps 1 to 3 to add more call participants.41This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
To have a private conversation with a conference call participant1During an ongoing conference call, tap {0} participants.2Tap the telephone number of the participant with whom you want to talkprivately.3To end the private conversation and return to the conference call, tap .To release a participant from a conference call1During an ongoing conference call, tap the button showing the number ofparticipants. For example, tap 3 participants if there are three participants.2Tap next to the participant you want to release.To end a conference call•During the conference call, tap End conference call.Call settingsBarring callsYou can bar all or certain categories of incoming and outgoing calls. When you usecall barring for the first time, you need to enter your PUK (Personal Unblocking Key)and then a new password to activate the call barring function.To bar incoming or outgoing calls1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Settings > Call settings > Call barring.3Select an option.4Enter the password and tap Enable.Rejecting a call with a messageYou can reject a call with a predefined message. When you reject a call with such amessage, the message is automatically sent to the caller and saved on your device.Six messages are predefined on your device. You can select from these predefinedmessages, which can also be edited if necessary.To reject a call with a predefined message•Drag Reject with message upward, then select a message.To reject a second call with a predefined message•When you hear repeated beeps during a call, drag Reject with messageupward, then select a message.To edit the message used to reject a call1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Settings > Call settings > Reject call with message.3Tap the message you want to edit, then make the necessary changes.4When you're done, tap OK.Forwarding callsYou can forward calls, for example, to another phone number, or to an answeringservice.To forward calls1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Settings > Call settings > Call forwarding.3Select an option.4Enter the number you want to forward the calls to, then tap Enable.42This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
To turn off call forwarding1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Settings > Call settings > Call forwarding.3Select an option, then tap Disable.Showing or hiding your phone numberYou can select to show or hide your phone number on call recipients' devices whenyou call them.To show or hide your phone number1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Settings > Call settings > Additional settings > Caller ID.Fixed Dialling NumbersIf you have received a PIN2 code from your service provider, you can use a list ofFixed Dialling Numbers (FDN) to restrict outgoing calls.To enable or disable fixed dialling1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Settings > Call settings > Fixed dialling numbers.3Tap Activate fixed dialling or Deactivate fixed dialling.4Enter your PIN2 and tap OK.To access the list of accepted call recipients1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Settings > Call settings > Fixed dialling numbers > Fixeddialling numbers.43This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
ContactsAbout ContactsUse the Contacts application to store and manage all your numbers, emailaddresses, and other contact data in one place. Just tap on a contact to see allcommunications with that contact in one easy overview.You can add new contacts in your device and synchronise them with contacts savedin your Google™ account, Microsoft® Exchange ActiveSync® account, or otheraccounts that support synchronisation. The Contacts application automaticallycreates new entries and also helps you match data such as email addresses withexisting entries.Transferring contacts to your new deviceThere are several ways to transfer contacts to your new device. Select a transfermethod that best suits your situation.Transferring contacts using a PCYou can use a PC to transfer contacts from several device brands, including iPhone,Samsung, HTC and Nokia.You need:•An Internet-connected PC running Windows®•A USB cable for your old device•A USB cable for your new Android™ device•Your old device•Your new Android™ deviceUsing the PC Companion program to transfer contactsIf you are transferring contacts using a PC, use the PC Companion program. It's free,and the installation files are already saved on your new device. PC Companion alsooffers a range of other features, including help to update your device software.To install PC Companion1New device: Turn on your new Android™ device and connect it to a PC usinga USB cable.2New device: Tap Install to install PC Companion on the PC.3Computer: If a popup window appears to notify you about available PCsoftware, select Run Startme.exe.4Computer: Click Install to start the installation and then follow the instructionsto complete the installation.To transfer contacts to your new device using PC Companion1Make sure that PC Companion is installed on your PC.2Open the PC Companion program on the PC, then click Contacts Setup andfollow the instructions to transfer your contacts.Transferring contacts using an Apple® Mac® computerFor detailed instructions on how to use an Apple Mac computer to transfer contactsfrom your old device, go to Transfer your contacts.Transferring contacts using synchronisation accountsYour device works with popular online synchronisation accounts such as GoogleSync™, Microsoft® Exchange ActiveSync®or Facebook™. If you have synced thecontacts in your old device or your computer with an online account, you can transfer44This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
your contacts to your new device using that account. For more detailed informationabout synchronisation, see Synchronising your corporate email, calendar andcontacts on page 110.To synchronise contacts on your device with a synchronisation account1From your Home screen, tap , then tap .2Tap , then tap Settings > Accounts & sync.3If you have already set up a synchronisation account and you want to syncwith that account, tap the account, then tap , and tap Sync now.Transferring contacts from a SIM cardTo import contacts from a SIM card1From your Home screen, tap , then tap .2Press , then tap Import contacts > SIM card.3If you have set up a synchronisation account, you can choose to add the SIMcard contacts under that account. Or you can choose to only use thesecontacts on your device. Select your desired option.4To import an individual contact, find and tap the contact. To import allcontacts, tap Import all.Transferring contacts from a memory cardTo import contacts from a memory card1From your Home screen, tap , then tap .2Press , then tap Import contacts > SD card.3If you have set up a synchronisation account, you can add the importedmemory card contacts under that account. Or you can choose to only use theimported contacts on your device. Select your desired option.4If you have more than one vCard file on the SD card, a list appears showingdifferent batches of contacts saved on your device, with the correspondingdates for when they were created. Select the batch that you want to import.Receiving contacts from other devicesTo receive contact data sent using Bluetooth™ technology1Make sure you have the Bluetooth™ function turned on and your device set tovisible. If not, then you cannot receive data from other devices.2When you are asked to confirm whether you want to receive the file, tapAccept.3Drag down the Notification panel and tap the file you received to import thecontact data.To receive contacts sent using a messaging service1When you receive a new text message, multimedia message, or emailmessage, open the message.2The received contact data appears as a vCard attachment. Tap, or touch andhold the vCard file to open a menu so you can save the contact data.45This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
Contacts screen overview1 Shortcut tabs2 Tap a contact to view its details3 Alphabetical index for browsing contacts4 Tap a contact thumbnail to access the quick contact menu5 Search for contacts6 Create a contact7 Open more optionsManaging your contactsYou can create, edit and synchronise your contacts in a few simple steps. You canselect contacts saved in different accounts and manage how you display them onyour device.If you synchronise your contacts with more than one account, you can join contactson your device to avoid duplicates.Some synchronisation services, for example, some social networking services, do not allowyou to edit contact details.To view your contacts•From your Home screen, tap , then tap . Your contacts are listed here.To select which contacts to display in the Contacts application1From your Home screen, tap , then tap .2Press , then tap Filter.3In the list that appears, mark and unmark the desired options. If you havesynchronised your contacts with a synchronisation account, that accountappears in the list. To further expand the list of options, tap the account.4When you are finished, tap OK.46This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
To add a contact1From your Home screen, tap , then tap .2Tap .3If you have synchronised your contacts with one or more accounts, select theaccount to which you want to add this contact, or tap Phone contact if youonly want to use this contact on your device.4Enter or select the desired information for the contact.5When you are finished, tap Done.If you add a plus sign and the country code before a contact's phone number, you do nothave to edit the number again when you make calls from other countries.To edit a contact1From the Home screen, tap , then tap .2Tap the contact you want to edit, then tap .3Edit the desired information. When you are finished, tap Done.To associate a picture with a contact1From your Home screen, tap , then tap .2Tap the contact you want to edit, then tap .3Tap and select the desired method for adding the contact picture.4When you have added the picture, tap Done.You can also add a picture to a contact directly from the Album application.To view your communication with a contact1From the Home screen, tap , then tap .2Tap the contact you want to view.3To view your communication with the contact for different media, tap or flickthrough the filter items at the bottom of the screen.To delete contacts1From your Home screen, tap , then tap .2Touch and hold the contact you want to delete. To delete all contacts, press ,then tap Mark several.3Tap the downwards arrow to open the drop down menu, then select Mark all.4Tap , then tap OK.To edit contact information about yourself1From your Home screen, tap , then tap .2Tap Myself, then tap .3Enter the new information or make the changes you want.4When you are done, tap Done.Avoiding duplicate entries in the Contacts applicationIf you synchronise your contacts with a new account or import contact information inother ways, you could end up with duplicate entries in the Contacts application. If thishappens, you can join such duplicates to create a single entry. And if you join entriesby mistake, you can separate them again later.To link contacts1From your Home screen, tap , then tap .2Tap the contact you want to link with another contact.3Press , then tap Link contact.4Tap the contact whose information you want to join with the first contact, thentap OK to confirm. The information from the first contact is merged with thesecond contact, and the first contact is no longer displayed in the Contacts list.47This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
To separate linked contacts1From your Home screen, tap , then tap .2Tap the linked contact you want to edit, then tap .3Tap Unlink contact.4Tap OK.FavouritesYou can mark contacts as favourites so that you can get quick access to them fromthe Contacts application.To mark or unmark a contact as a favourite1From the Home screen, tap , then tap .2Tap the contact you want to add to or remove from your favourites.3Tap .To view your favourite contacts1From your Home screen, tap , then tap .2Tap .GroupsYou can assign contacts to groups to get quicker access to them from within theContacts application.To assign a contact to a group1In the Contacts application, tap the contact that you want to assign to a group.2Tap , then tap the bar directly under Assign to group.3Mark the checkboxes for the groups to which you want to add the contact,then tap Done.4Tap Done.Communicating with your contactsTo search for a contact1From your Home screen, tap , then tap .2Tap and enter the first few letters of the contact name in the Searchcontacts field. All contacts beginning with those letters appear.The quick contact menuTap a contact's thumbnail to view quick communication options for a particularcontact. Options include calling the contact, sending a text or multimedia message,and starting a chat using the Google Talk™ application.For an application to appear as an option in the quick contact menu, you may need to set upthe application in your device and be logged in to the application. For example, you need tostart the Gmail™ application and enter your login details before you can use Gmail™ from thequick contact menu.Sharing your contactsTo send your business card1From your Home screen, tap , then tap .2Tap Myself.3Press , then tap Send contact > OK.4Select an available transfer method and follow the on-screen instructions.48This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
To send a contact1From your Home screen, tap , then tap .2Tap the contact whose details you want to send.3Press , then tap Send contact > OK.4Select an available transfer method and follow the on-screen instructions.To send several contacts at once1From your Home screen, tap , then tap .2Press , then tap Mark several.3Mark the contacts you want to send, or select all if you want to send allcontacts.4Tap , then select an available transfer method and follow the on-screeninstructions.Backing up contactsYou can use a memory card, a SIM card or an online synchronisation tool such asMicrosoft® Exchange ActiveSync® to back up contacts.To export all contacts to a memory card1From your Home screen, tap , then tap .2Press , then tap Back up contacts > Memory Card.3Tap OK.To export contacts to a SIM card1From your Home screen, tap , then tap .2Press , then tap Back up contacts > SIM card.3Mark the contacts you want to export, or tap Mark all if you want to export allyour contacts.4Tap Back up.5Select Add contacts if you want to add the contacts to existing contacts onyour SIM card, or select Replace all contacts if you want to replace theexisting contacts on your SIM card.When you export contacts to a SIM card, not all information may get exported. This is due tomemory limitations on SIM cards.49This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
MessagingUsing text and multimedia messagingYou can send and receive text messages from your device using SMS (ShortMessage Service). If your subscription includes MMS (Multimedia MessagingService), you can also send and receive messages that contain media files, forexample, pictures and videos. The number of characters you can send in a single textmessage varies depending on the operator and the language you use. If you exceedthe character limit, then all your single messages are linked together and sent as onemessage. You are charged for each single text message you send. When you viewyour messages, they appear as conversations, which means that all messages to andfrom a particular person are grouped together.To send multimedia messages, you need the correct MMS settings on your device. SeeInternet and messaging settings.To create and send a message1From your Home screen, tap , then find and tap .2Tap .3Tap , then select the desired recipients from the Contacts list. If the recipientis not listed as a contact, enter the contact's number manually and tap .4When you are finished adding recipients, tap Done.5Tap Write message and enter your message text.6If you want to add a media file, tap and select an option.7To send the message, tap Send.If you exit a message before sending, it gets saved as a draft. The conversation gets taggedwith the word Draft:.To read a received message1From your Home screen, tap , then find and tap .2Tap the desired conversation.3If the message is not yet downloaded, tap and hold the message, then tapDownload message.You can also open messages from the status bar when appears there. Just drag down thebar and tap the message.To reply to a message1From your Home screen, tap , then find and tap .2Tap the conversation containing the message.3Enter your reply and tap Send.To forward a message1From your Home screen, tap , then find and tap .2Tap the conversation containing the message you want to forward.3Touch and hold the message you want to forward, then tap Forward message.4Tap , then select a recipient from the Contacts list. If the recipient is notlisted as a contact, enter the contact's number manually and tap .5When you are finished adding recipients, tap Done.6Edit the message, if necessary, and tap Send.In step 4, you can also tap To and enter the recipient's phone number manually.To delete a message1From your Home screen, tap , then find and tap .2Tap the conversation containing the message you want to delete.3Touch and hold the message you want to delete, then tap Delete message >Delete.50This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
To delete conversations1From your Home screen, tap , then find and tap .2Tap , then tap Delete conversations.3Mark the checkboxes for the conversations that you want to delete, then tap > Delete.To save a sender's number1From your Home screen, tap , then find and tap .2Tap > Save.3Select an existing contact, or tap Create new contact.4Edit the contact information and tap Done.To call a message sender1From your Home screen, tap , then find and tap .2Tap a conversation.3Tap the recipient name or number at the top of the screen, then select therecipient name or number from the list that appears.4If the recipient is saved in your contacts, tap the phone number that you wantto call. If you have not saved the recipient in your contacts, tap .To save a file contained in a message you receive1From your Home screen, tap , then find and tap .2Tap the conversation you want to open.3If the message has not been downloaded yet, tap and hold the message, thentap Download message.4Touch and hold the file you want to save, then select the desired option.To star a message1From your Home screen, tap , then find and tap .2Tap the conversation you want to open.3In the message you want to star, tap .4To unstar a message, tap .To view starred messages1From your Home screen, tap , then find and tap .2Tap , then tap Starred messages.3All starred messages appear in a list.To search for messages1From your Home screen, tap , then find and tap .2Tap , then tap Search.3Enter your search keywords, then tap the confirm key.Text and multimedia message optionsTo change your message notification settings1From your Home screen, tap , then find and tap .2Tap , then tap Settings.3To set a notification sound, tap Notification tone and select an option.4For other notification settings, check or uncheck the relevant checkboxes.To change the delivery report settings for outgoing messages1From your Home screen, tap , then find and tap .2Tap , then tap Settings.3Tap Delivery report to activate or deactivate delivery reports.To view messages saved on the SIM card1From your Home screen, tap , then find and tap .2Tap , then tap Settings > SIM messages.51This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
Google Talk™The Google Talk™ application lets you chat with your friends using text, voice andvideo.To start Google Talk™1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Talk.To reply to an instant message with Google Talk™1When someone contacts you on Google Talk™, appears in the status bar.2Drag the status bar downwards, then tap the message and begin to chat.52This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
EmailGetting started with EmailYou can handle several email accounts at the same time using the Email application,including corporate Microsoft Exchange Active Sync accounts. Emails you receive toyour Gmail™ account can be accessed on your device from both the Email and theGmail™ applications.Using email accountsTo set up an email account on your device1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Email.3Follow the instructions that appear on the screen to complete the setup.For some email services, you may need to contact your email service provider for informationon detailed settings for the email account.To set an email account as your default account1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Email.3Press , then tap Settings.4Select the account you want to use as the default account for composing andsending emails.5Mark the Default account checkbox. The inbox of the default account appearsevery time you open the email application.If you only have one email account, this account is automatically the default account.To add an extra email account on your device1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Email.3Tap at the top of the screen, then tap Add account.4Enter the email address and password, then tap Next. If the settings for theemail account cannot be downloaded automatically, complete the setupmanually.5When prompted, enter a name for your email account so that it is easilyidentifiable. The same name shows in the emails you send from this account.6When you are finished, tap Next.To remove an email account from your device1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Email.3Press , then tap Settings.4Select the account you want to remove.5Tap Delete account > OK.Gmail™ and other Google™ servicesIf you have a Google™ account, you can use the Gmail™ application on your deviceto read, write and organise email messages. After you set up your Google™ accountto work on your device, you can also chat to friends using the Google Talk™application, synchronise your calendar application with your Google Calendar™, anddownload applications and games from Google Play™.The services and features described in this chapter may not be supported in all countries orregions, or by all networks and/or service providers in all areas.53This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
To set up a Google™ account on your device1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Settings > Add account > Google.3Follow the registration wizard to create a Google™ account, or sign in if youalready have an account.You can also sign in to or create a Google™ account from the setup guide the first time youstart your device. Or you can go online and create an account at www.google.com/accounts.To open the Gmail™ application1From the Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Gmail .Using emailTo create and send an email message1Make sure that you have set up an email account.2From your Home screen, tap , then find and tap Email.3If you are using several email accounts, tap at the top of the screen andselect the account that you want to use.4Tap , then tap To and start typing the recipient's name or email address, ortap and select one or more recipients from your Contacts list.5Enter the email subject and message text, then tap .To receive email messages1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Email.3If you are using several email accounts, tap at the top of the screen andselect the account that you want to check. If you want to check all your emailaccounts at once, tap Combined view.4To download new messages, tap .If you have set up a corporate email account, you can set the check frequency to Automatic(Push).To read your email messages1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Email.3If you are using several email accounts, tap at the top of the screen andselect the account you want to check. If you want to check all your emailaccounts at once, tap Combined view.4In the email inbox, scroll up or down and tap the email you want to read.To use the email preview pane1From your Home screen, tap , then find and tap Email.2If you are using several email accounts, tap and select the account you wantto check. If you want to check all your email accounts at once, tap Combinedview.3Hold your device horizontally. The email preview pane appears.4Scroll up or down in the email inbox and tap the email you want to read. Theemail opens in the preview pane. To view more information about the email,tap the downward arrow next to the sender's name. In the body text field,pinch two fingers together, or spread them apart, to zoom out or in.5To view the email in fullscreen format, tap the split bar (located between theemail list and email body) accordingly. In fullscreen format, use the leftwardand rightward arrows to read your previous or next message.6To return to the inbox view, tap the split bar accordingly.Before using the preview pane, activate it in the preview pane settings.To hide the preview pane, hold your device vertically, or change the preview pane settings.54This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
To change email preview pane settings1From your Home screen, tap , then find and tap Email.2Press , then tap Settings.3Tap General > Preview pane, then select an option.To view an email message attachment1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Email.3Find and tap the email message containing the attachment that you want toview. Emails with attachments are indicated by .4After the email message opens, tap , then tap View.To save a sender's email address to your contacts1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Email.3Find and tap a message in your email inbox.4Tap the name of the sender, then tap OK.5Select an existing contact, or tap Create new contact.6Edit the contact information, if desired, then tap Done.To reply to an email message1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Email.3In your email inbox, find and tap the message you want to reply to, then tap .4Tap Reply or Reply all.5Enter your reply, then tap .To forward an email message1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Email.3In your email inbox, find and tap the message you want to forward, then tap .4Tap Forward.5Tap To and enter the recipient's email address manually, or tap to select arecipient from your contacts.6Enter your message text, then tap .To delete an email message1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Email.3In your email inbox, find and tap the message you want to delete, then tap .4Tap Yes.To sort your emails1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Email.3If you are using several email accounts, tap at the top of the screen andselect the account that you want to check. If you want to check all your emailaccounts at once, tap Combined view.4Press , then tap Sort.5Select a sorting option.To search for emails1From your Home screen, tap , then find and tap Email.2Tap at the top of the screen and select the account that you want to search.3Tap .4Enter your search text, then tap Go on your keyboard.5The search result appears in a list sorted by date. Tap the email that you wantto open.To change search options, tap and select a different option.55This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
To view all folders for one email account1From your Home screen, tap . Then find and tap Email.2Tap at the top of the screen and select the account you want to check, thentap again and select Show all folders to view all the folders in this account.To change the inbox check frequency1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Email.3Press , then tap Settings.4Select the account for which you want to change the inbox check frequency.5Tap Inbox check frequency and select an option.To set an Out of Office auto-reply in an Exchange Active Sync account1From your Home screen, tap , then find and tap Email.2Press , then tap Settings.3Select the EAS (Exchange Active Sync) account for which you want to set anOut of Office auto-reply.4Tap Out of office.5Tap beside Out of office so that changes to .6If needed, mark the Set time range checkbox and set the time range for theauto reply.7Enter your Out of Office message in the body text field.8Tap OK to confirm.56This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
Socialife™Using the Socialife™ applicationUse the Socialife™ application from Sony to get your favourite news, videos andsocial networking feeds in one place. The Socialife™ home screen gives a clearoverview of friends’ Facebook and Twitter activity, plus news feeds that you havesubscribed to. It colour-codes and sizes articles for easy reading, adding photos andcropping images of your friends’ faces to illustrate each story.The Socialife™ application is not available in all markets.To open the Socialife™ application1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap .57This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
"WALKMAN" applicationAbout the "WALKMAN" applicationGet the most out of your "WALKMAN" application. Listen to and organise music andaudio books that you have transferred to your device from a computer, or purchasedand downloaded from online stores.To make content easily available to the "WALKMAN" application, you can use theMedia Go™ application. Media Go™ helps transfer music content between acomputer and your device. For more information, see Connecting your device to acomputer on page 104."WALKMAN" application overview1Browse your music2 Search all tracks saved on your device3 Tap the infinite button to find related information online and plug-ins on Google Play™4 Album art (if available)5 Go to the next track in the current play queue, or fast forward6 Total time length of the track7 Elapsed time of current track8 Progress indicator – drag the indicator or tap along the line to fast forward or rewind9 Play/Pause button10 Go to the previous track in the current play queue, or rewindTransferring media files to your deviceBefore using the "WALKMAN" application, it's a good idea to transfer all yourfavourite media content from a computer to your device and then play or view thiscontent on your device. Media content can include music, photos and videos. Theeasiest way to transfer files is with a USB cable. After you connect your device andthe computer using the USB cable, you can use the file manager application on thecomputer or the Media Go™ application to transfer the files.58This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
Using the "WALKMAN" applicationTo play audio content1From your Home screen, tap , then find and tap .2In My music, select a music category and browse to the track that you want toopen.3Tap a track to play it.You might not be able to play copyright-protected items. Please verify that you havenecessary rights in material that you intend to share.To change tracks•When a track is playing, tap or .•When a track is playing, swipe the album art left or right.To pause a track•Tap .To fast forward and rewind music•Touch and hold or .You can also drag the progress indicator marker right or left.To adjust the audio volume•Press the volume key.To improve the sound quality using the equaliser1When the "WALKMAN" application is open, tap .2Tap Settings > Sound enhancements.3To adjust the sound manually, drag the frequency band buttons up or down.To adjust the sound automatically, tap and select a style.To turn on the surround sound feature1When the "WALKMAN" application is open, tap .2Tap Settings > Sound enhancements > Settings > Surround sound (VPT).3Select a setting, then tap OK to confirm.To view the current play queue1While a track is playing in the "WALKMAN" application, tap .2Tap Play queue.To minimise the "WALKMAN" application•When the "WALKMAN" application is playing, tap to go to the previousscreen, or tap to go to the Home screen. The "WALKMAN" applicationstays playing in the background.To open the "WALKMAN" application when it is playing in the background1While a track is playing in the background, drag the status bar downwards toopen the Notification panel.2Tap the track title to open the "WALKMAN" application.Alternatively, you can press and then select the "WALKMAN" application.To delete a track1In My music, browse to the track that you want to delete.2Touch and hold the track title, then tap Delete.You can also delete albums this way.59This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
To send a track1In My music, when browsing your tracks , touch and hold a track title.2Tap Send.3Select an application from the list, and follow the on-screen instructions.You can also send albums and playlists in the same way.To "Like" a track on Facebook™1While the track is playing in the "WALKMAN" application, tap the album art.2Tap to show that you "Like" the track on Facebook™. If desired, add acomment in the comments field.3Tap Share to send the track to Facebook™. If the track is receivedsuccessfully, you will get a confirmation message from Facebook™.VisualiserThe Visualiser adds visual effects to your music tracks as you play them. The effectsfor each track are based on the characteristics of the music. They change, forexample, in response to changes in the music’s loudness, rhythm and frequencylevel. You can also change the background theme.To turn on the Visualiser1In the "WALKMAN" application, tap .2Tap Visualiser.Tap to switch to full screen view.To change the background theme1In the "WALKMAN" application, tap .2Tap Visualiser.3Tap > Theme and select a theme.Getting more information about a track or artistIn the "WALKMAN" application, you can get more information about the artist thatyou are listening to by tapping the infinite button .The infinite button also gives you access to related content such as:•Music videos on YouTube™•Artist info on Wikipedia•Lyrics on Google•Karaoke videos on YouTube™•Extension searches on the web•Content from the PlayNow™ serviceThe accuracy of search results may vary.To get more information about an artist or track•When a track is playing in the "WALKMAN" application, tap .Using My music to organise your tracksTap the My music tab in the "WALKMAN" application to get an overview of all thetracks that are available from your device. In My music, you can manage your albumsand playlists, create shortcuts, and arrange your music by mood and tempo.60This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
Overview of My music1 Go back to the current track2 Picture of the currently playing artist (if available)3 Browse your music by artist4 Categorise your music using SensMe™ channels5 Manage and edit your music using Music Unlimited™6 Browse your favourite playlists7 Collect links to music and related content that you and friends have shared using online services8 Browse all playlists9 Browse audio by track10 Browse by albumTo add a shortcut to a track1In My music, tap , , or , then browse to the track for which you want tocreate a shortcut.2Touch and hold the track title.3Tap Add as shortcut. The shortcut now appears in the My music main view.To rearrange shortcuts•In My music, touch and hold a shortcut until it magnifies and your devicevibrates, then drag the item to a new location.To delete a shortcut•In My music, touch and hold a shortcut until it magnifies and your devicevibrates, then drag the item to .You can only delete shortcuts that you create yourself.To update your music with the latest information1In My music, tap .2Tap Download music info > Start. Your device searches online and downloadsthe latest available album art and track information for your music.The SensMe™ channels application is activated when you download music information.61This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
Categorising your music using SensMe™ channelsThe SensMe™ channels application helps you arrange your music by mood andtempo. SensMe™ groups all your tracks into several categories, or channels, so youcan select music that matches your mood or suits the time of day.To enable the SensMe™ channels application•In My music, tap , then tap Download music info.This application requires a mobile or Wi-Fi® network connection.Using the Friends' music function to share musicThe Friends’ music function collects links to music and music-related content thatyou and your friends have shared using Facebook™.To manage music from your friends1In My music, tap Friends' music > Recent.2Tap an item to open it, then work on it as desired.3Tap to show that you "Like" the track on Facebook™. If desired, add acomment in the comments field.To view your shared music1In My music, tap Friends' music > My shares.2Scroll to an item you want to open, then tap it. All comments about the item, ifany, are displayed.Playing music in random orderYou can play tracks in playlists in random order. A playlist can be, for example, aplaylist you have created yourself or an album.To play tracks in random order1In My music, tap and navigate to an album, or tap and browse to aplaylist.2Tap the album art, then tap to turn on Shuffle mode.To turn off shuffle mode•When tracks are playing in random order, tap the album art > .Managing playlistsIn My music, you can create your own playlists from the music that is saved on yourdevice.In addition, you can install the Media Go™ application on a computer and use it tocopy playlists from the computer to your device.To create your own playlists1In the WALKMAN player, tap the MY MUSIC tab.2Tap Playlists.3In the menu that opens, tap Create new playlist.4Enter a name for the playlist and tap OK.5Select your music and tap the Save icon at the top right of the screen.To add tracks to a playlist1In My music, when browsing your tracks, touch and hold the name of the artistor the title of the album or track that you want to add.2Tap Add to playlist.3Tap the name of the playlist to which you want to add the artist, album ortrack. The artist, album or track is added to the playlist.62This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
To play your own playlists1In My music, tap .2Under Playlists, tap a playlist.3Tap a track to play it.To remove a track from a playlist1In a playlist, touch and hold the title of the track you want to delete.2Tap Delete from playlist from the list that appears.To delete a playlist1In My music, then select Playlists.2Touch and hold the playlist you want to delete.3Tap Delete.4Tap Delete again to confirm.You cannot delete default playlists."WALKMAN" application widgetThe "WALKMAN" application widget is a miniature application that gives you directaccess to the "WALKMAN" application from your Home screen. You need to add thiswidget to your Home screen before you can use it.To add the "WALKMAN" application widget to your Home screen1Tap an empty area on your Home screen, then tap Widgets.2Find and tap WALKMAN.Protecting your hearingListening to the "WALKMAN" application or other media players at excessive volumeor for a prolonged period of time can damage your hearing, even when the volume isat a moderate level. To alert you to such risks, a volume level warning appears whenthe volume is too high, and after the "WALKMAN" application is used for over 20hours.To turn off the volume level warning•When appears, tap OK to dismiss the warning.Every time you restart your device, the media volume is automatically set to a moderate level.63This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
Music servicesTrackID™ technologyIdentifying music using TrackID™ technologyUse the TrackID™ music recognition service to identify a music track you hearplaying in your surroundings. Just record a short sample of the song and you’ll getartist, title and album info within seconds. You can purchase tracks identified byTrackID™ and you can view TrackID™ charts to see what TrackID™ users aroundthe globe are searching for. For best results, use TrackID™ technology in a quietarea.The TrackID™ application and the TrackID™ service are not supported in all countries/regions,or by all networks and/or service providers in all areas.To open the TrackID™ application1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap TrackID™.You can also use the TrackID™ widget to open the TrackID™ application.To search for track information using TrackID™1Open the TrackID™ application, then hold your device towards the musicsource.2Tap . If the track is recognised by the TrackID™ service, the results appearon the screen.To return to the TrackID™ start screen, press .To view TrackID™ charts1Open the TrackID™ application, then tap Charts. The first time you view achart, it is set to your own region.2To see charts of the most popular searches in other regions, tap > Regions.3Select a country or region.Using TrackID™ technology resultsTrack information appears when the TrackID™ application recognises a track. Youcan select to purchase the track or share it using email, SMS or a social networkingservice. You can also get more information about the track's artist.To buy a track recognised by the TrackID™ application1After a track has been recognised by the TrackID™ application, tap Download.2Follow the instructions on your device to complete your purchase.You can also select a track to buy by opening the History or Charts tabs from the TrackID™start screen.The track purchase feature may not be supported in all countries/regions, or by all networksand/or service providers in all areas.To share a track1After a track has been recognised by the TrackID™ application, tap Share,then select a sharing method.2Follow the instructions on your device to complete the procedure.You can also select a track to share by opening the History or Charts tabs from the TrackID™start screen.64This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
To view the artist information for a track•After a track has been recognised by the TrackID™ application, tap Artist info.You can also view the artist information for a track by opening the History or Charts tabs fromthe TrackID™ start screen.To delete a track from the track history1Open the TrackID™ application, then tap History.2Tap a track title, then tap Delete.3Tap Yes to confirm.Music Unlimited™Using Music Unlimited™Music Unlimited™ is a subscription-based service that offers access to millions ofsongs over a mobile network or Wi-Fi® connection. You can manage and edit yourpersonal music library in the cloud from a variety of devices, or sync your playlistsand music using a PC that runs the Windows® operating system. Go towww.sonyentertainmentnetwork.com for more information.Music Unlimited™ might not be available in all countries or regions.To open Music Unlimited™1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap .About the PlayNow™ serviceYou can use the PlayNow™ service to download applications, music, games,ringtones and wallpapers. The PlayNow™ service offers both free and non-freedownloads. Note that payment options for non-free applications may vary percountry.The PlayNow™ service is not available in all countries.Before you download contentBefore you download, make sure that you have an Internet connection. Also, you mayneed to have a memory card inserted in your device to download content.When you download content to your device, you might be charged for the amount of datatransferred. Contact your operator for information about data transfer rates in your country.To start PlayNow™1From the Home screen, tap .2Find and tap .Downloading from the PlayNow™ serviceDownload a range of content from the PlayNow™ service direct to your device.Choose from a variety of applications, games, music, ringtones and other content.Note that payment options for non-free applications may vary per country.65This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
To download a PlayNow item to your device1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap PlayNow™.3Find an item you want to download by browsing categories, or by using thesearch function.4Tap the item to view its details.5Click “Buy now!” to start the purchase process. After your purchase has beenvalidated, you can start to download your content.66This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
FM radioAbout the FM radioThe FM radio in your device works like any FM radio. For example, you can browseand listen to FM radio stations and save them as favourites. You must connect awired headset or headphones to your device before you can use the radio. This isbecause the headset or headphones act as an antenna. After one of these devices isconnected, you can then switch the radio sound to the speaker, if desired.When you open the FM radio, available channels appear automatically. If a channel has RDSinformation, it appears a few seconds after you start listening to the channel.To start the FM radio1Connect a headset or a set of headphones to your device.2From your Home screen, tap .3Find and tap FM radio . The available channels appear as you scroll throughthe frequency band.When you start the FM radio, available channels appear automatically. If a channel has RDSinformation, it appears a few seconds after you start listening to the channel.To move between radio channels•Flick your finger up or down along the frequency band.To select the radio region1When the radio is open, press .2Tap Set radio region.3Select an option.To adjust the visualizer1When the radio is open, tap .2Tap Visualiser.3Select an option.FM radio overview1Radio on/off button2 View menu options3 Move up the frequency band to search for a channel4 A saved favourite channel5 Move down the frequency band to search for a channel6 Tuning dial67This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
7 Save or remove a channel as a favourite8 Tuned frequencyUsing your favourite radio channelsYou can save the radio channels you most frequently listen to as favourites. By usingfavourites you can quickly return to a radio channel.To save a channel as a favourite1When the radio is open, navigate to the channel that you want to save as afavourite.2Tap .3Enter a name and select a colour for the channel, then press Save.To remove a channel as a favourite1When the radio is open, navigate to the channel that you want to remove.2Tap , then tap Delete.Making a new search for radio channelsIf you have moved to a new location or the reception has improved in your currentlocation, you can start a new scan for radio channels.Any favourites you have saved are not affected by a new scan.To start a new search for radio channels1When the radio is open, press .2Tap Search for channels. The radio scans the whole frequency band, and allavailable channels are displayed.Sound settingsSwitching the radio sound between devicesYou can listen to the radio through a wired headset or through wired headphones.Once either device is connected, you can switch the sound to the speaker, if desired.To switch the radio sound to the speaker1When the radio is open, press .2Tap Play in speaker.To switch the sound back to the wired headset or headphones, press and tap Play inheadphones.Switching between mono and stereo sound modeYou can listen to your FM radio in either mono or stereo mode. In some situations,switching to mono mode can reduce noise and improve sound quality.To switch between mono and stereo sound mode1When the radio is open, press .2Tap Enable stereo sound.3To listen to the radio in mono sound mode again, press and tap Force monosound.Identifying radio tracks using TrackID™Use TrackID™ technology to identify music tracks as they play on your device's FMradio.68This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
To identify a song on the FM radio using TrackID™1While the song is playing on your device's FM radio, tap TrackID™.2A progress indicator appears while the TrackID™ application samples thesong. If successful, you are presented with a track result or a list of possibletracks.3Press to return to the FM Radio.The TrackID™ application and the TrackID™ service are not supported in all countries/regions,or by all networks and/or service providers in all areas.69This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
CameraAbout the cameraThe camera in your device is equipped with the highly sensitive Exmor R sensor,which helps you capture sharp photos and videos even in low lighting conditions.From the camera, you can, for example, send your photos and videos to friends asmessages, or upload them to a web service. Your device also has a front camera,which is useful for self-portraits.Camera controls overview1Zoom in or out2 Main camera screen3 Camera key – Activate the camera/Take photos/Record videos4 View photos and videos5 Take photos or record video clips6 Go back a step or exit the camera7 Switch between front and main camera8 Camera setting icons9 Front cameraTo open the camera•When the screen is active, press and hold down the camera key.To close the camera•Press from the main camera screen.Using the still cameraThere are three ways to take photos with the still camera. You can press the camerakey, tap the on-screen camera button, or touch a spot on the screen.To take a photo using the camera key1Activate the camera.2Press the camera key fully down.70This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
To take a photo by tapping the on-screen camera button1Activate the camera.2Point the camera towards the subject.3Tap the on-screen camera button . The photo is taken as soon as you releaseyour finger.To take a self-portrait using the front camera1Activate the camera.2Tap the icon on the top left of the screen, then find and select Front camera.3To take the photo, press the camera key. The photo is taken as soon as yourelease your finger.To use the zoom function•When the camera is open, press the volume key up or down to zoom in or out.To use the still camera flash1When the camera is open, tap .2Tap Flash, and select your desired flash setting.3Take the photo.To view your photos and videos1Open the camera, then tap a thumbnail at the top right of the screen to open aphoto or video.2Flick left or right to view your photos and videos. Videos are identified by .To delete a photo1Open the photo that you want to delete.2Tap an empty area of the screen to make appear.3Tap .4Tap OK to confirm.Face detectionYou can use face detection to bring an off-centre face into focus. The cameraautomatically detects up to five faces, indicated by white frames. A yellow frameshows which face has been selected for focus. Focus is set to the face closest to thecamera. You can also tap one of the frames to select which face should be in focus.To turn on face detection1Activate the camera.2Tap the icon on the top left of the screen, then select Normal.3To display all settings, tap .4Tap Focus mode > Face detection.To take a photo using face detection1When the camera is open and Face detection turned on, point the camera atyour subject. Up to five faces can be detected, and each detected face isframed.2Press the camera key halfway down. A yellow frame shows which face is infocus.3To take the photo, press the camera key fully down.Using Smile Shutter™ to capture smiling facesUse Smile Shutter™ technology to photograph a face just as it smiles. The cameradetects up to five faces and selects one face for smile detection and auto focus.When the selected face smiles, the camera automatically takes a photo.71This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
To turn on Smile Shutter™1Activate the camera.2To display all settings, tap .3Tap Smile Shutter and select a smile level.To take a photo using Smile Shutter™1When the camera is open and Smile Shutter is turned on, point the camera atyour subject. The camera selects which face to focus on.2The face selected appears inside a green frame and the photo is takenautomatically.3If no smile is detected, press the camera key to take the photo manually.Adding the geographical position to your photosTurn on geotagging to add the approximate geographical location (a geotag) tophotos when you take them. The geographical location is determined either bywireless networks (mobile or Wi-Fi® networks) or GPS technology.When appears on the camera screen, geotagging is turned on but thegeographical position has not been found. When appears, geotagging is turned onand the geographical location is available, so your photo can get geotagged. Whenneither of these two symbols appears, geotagging is turned off.To turn on geotagging1Activate the camera.2Tap , then tap Geotagging > On.3Tap OK to agree to enable GPS and/or wireless networks.4Check the options that you want to select under Location services.5After you confirm your settings, press to return to the camera screen.6If appears on the camera screen, your location is available and your photocan get geotagged. If not, check your GPS and/or wireless networkconnection.Using still camera settingsTo adjust the still camera settings1Activate the camera.2To display all settings, tap .3Select the setting that you want to adjust, then edit as desired.To customise the still camera settings panel1When the camera is open, tap to display all settings.2Touch and hold the setting you want to move and drag it to the desiredposition.If you drag the setting outside of the settings panel, the change is cancelled.Still camera settings overviewSuperior autoOptimise your settings to suit any scene.BurstUse the Burst speed shooting mode to capture several photos in quick succession by keepingyour finger pressed on the shutter button. You can choose between three burst speeds, whichcome with different resolution levels, that is, different picture sizes.NormalFront cameraSelect the front camera if you want to take self-portrait photos.72This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
Picture effectApply effects to photos.Scene selectionUse a pre-programmed scene type to quickly set the camera for common situations.Sweep PanoramaUse this setting to take wide-angle, panoramic photos. Just press the camera key and move thecamera steadily from one side to the other.ResolutionChoose between several picture sizes and aspect ratios before taking a photo. Aphoto with a higher resolution requires more memory.13 MP 4:313 megapixel picture size with 4:3 aspect ratio. Suitable for photos you want to view on non-widescreen displays or print in high resolution. 13MP is available in the following conditions: selectNormal capturing mode and HDR is off; select Scene mode except in Backlight Correction HDRmode.12 MP 4:312 megapixel picture size with 4:3 aspect ratio. Suitable for photos you want to view on non-widescreen displays or print in high resolution. 12MP is maximum resoluted in Superior Auto mode.9 MP 16:99 megapixel picture size with 16:9 aspect ratio. A high resolution widescreen format. Has a higherresolution than full HD. Suitable for photos you want to view on widescreen displays.5MP 4:35 megapixel picture size with 4:3 aspect ratio. Suitable for photos you want to view on non-widescreen displays or print in high resolution.2MP 16:92 megapixel picture size with 16:9 aspect ratio. Suitable for photos you want to view on widescreendisplays.VGAVGA format with 4:3 aspect ratio. 640x480 pixels.12 MP is the maximum resolution available when photos are taken using Superior auto mode;when HDR is turned on in Normal mode; or when Scenes (Backlight correction HDR mode)mode is selected.The 13 MP resolution is only available when Normal capturing mode is selected and HDR isturned off, and when Scenes mode is selected (except in Backlight correction HDR mode).FlashUse the flash to take photos when lighting conditions are poor or when there is abacklight.AutoThe camera automatically determines if the lighting conditions require the use of a flash.Fill flashUse this setting when the background is brighter than the subject. This removes unwanted darkshadows.OffThe flash is turned off. Sometimes photo quality can be better without the flash, even if lightingconditions are poor. Taking a good photo without using the flash requires a steady hand. Use theself-timer to avoid blurred photos.Red-eye reductionReduces the red colour of eyes when taking a photo.Self-timerWith the self-timer you can take a photo without holding the device. Use this functionto take self-portraits, or group photos where everyone can be in the photo. You canalso use the self-timer to avoid shaking the camera when taking photos.73This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
On (10 s.)Set a 10-second delay from when you tap the camera screen until the photo is taken.On (2 s.)Set a 2-second delay from when you tap the camera screen until the photo is taken.OffThe photo is taken as soon as you tap the camera screen.Smile Shutter™Use the smile shutter function to determine what kind of smile the camera reacts tobefore taking a photo.Quick launchUse Quick launch settings to launch the camera from the lock screen. If the device isin sleep mode of camera, press the camera key.Launch and captureBy pressing and holding down the camera key, the first photo is captured immediately after thecamera is launched from sleep mode.Launch only (still camera)By pressing and holding down the camera key, the still camera is launched from sleep mode.Launch and record videoBy pressing and holding down the camera key, the first video is shot immediately after the cameravideo camera is launched from sleep mode.Launch only (video camera)By pressing and holding down the camera key, the video camera is launched from sleep mode.OffFocus modeThe focus function controls which part of a photo should be sharp. When continuousautofocus is on, the camera keeps adjusting focus so that the area within the yellowfocus frame stays sharp.Single auto focusThe camera automatically focuses on the selected subject. Continuous autofocus is on. Touch andhold the camera screen until the yellow focus frame turns blue, indicating that the focus is set. Thephoto is taken when you release your finger.Multi auto focusThe focus is automatically set on several areas of the image. Touch and hold the camera screenuntil the yellow focus frame turns blue, indicating that the focus is set. The photo is taken when yourelease your finger. Continuous autofocus is off.Face detectionThe camera automatically detects up to five human faces, indicated by frames on the screen. Thecamera automatically focuses on the nearest face. You can also select which face to focus on bytapping it on the screen. When you tap the camera screen, a blue frame shows which face isselected and in focus. Face detection cannot be used for all scene types. Continuous autofocus ison.Touch focusTouch a specific area on the camera screen to set the area of focus. Continuous autofocus is off.Touch and hold the camera screen until the yellow focus frame turns blue, indicating that the focusis set. The photo is taken when you release your finger.Object trackingWhen you select an object by touching it in the viewfinder, the camera tracks it for you.This setting is only available in Normal capturing mode.Exposure value74This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
Determine the amount of light in the photo you want to take. A higher value indicates an increasedamount of light.This setting is only available in Normal capturing mode.HDRUse the HDR (High Dynamic Range) setting to take a photo against strong back lightor in conditions where the contrast is sharp. HDR compensates for the loss of detailand produces a picture that is representative of both dark and bright areas.This setting is only available in Normal capturing mode.White balanceThe white balance setting adjusts the colour balance according to the lightingconditions.AutoAdjusts the colour balance automatically to suit the lighting conditions.IncandescentAdjusts the colour balance for warm lighting conditions, such as under light bulbs.FluorescentAdjusts the colour balance for fluorescent lighting.DaylightAdjusts the colour balance for sunny outdoor conditions.CloudyAdjusts the colour balance for a cloudy sky.This setting is only available in Normal capturing mode.ISOYou can reduce image blurring caused by dark conditions or moving subjects byincreasing the ISO sensitivity.AutoSets the ISO sensitivity automatically.100Sets the ISO sensitivity to 100.200Sets the ISO sensitivity to 200.400Sets the ISO sensitivity to 400.800Sets the ISO sensitivity to 800.1600Sets the ISO sensitivity to 1600.This setting is only available in Normal capturing mode.MeteringThis function automatically determines a well-balanced exposure by measuring theamount of light striking the image you want to capture.CentreAdjusts the exposure to the centre of the image.AverageCalculates the exposure based on the amount of light striking the whole image.75This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
SpotAdjusts the exposure in a very small part of the image that you want to capture.This setting is only available in Normal capturing mode.Image stabiliserWhen taking a photo, it can be difficult to hold the device steady. The stabiliser helpsyou by compensating for small movements of the hand.GeotaggingTag photos with details of where you took them.OnWhen geotagging is turned on, the approximate geographical location is added to photos when youtake them. To use geotagging, you must enable location features from the Settings menu. Forgeotags to be added to a photo, the location must be determined before you take the photo. Yourlocation is determined when appears on the camera screen. When your device is searching foryour position, appears.OffWhen geotagging is turned off, you cannot view the location where you took a photo.Auto uploadAutomatically upload updates to photos to a pre-selected social networking service(SNS).Touch captureIdentify a particular focus area by touching the camera screen with your finger. Thephoto is taken as soon as you release your finger. This setting is only available whenfocus mode is set to touch focus.OnOffShutter soundChoose to turn on or turn off the shutter sound when you record a video.Data storageYou can choose to save your data either to a removable SD card or to your device'sinternal storage.Internal storagePhotos or videos are saved on the device memory.SD cardPhotos or videos are saved on the SD card.Using the video cameraTo record a video using the camera key1Activate the camera.2To start recording a video, press the camera key.3To stop recording, press the camera key again.Shoot your videos in landscape orientation to get the best results.76This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
To record a video by tapping the screen1Activate the camera.2Point the camera towards the subject.3Tap to start recording.4Tap to stop recording.Shoot your videos in landscape orientation to get the best results.To play recorded videos1Activate the camera.2Tap the thumbnails at the top right of the screen.3Flick left or right to browse all photo and video files. Videos are identified by .4Tap to play a video.5To stop playing the video, tap or .To delete a recorded video1Browse to the video that you want to delete.2Tap an empty area of the screen to make appear.3Tap .4Tap OK to confirm.Using video camera settingsTo adjust the video camera settings1Activate the camera.2Tap one of the settings icons on the screen.3To display all settings, tap .4Select the setting that want to adjust, then make your changes.To customise the video camera settings panel1When the video camera is open, tap to display all settings.2Touch and hold the setting that you want to move, then drag it to the desiredposition.If you drag the setting outside of the settings panel, the change is cancelled.Video camera settings overviewScenesThe Scenes feature helps you to quickly set up the camera for common situationsusing pre-programmed scenes. The camera determines a number of settings for youto fit the selected scene, ensuring the best possible video.OffThe Scenes feature is off and you can shoot videos manually.Soft snapUse for shooting videos against soft backgrounds.LandscapeUse for videos of landscapes. The camera focuses on distant objects.NightWhen turned on, light sensitivity is increased. Use in poorly lit environments. Videos of fast-movingobjects may get blurred. Hold your hand steady, or use a support. Turn off night mode when lightingconditions are good, to improve the video quality.BeachUse in bright environments to avoid overexposed videos.SnowUse in bright environments to avoid overexposed videos.Sports77This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
Use for videos of fast-moving objects. Short exposure time minimises motion blurring.PartyUse for indoor videos in poorly lit environments. This scene picks up indoor background lighting orcandlelight. Videos of fast-moving objects may get blurred. Hold your hand steady, or use asupport.Video resolutionAdjust the video resolution for different formats.1920×1080(16:9)Full HD (Full High Definition) format with 16:9 aspect ratio. 1920×1080 pixels.1280×720(16:9)HD (High Definition) format with 16:9 aspect ratio. 1280×720 pixels.640×480(4:3)VGA format with 4:3 aspect ratio. 640x480 pixels.176×144(11:9)Record videos suitable for sending in multimedia messages. The recording time of this video formatis limited to fit in a multimedia message.Photo lightUse the light to record videos when lighting conditions are poor or when there is abacklight.OnOffSometimes the video quality can be better without a light, even if lighting conditions are poor.Self-timerWith the self-timer you can record a video without holding the device. Use it to recordgroup videos where everyone can be in the video. You can also use the self-timer toavoid shaking the camera when recording videos.On (10 s.)Set a 10-second delay from when you tap the camera screen until the video begins to record.On (2 s.)Set a 2-second delay from when you tap the camera screen until the video begins to record.OffThe video begins to record as soon as you tap the camera screen.Quick launchUse Quick launch settings to launch the camera from the lock screen. If the device isin sleep mode of camera, press the camera key.Launch and captureBy pressing and holding down the camera key, the first photo is captured immediately after thecamera is launched from sleep mode.Launch only (still camera)By pressing and holding down the camera key, the still camera is launched from sleep mode.Launch and record videoBy pressing and holding down the camera key, the first video is shot immediately after the cameravideo camera is launched from sleep mode.Launch only (video camera)By pressing and holding down the camera key, the video camera is launched from sleep mode.Off78This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
Focus modeThe focus setting controls which part of a video should be sharp. When continuousautofocus is on, the camera keeps adjusting focus so that the area within the whitefocus frame stays sharp.Single auto focusThe camera automatically focuses on the selected subject. Continuous autofocus is on.Face detectionThe camera automatically detects up to five human faces, indicated by frames on the screen. Thecamera automatically focuses on the nearest face. You can also select which face to focus on bytapping it on the screen. When you tap the camera screen, a yellow frame shows which face isselected and in focus. Face detection cannot be used for all scene types. Continuous autofocus ison.Object trackingWhen you select an object by touching it in the viewfinder, the camera tracks it for you.Exposure valueThis setting allows you to determine the amount of light in the image you capture. A higher valueindicates an increased amount of light.White balanceThe white balance setting adjusts the colour balance according to the lightingconditions.AutoAdjust the colour balance automatically to the lighting conditions.IncandescentAdjusts the colour balance for warm lighting conditions, such as under light bulbs.FluorescentAdjust the colour balance for fluorescent lighting.DaylightAdjust the colour balance for sunny outdoor conditions.CloudyAdjust the colour balance for a cloudy sky.MeteringThis function automatically determines a well-balanced exposure by measuring theamount of light striking the image that you want to capture.CentreAdjust the exposure to the centre of the image.AverageCalculate the exposure based on the amount of light striking the whole image.SpotAdjust the exposure in a very small part of the image that you want to capture.GeotaggingTag photos with details of where you took them.OnWhen geotagging is turned on, the approximate geographical location is added to photos when youtake them. To use geotagging, you must enable location features from the Settings menu. Forgeotags to be added to a photo, the location must be determined before you take the photo. Yourlocation is determined when appears on the camera screen. When your device is searching foryour position, appears.OffWhen geotagging is turned off, you cannot view the location where you took a photo.79This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
MicrophoneSelect whether to pick up the surrounding sound when recording videos.Touch captureIdentify a particular focus area by touching the camera screen with your finger. Thephoto is taken as soon as you release your finger. This setting is only available whenfocus mode is set to touch focus.OnOffShutter soundChoose to turn on or turn off the shutter sound when you record a video.Data storageYou can choose to save your data either to a removable SD card or to your device'sinternal storage.Internal storagePhotos or videos are saved on the device memory.SD cardPhotos or videos are saved on the SD card.80This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
AlbumAbout AlbumUse Album to view photos and play videos that you’ve taken with your camera, or toview similar content that you've saved to your device. You can add geotags to yourphotos and videos, and then view them on a world map. In Album, you can also viewphotos and videos that you've uploaded to an online service, for example, to aPicasa™ web album or to Facebook™.From Album, you can share your favourite photos and videos with friends viaBluetooth™ wireless technology, email, messaging and various online services. Youcan also perform basic editing tasks on photos and set them as wallpaper or contactpictures. For more information, see Connecting your device to a computeron page 104.Album tab overviewThe following tabs are available in Album:•Pictures – view all photos and videos saved on your device.•My albums – view your online albums, and your geotagged photos and video clips ona world map .To open Album1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Album.If the screen orientation does not change automatically when you turn your device sideways,mark the Auto-rotate screen checkbox under Settings > Display.Mobile BRAVIA® EngineSony's Mobile BRAVIA® Engine technology improves the viewing quality of photosand videos after you take them, giving you clearer, sharper and more natural images.Mobile BRAVIA Engine is turned on by default, but you can turn it off if you want toreduce battery consumption.To turn on Mobile BRAVIA® Engine1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Settings > Display.3Mark the Mobile BRAVIA Engine 2 checkbox if it is not marked.Viewing photos and videos in the Pictures tabIn the Pictures tab in Album, you can view your photos and videos in thumbnails in agrid view.81This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
Overview of Pictures tab1 Grid view of photos and videos.2 View menu options.3 Scroll up or down to view content.4 Tap a photo or video to view it.5 The date and number of items in the group below.To view photos and videos in grid view1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Album. All photos and videos are displayed in a chronologicallyordered grid. Videos are indicated by .3Tap a photo or video to view it.4Flick left to view the next photo or video. Flick right to view the previous photoor video.If the screen orientation does not change automatically when you turn your device sideways,mark the Auto-rotate screen checkbox under Settings > Display.To change the size of the thumbnails in Album•When viewing thumbnails of photos and videos in Album, spread two fingersapart to zoom in, or pinch two fingers together to zoom out.To work with batches of photos or videos in Album1When viewing thumbnails of photos and videos in Album, tap , then tap Selectitems.2Tap the items you want to work with. Selected items are indicated by a blueframe.3Use the tools in the toolbar at the top of the screen to work with your selecteditems.To activate selection mode, you can also touch and hold an item until its frame turns blue.Then you can tap other items to select them.Viewing photos and videos in the My albums tabThe following tiles are available in My albums:•Camera albums – view all photos and videos taken with your device’s camera.•Internal memory – view all photos and videos saved to your device's internal storage.82This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
•My SD card – view all photos and videos saved to a removable memory card in yourdevice.Overview of My albums tab1 View photos and videos using the PlayMemories online service.2 View photos and videos on Facebook™.3 View photos and videos in Picasa™.4 View your photos on a map.5 View all photos and videos saved to your device's internal storage.6 View all photos and videos saved to the removable memory card.7 View your photos in globe mode.8 View all photos and videos taken with your device’s camera.To view content in list view in the Camera albums tile1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Album > My albums > Camera albums.3Tap a folder that you want to open. The folder's content appears in achronologically ordered grid. Videos are indicated by .4Tap a photo or video to view it.5Flick left to view the next photo or video. Flick right to view the previous photoor video.If the screen orientation does not change automatically when you turn your device sideways,mark the Auto-rotate screen checkbox under Settings > Display.To view content in list view in the Internal memory tile1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Album > My albums > Internal memory.3Tap a folder that you want to open. The folder's content appears in achronologically ordered grid. Videos are indicated by .4Tap a photo or video to view it.5Flick left to view the next photo or video. Flick right to view the previous photoor video.If the screen orientation does not change automatically when you turn your device sideways,mark the Auto-rotate screen checkbox under Settings > Display.83This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
To view content in list view in the My SD card tile1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Album > My albums > My SD card.3Tap a folder that you want to open. The folder's content appears in achronologically ordered grid. Videos are indicated by .4Tap a photo or video to view it.5Flick left to view the next photo or video. Flick right to view the previous photoor video.If the screen orientation does not change automatically when you turn your device sideways,mark the Auto-rotate screen checkbox under Settings > Display.Working with photos in AlbumYou can edit photos in Album. For example, you can crop photos, associate themwith contacts, or use them as wallpaper.To zoom a photo•When you are viewing a photo, double-tap the screen to zoom in. Double-tap againto zoom out.•When you are viewing a photo, spread two fingers apart to zoom in, or pinch twofingers together to zoom out.To watch a slideshow of your photos1When you are viewing a photo, tap the screen to display the toolbars, then tap > Slideshow to start playing all the photos in an album.2Tap a photo to end the slideshow.To watch a slideshow of your photos with music1When you are viewing a photo, tap the screen to display the toolbars, then tap > SensMe™ slideshow.2Select the music and theme that you want to use for the slideshow, then tap. The Album application analyses your photos and uses SensMe™ musicdata to play a slideshow.3To pause playing, tap the screen to display the controls, then tap .For more information about SensMe™, see Categorising your music using SensMe™channels on page 62.To rotate a photo1When you are viewing a photo, tap the screen to display the toolbars, then tap.2Select Rotate left or Rotate right. The photo is saved in the new orientation.To crop a photo1When you are viewing a photo, tap the screen to display the toolbars, then tap > Edit photo > Crop.2To adjust the crop frame, touch and hold the edge of the crop frame. When thesquares at the edges disappear, drag inward or outward to resize the frame.3To resize all sides of the crop frame at the same time, touch and hold one ofthe four corners to make the squares at the edges disappear, then drag thecorner accordingly.4To move the crop frame to another area of the photo, touch and hold inside theframe, then drag it to the desired position.5To save a copy of the photo as you cropped it, tap Save. The originaluncropped version remains on your device.To use a photo1When you are viewing a photo, tap the screen to display the toolbars, then tap > Use as.2Select an option from the list that appears.3Follow the relevant steps to use the photo.84This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
To edit a photo•When you are viewing a photo, tap the screen to display the toolbars, then tap > Edit photo.To share a photo1When you are viewing a photo, tap the screen to display the toolbars, then tap.2In the menu that opens, tap the application that you want to use to share thephoto, then follow the steps to send it.To add a geotag to a photo1When you are viewing a photo, tap the screen to display the toolbars, then tap to open the map screen.2Find and tap the desired location to put the photo on the map.3To adjust the location of the photo, tap the location on the map to where youwant to move the photo.4When you are finished, tap OK to save the geotag and return to the photoviewer.When a photo is geotagged, appears along with location information. You can tap this iconto view the photo on a map.To delete a photo1When you are viewing a photo, tap the screen to display the toolbars, then tap.2Tap OK.Working with videos in AlbumUse Album to watch videos that you’ve taken with the camera, downloaded, orcopied to your device. You can also share your videos with friends, for example, byuploading them to online services.To play a video1Open the Pictures tab or the My albums tab in Album.2Using grid view or list view, locate the video that you want to open.3Tap the video to play it.4If the playback controls are not displayed, tap the screen to display them. Tohide the controls, tap the screen again.To pause a video1When a video is playing, tap the screen to display the controls.2Tap .To fast forward and rewind a video1When a video is playing, tap the screen to display the controls.2Drag the progress bar marker left to rewind, or right to fast forward.To adjust the volume of a video•Press the volume key.To share a video1When a video is playing, tap the screen to display the toolbars, then tap >Share.2In the menu that opens, tap the application that you want to use to share theselected video, then follow the relevant steps to send it.You might not be able to copy, send or transfer copyright-protected items. Also, some itemsmay not send if the file size is too large.85This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
To delete a video1In Album, find the video you want to delete.2Touch and hold the video to activate selection mode. The frame of the videothumbnail turns blue when it is selected.3Tap , then tap OK.Viewing your photos on a mapIf you enable location detection when taking photos, you can use the informationgathered at a later stage. For example, you can view your photos on a map and showfriends and family where you were when you took the photo. Adding locationinformation is also referred to as geotagging. When you enable location detection,you can select to use either GPS satellites or wireless networks, or both, to find yourposition.Overview of Maps tile1Search a location on the map.2 View menu options.3 A group of photos and/or videos geotagged with the same location.4 Double tap to zoom in. Pinch to zoom out. Drag to view different parts of the map.5 Thumbnails of the selected group of photos and/or videos. Tap an item to view it in full screen.To enable location detection1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Settings > Location services.3Mark the GPS satellites and/or Google's location service checkboxes.To view geotagged photos on a map in Album1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Album > My albums > Maps.3Tap a photo to view it in full screen.4If several photos were taken at the same location, only one of them appears onthe map. The total number of photos appears in the top right corner, forexample, . To view these photos, tap the cover photo and then tap one of thethumbnails at the bottom of the screen.When viewing a geotagged photo in the photo viewer, you can touch the screen to display thetoolbars, then tap to view the photo on the map.86This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
To view geotagged photos on a globe in Album1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Album > My albums > Globe.3Tap a photo to view it in full screen.4If several photos were taken at the same location, only one of them appears onthe map. The total number of photos appears in the top right corner, forexample, . To view these photos, tap the cover photo and then tap one of thethumbnails at the bottom of the screen.When viewing a geotagged photo from the camera application, you can touch the screen todisplay the toolbars, then tap to view the photo on the map.To add a geotag when viewing the map in Album1When viewing the map in Album, tap , then tap Add geotag.2Find and tap the photo to which you want to add the geotag.3Tap the desired location on the map to set the geotag, then tap OK.To edit the geotag of a photo in Album1When viewing a photo on the map in Album, touch and hold the photo until itsframe turns blue.2Drag the photo to the new location.You can also tap the desired location on the map instead of dragging.To change the map view in Album•When viewing the map in Album, tap , then select Classic view, Globe view orSatellite view.Viewing online albumsIn Album, view the photos and videos that you and your friends have uploaded toonline services, such as Picasa™ and Facebook™. You can view comments fromyour friends and add your own comments as well.Overview of online services1Active online service.2 Name of online album.3 Number of items in the online album.4 Refresh.5 View menu options.87This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
To view photos from online services in Album1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Album > My albums.3Tap the desired online service.4Tap Connect. All available online albums that you have uploaded to the serviceare displayed.5Tap any album to view its content, then tap a photo in the album.6Flick left to view the next photo or video. Flick right to view the previous photoor video.To view and add comments to online album content1When viewing a photo from an online album, tap the screen to display thetoolbars, then tap to view the comments.2To view more comments, scroll down the screen.3To add your own comments, enter your comments at the bottom of the screen,then tap Post.To "Like" a photo or video on Facebook™•While viewing a photo or video from one of your Facebook™ albums, tap thescreen to display the toolbars, then tap to show that you "Like" the item onFacebook™.88This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
MoviesAbout MoviesUse the Movies application to play movies and other video content that you’ve savedon your device. The Movies application also helps you get poster art, plot summaries,genre info and director details for each movie. You can also play your movies onother devices that are connected to the same network.Videos taken with your device's camera are displayed in the Album application, not in theMovies application.Overview of Movies1All video categories available on your device.2 Browse all movies.3 Browse content on other connected DLNA Certified™ devices.4 Browse all TV shows.5 Manage video content from Video Unlimited™.6 View menu options.Video Unlimited™ may not be available in all countries or regions.Using MoviesTo play a video in Movies1From your Home screen, tap , then find and tap Movies.2Select a video category and browse to the video that you want to play.3Tap the video you want to select, then tap to play it.4To display or hide the controls, tap the screen.5To pause playing, tap .6To rewind, drag the progress bar marker left. To fast forward, drag theprogress bar marker right.89This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
To play a video in full screen1When a video is playing, tap the screen to display the controls.2Tap .To play the video in its original size, tap .To share a video1When a video saved under Movies or TV shows is playing, tap , then tapShare.2Tap the application that you want to use to share the selected video, thenfollow the relevant steps to send it.To get movie information manually1Make sure that your device has an active data connection.2From your Home screen, tap , then find and tap Movies.3Tap , then make sure that the Get video details checkbox is marked.4Open the Movies or TV shows tab and browse to the thumbnail of a file thatyou want to get information about.5Touch and hold the thumbnail for the video, then tap Search for info.6In the search field, enter keywords for the video, then tap the confirm key onthe keyboard. All matches are displayed in a list.7Select a search result, then tap Done. The download of the information begins.You also get information about newly added videos automatically when the Movies applicationis opened and the Get video details checkbox is marked. Data transmission charges mayapply.If the downloaded information is not correct, tap and search again using differentkeywords.To clear information about a video1From your Home screen, tap , then find and tap Movies.2Select a video category and browse to the video that you want to edit.3Touch and hold the video thumbnail, then tap Clear info.To play a video on an external device1Make sure the devices that you want to share files with are connected to thesame Wi-Fi® network as your device.2From your Home screen, tap , then find and tap Movies > .3Tap Throw, then select a device from the list.4Select the video that you want to play.To change the sound settings while a video is playing1While a video is playing, tap the screen to display the controls.2Tap , then tap Sound settings.3Mark the checkboxes for the sound settings that you want to activate.4When you're finished, tap OK.To delete a video1From your Home screen, tap , then find and tap Movies.2Select a video category and browse to the video that you want to delete.3Touch and hold the video thumbnail, then tap Delete from the list that appears.4Tap Delete again to confirm.90This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
Video Unlimited™About Video Unlimited™Use the Video Unlimited™ service to rent and purchase videos that you can view notonly on your Android device, but also on a PC, PlayStation® Portable (PSP®) orPlayStation® 3. Select your pick from the latest Hollywood releases, action movies,comedies, classics, and a range of other categories.Video Unlimited™ might not be available in all countries or regions.To open Video Unlimited™1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap .Video Unlimited™ menu overviewView your account informationSearch for a videoView the download status for all your itemsView and change settings for your account, purchases, and downloadsAdd the current video to a wish listDelete all items in your wish listDelete the video you're currently viewing from the wish listShare information about the current video via a social network, email, Bluetooth or other methodView legal informationThe Video Unlimited™ menu is dynamic, which means that all options are not always available.For example, the option to delete all items in your wish list is only available when you areviewing the list.To open the Video Unlimited™ menu•Open Video Unlimited, then tap .Creating a Video Unlimited™ accountYou need to create a Video Unlimited™ account if you want to buy or rent moviesthrough the Video Unlimited™ service.Exploring the Video Unlimited™ selectionBrowse videos by category, or enter text to search for a particular item. You can alsochoose to preview videos you're interested in.Renting or buying a videoWhen you rent a video, you have a fixed amount of time in which to view it. This timeperiod varies from market to market. You can also choose to download a purchasedvideo to most Sony™ devices that are connected to your Video Unlimited™ account.Video Unlimited™ notifications overviewWhen you buy or rent videos, the following notifications may appear:91This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
Downloading of video is completedDownloading has failed. You need to check that, for example, your device isconnected to a Wi-Fi® network, and that you have enough free space on yourmemory card.Downloading of video is ongoingDownloading is pausedConfirmation of successful purchaseRental countdown period has startedWatching a video from Video Unlimited™You can watch your rented or purchased videos on most Sony™ device that areconnected to your Video Unlimited™ account.Video menu overviewWhen you watch a video from Video Unlimited™, you can open a menu to get thefollowing options:Delete the current videoView information about the current videoChange the audio languageChange the language of subtitles, or remove subtitles92This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
Web browserAbout the web browserThe Google Chrome™ web browser for Android™ devices comes pre-installed inmost markets. Go to http://support.google.com/chrome and click the "Chrome forMobile" link to get more detailed information about how to use this web browser.Google Chrome™ is not available in all markets.To open the web browser1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap .93This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
ConnectivityConnecting to wireless networksYou can access the Internet wirelessly from your device using Wi-Fi® technology.This way you can browse the web and share media files over the same Wi-Fi®network with other DLNA Certified™ devices, for example, TVs and computers.If your company or organisation has a virtual private network (VPN), you can connectto this network using your device. You can use a VPN to access intranets and otherinternal services at your company.Before using Wi-Fi®To browse the Internet using a Wi-Fi® connection, you need to search for andconnect to an available Wi-Fi® network and then open the Internet browser. Thesignal strength of the Wi-Fi® network may differ depending on your device's location.Move closer to the Wi-Fi® access point to increase the signal strength.To turn on Wi-Fi®1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Settings.3Drag the slider beside Wi-Fi® to the right to turn on the Wi-Fi® function.It may take a few seconds before Wi-Fi® is enabled.To connect to a Wi-Fi® network1From the Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Settings.3Make sure that the Wi-Fi® function is on. Tap Wi-Fi .4Available Wi-Fi® networks are displayed. The available networks may be openor secured. Open networks are indicated by and secured networks areindicated by next to the Wi-Fi® network name.5Tap a Wi-Fi® network to connect to it. If you are trying to connect to a securenetwork, you are asked to enter a password. is displayed in the status baronce you are connected.Your device remembers Wi-Fi® networks you connect to. The next time you come withinreach of a previously connected Wi-Fi® network, your device automatically connects to it.In some locations, open Wi-Fi® networks require you to log in to a web page before you canget access to the network. Contact the relevant Wi-Fi® network administrator for moreinformation.To connect to another Wi-Fi® network1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Settings > Wi-Fi. Detected Wi-Fi® networks are displayed.3Tap another Wi-Fi® network to connect to it.To scan for Wi-Fi® networks manually1From your Home screen, tap to go to the Application screen.2Find and tap Settings > Wi-Fi.3Press , then tap Scan. Your device now scans for all available Wi-Fi®networks.4To connect to a Wi-Fi® network, tap the network name from the list ofavailable networks.94This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
To add a Wi-Fi® network manually1Make sure that Wi-Fi® is turned on.2From the Home screen, tap .3Find and tap Settings > Wi-Fi .4Tap .5Enter the Network SSID for the network.6Tap the Security field to select a security type.7If required, enter a password.8Tap Save.The Wi-Fi® network name may be indicated as SSID, ESSID or Access Point. Contact yourWi-Fi® network administrator to get the Network SSID and password.Advanced Wi-Fi® settingsWi-Fi® network statusWhen you are connected to a Wi-Fi® network or when there are Wi-Fi® networksavailable in your vicinity, it is possible to see the status of these Wi-Fi® networks.You can also enable your device to notify you whenever an open Wi-Fi® network isdetected.To enable Wi-Fi® network notifications1Turn on Wi-Fi®, if it is not already on.2From your Home screen, tap .3Find and tap Settings > Wi-Fi.4Press .5Tap Advanced.6Mark the Network notification checkbox.To view detailed information about a connected Wi-Fi® network1From the Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Settings > Wi-Fi.3Tap the Wi-Fi® network that you are currently connected to. Detailed networkinformation is displayed.Wi-Fi® sleep policyBy adding a Wi-Fi® sleep policy, you can specify when to switch from Wi-Fi® tomobile data.If you are not connected to a Wi-Fi® network, your device uses a mobile data connection toaccess the Internet (if you have set up and enabled a mobile data connection on your device).To add a Wi-Fi® sleep policy1From the Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Settings > Wi-Fi.3Press .4Tap Advanced.5Tap Keep Wi-Fi on during sleep.6Select an option.Sharing your mobile data connectionYou can share your device's mobile data connection with a single computer using aUSB cable. This process is called USB tethering. You can also share your device'sdata connection with up to eight other devices at once, by turning your device into aportable Wi-Fi® hotspot.When your device is sharing its data connection, the following icons may appear inthe status bar or in the Notification panel:USB tethering is active95This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
Portable Wi-Fi® hotspot is activeTo share your data connection using a USB cable1Deactivate all USB cable connections to your device.2Using the USB cable that came with your device, connect your device to acomputer.3From your Home screen, tap .4Find and tap Settings > More… > Tethering & portable hotspot.5Mark the USB tethering checkbox.6To stop sharing your data connection, unmark the USB tethering checkbox ordisconnect the USB cable.You cannot share your device's data connection and SD card over a USB cable at the sametime.You may need to prepare your computer to establish a network connection via USB cable. Goto www.android.com/tether to get the most current information.To use your device as a portable Wi-Fi® hotspot1From the Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Settings > More… > Tethering & portable hotspot.3Tap Portable Wi-Fi hotspot settings > Set up Wi-Fi hotspot.4Enter the Network SSID for the network. Tap the Security field to select asecurity type.5If required, enter a password.6Tap Save.7Mark the Portable Wi-Fi hotspot checkbox. Your device starts broadcasting itsWi-Fi network name (SSID). Up to eight computers or other devices can nowconnect to this network.8Unmark the Portable Wi-Fi hotspot checkbox when you want to stop sharingyour data connection via Wi-Fi®.To rename or secure your portable hotspot1From the Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Settings > More… > Tethering & portable hotspot.3Tap Portable Wi-Fi hotspot settings > Set up Wi-Fi hotspot.4Enter the Network SSID for the network.5To select a security type, tap the Security field.6If required, enter a password.7Tap Save.Virtual private networks (VPNs)Use your device to connect to virtual private networks (VPNs), which allow you toaccess resources inside a secured local network from outside the actual network. Forexample, VPN connections are commonly used by corporations and educationalinstitutions for users who need to access intranets and other internal services whenthey are outside of the internal network, for example, when they are travelling.VPN connections can be set up in many ways, depending on the network. Somenetworks may require you to transfer and install a security certificate in your device.For detailed information on how to set up a connection to your virtual privatenetwork, please contact the network administrator of your company or organisation.To add a virtual private network1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Settings > More… > VPN.3Tap Add VPN profile.4Select the type of VPN to add.5Enter your VPN settings.6Tap Save.96This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
To connect to a virtual private network1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Settings > More… > VPN.3In the list of available networks, tap the VPN that you want to connect to.4Enter the required information.5Tap Connect.To disconnect from a virtual private network1Drag the status bar downwards.2Tap the notification for the VPN connection to turn it off.Sharing content with DLNA Certified™ devicesYou can view or play media content saved to your device on other devices such as,for example, a TV, or a computer. Such devices must be DLNA Certified™ by theDigital Living Network Alliance and all devices must be connected to the same Wi-Fi® network in order for content to be shared. You can also view or play content fromother DLNA Certified™ devices on your device.After you set up the sharing of content between devices, you can, for example, listento music files stored on your home computer from your device, or view photos takenwith your device's camera on a large-screen TV.Playing files from DLNA Certified™ devices on your deviceWhen you play files from another DLNA Certified™ device on your device, this otherdevice acts as a server. In other words, it shares content over a network. The serverdevice must have its content sharing function enabled and give access permission toyour device. It also must be connected to the same Wi-Fi® network as your device.To play a shared track on your device1Make sure the devices that you want to share files with are connected to thesame Wi-Fi® network as your device.2From your Home screen, tap , then find and tap WALKMAN.3Tap My music to open the music library.4Select a device from the list of connected devices.5Browse the folders of the connected device and select the track that you wantto play. The track starts playing automatically.To play a shared video on your device1Make sure the devices that you want to share files with are connected to thesame Wi-Fi® network as your device.2From your Home screen, tap , then find and tap Movies > Devices.3Select a device from the list of connected devices.4Browse the folders of the connected device and select the video that you wantto play.To view a shared photo on your device1Make sure the devices that you want to share files with are connected to thesame Wi-Fi® network as your device.2From your Home screen, tap .3Find and tap Album > My albums. All your available online albums andconnected devices are displayed.4Select a device from the list of connected devices.5Browse the folders of the connected device and select a photo to view it.Preparing to play content from your device on DLNA Certified™devicesBefore you can view or play media files from your device on other DLNA Certified™devices, you must set up file sharing on your device. The devices that you sharecontent with are called client devices. For example, a TV, computer or tablet can act97This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
as client devices. Your device works as a media server when it makes contentavailable to client devices. When you set up file sharing on your device, you mustalso give access permission to client devices. After you do so, such devices appearas registered devices. Devices that are waiting for access permission are listed aspending devices.To set up file sharing with other DLNA Certified™ devices1Connect your device to a Wi-Fi® network.2From your Home screen, tap , then find and tap .3Tap My music to open the music library.4Press , then tap Media server.5To turn on the Share content function, drag the slider. appears in the statusbar. Your device can now work as a media server.6Connect your computer or other devices to the same Wi-Fi® network as yourdevice.7A notification appears in the status bar of your device. Open the notificationand set the relevant access permissions for other devices.The instructions described above may differ depending on the client devices used. Refer toyour client device User guide for more information. If the device cannot connect, check thatyour Wi-Fi® network is working.You can also access the Media server menu under Settings > More… > Media serversettings. If you close the Media server view, file sharing function function stays running in thebackground.To stop sharing files with other DLNA Certified™ devices1From your Home screen, tap , then find and tap .2Tap My music to open the music library.3Press , then tap Media server.4Drag the slider to turn off the Share content function.To set access permissions for a pending device1From your Home screen, tap , then find and tap .2Tap My music to open the music library.3Press , then tap Media server.4Select a device from the Pending devices list.5Select an access permission level.To change the name of a registered device1From your Home screen, tap , then find and tap .2Tap My music to open the music library.3Press , then tap Media server.4Select a device from the Registered devices list, then select Change name.5Enter a new name for the device.To change the access level of a registered device1From your Home screen, tap , then find and tap .2Tap My music to open the music library.3Press , then tap Media server.4Select a device from the Registered devices list.5Tap Change access level and select an option.To get help about sharing content with other DLNA Certified™ devices1From your Home screen, tap , then find and tap .2Tap My music to open the music library.3Press , then tap Media server.4Tap .98This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
Playing files on a Digital Media Renderer deviceUsing DLNA™ technology, you can push media content saved on your device toanother device connected to the same Wi-Fi® network. The other device must beable to function as a Digital Media Renderer (DMR) device, which means that it canrender, or play, content received from your device. A DMR device can be, forexample, a TV with DLNA function, or a PC running Windows® 7 or higher.The settings for enabling the Digital Media Renderer may vary depending on the device used.Refer to the user guide for the respective device for more detailed information.To view photos or videos from your device on a DMR device1Make sure that you have correctly set up the DMR device and that it isconnected to the same Wi-Fi® network as your device.2From your Home screen, tap .3Find and tap Album.4Browse to and open the file that you want to view.5Tap the screen to display the toolbars, then tap and select a DMR device toshare your content with. The selected files start playing in chronological orderon the device that you select.6To disconnect from the DMR device, tap and select My phone. The file stopsplaying on the DMR device but continues playing on your device.You can also share a video from the Movies application on your device by tapping the videoand then tapping .To play a music track from your device on a DMR device1Make sure that you have correctly set up the DMR device and that it isconnected to the same Wi-Fi® network as your device.2From your Home screen, tap , then find and tap WALKMAN.3Tap My music to open the music library.4Select a music category and browse to the track that you want to share, thentap the track.5Tap and select a DMR device to share your content with. The track playsautomatically on the device that you select.6To disconnect from the DMR device, tap and select My phone. The trackstops playing on the DMR device but continues playing on your device.NFCUse Near Field Communications (NFC) to share data with other devices, such as avideo, photo, web page address, music file or contact. You can also use NFC to scantags that give you more information about a product or service as well as tags thatactivate certain functions on your device.NFC is a wireless technology with a maximum range of one centimetre, so thedevices sharing data must be held close to each other. Before you can use NFC, youmust first turn on the NFC function, and the device's screen must be active.NFC may not be available in all countries and/or regions.To turn on the NFC function1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Settings > More….3Mark the NFC checkbox.99This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
NFC detection areaThe location of the NFC detection area is not the same on all devices. When sharing data withanother device using NFC, refer to the User guide of the other device for more information.To share a contact with another device using NFC1Make sure that both devices have the NFC function turned on, and that bothscreens are active.2To view contacts, go to your Home screen, tap , then tap .3Tap the contact that you want to share.4Hold your device and the receiving device back to back so that the NFCdetection areas of each device touch each other. When the devices connect,they vibrate and play a short sound. A thumbnail of the contact appears.5Tap the thumbnail to start the transfer.6When the transfer is done, the contact information is displayed on the screenof the receiving device and is also saved on the receiving device.To share a music file with another device using NFC1Make sure that both your device and the receiving device have the NFCfunction turned on, and that both screens are active.2To open the "WALKMAN" application, tap , then find and tap .3Tap the My music tab to open the music library.4Select a music category and browse to the track you want to share.5Tap the track to play it. You can then tap to pause the track. The transferworks whether the track is playing or paused.6Hold your device and the receiving device back to back so that the NFCdetection areas of each device touch each other. When the devices connect,they vibrate and play a short sound. A thumbnail of the track appears.7Tap the thumbnail to start the transfer.8When the transfer is done, the music file plays immediately on the receivingdevice. At the same time, the file is saved on the receiving device.You might not be able to copy, send or transfer copyright-protected items.100This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
To share a photo or video with another device using NFC1Make sure that both devices have the NFC function turned on, and that bothscreens are active.2To view photos and videos in your device, go to your Home screen, tap ,then find and tap Album.3Tap the photo or video that you want to share.4Hold your device and the receiving device back to back so that the NFCdetection areas touch each other. When the devices connect, they vibrate andplay a short sound. A thumbnail of the photo or video appears.5Tap the thumbnail to start the transfer.6When the transfer is done, the photo or video is displayed on the screen of thereceiving device. At the same time, the item is saved on the receiving device.You can also use NFC to share a video from the Movies application.To share a web address with another device using NFC1Make sure that both devices have the NFC function turned on, and that bothscreens are active.2From your Home screen, tap .3To open the web browser, find and tap .4Load the web page that you want to share.5Hold your device and the receiving device back to back so that the NFCdetection areas touch each other. When the devices connect, they vibrate andplay a short sound. A thumbnail of the web page appears.6Tap the thumbnail to start the transfer.7When the transfer is done, the web page is displayed on the screen of thereceiving device.Scanning NFC tagsYour device can scan various kinds of NFC tags. For example, it can scan embeddedtags on a poster, on a billboard advertisement, or beside a product in a retail store.You can receive additional information, such as a web address.To scan an NFC tag1Make sure that your device has the NFC function turned on and that the screenis active.2Place your device over the tag so that the NFC detection area touches it. Yourdevice scans the tag and displays the content collected. Tap the content of thetag to open it.3To open the tag, tap it.Paying for items with your deviceYou can use the Operator wallet application on your device to pay for items in storesthat support NFC payment methods. Just tap your device on specially enabledelectronic payment pads to pay for your purchases. Payments are backed by a creditor debit card, or by prepaid cards or vouchers. Your payment information is stored inthe payment application, so you don’t need to enter it every time.To use Operator wallet, your SIM card must have a secure element embedded. Contact yournetwork operator for more details.Google Wallet™Use the Google Wallet™ application to pay for goods at checkouts. If there is asupported NFC terminal at the checkout, you can just tap your device on the terminalto pay. Google Wallet™ stores details of your credit and debit cards as well as detailsof coupons and other special offers. Most major credit card types are supported.Security features include a PIN, encrypted storage and the ability to remotely disablea lost wallet.101This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
Operator walletThe Operator wallet application lets you access a variety of services provided by yournetwork operator, such as the option to pay for items in underground trains andstores. Contact your network operator for more information about such services.To select a wallet for use on your device1Make sure that the NFC function is on.2From your Home screen, tap .3Find and tap Settings > More….4Tap Wallet and select an option.Connecting to an NFC compatible deviceYou can connect your device to other NFC compatible devices produced by Sony,such as a speaker or a headphone. When establishing this kind of connection, referto the User guide of the compatible device for more information.You may need to have Wi-Fi® or Bluetooth™ activated on both devices for the connection towork.Bluetooth™ wireless technologyUse the Bluetooth™ function to send files to other Bluetooth™ compatible devices,or to connect to handsfree accessories. Turn on the Bluetooth™ function in yourdevice and create wireless connections to other Bluetooth™ compatible devicessuch as computers, handsfree accessories, and phones. Bluetooth™ connectionswork better within 10 metres (33 feet), with no solid objects in between. In somecases you have to manually pair your device with other Bluetooth™ devices.Interoperability and compatibility among Bluetooth™ devices can vary.To turn on the Bluetooth™ function and make your device visible1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Settings.3Tap the on-off switch beside Bluetooth to turn on the Bluetooth™ function.4Tap Bluetooth. Your device and a list of available Bluetooth™ devices appear.5Tap your device name to make your device visible to other Bluetooth™devices.To adjust your device's visibility time to other Bluetooth™ devices1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Settings > Bluetooth.3Press and select Visibility timeout.4Select an option.Naming your deviceYou can give your device a name. This name is shown to other devices after youhave turned on the Bluetooth™ function and your device is set to visible.To give your device a name1Make sure that the Bluetooth™ function is turned on.2From your Home screen, tap .3Find and tap Settings > Bluetooth.4Press and select Rename phone.5Enter a name for your device.6Tap Rename.102This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
Pairing with another Bluetooth™ deviceWhen you pair your device with another device, you can, for example, connect yourdevice to a Bluetooth™ headset or a Bluetooth™ car kit and use these other devicesto make and receive calls.Once you have paired your device with a Bluetooth™ device, your device willremember this pairing. When pairing your device with a Bluetooth™ device, you mayneed to enter a passcode. Your device will automatically try the generic passcode0000. If this does not work, refer to the user guide for your Bluetooth™ device to getthe device passcode. You do not need to re-enter the passcode the next time youconnect to a paired Bluetooth™ device.Some Bluetooth™ devices, for example, most Bluetooth™ headsets, require you toboth pair and connect with the other device.You can pair your device with several Bluetooth™ devices, but you can only connectto one Bluetooth™ profile at the same time.To pair your device with another Bluetooth™ device1Make sure that the device you want to pair your device with has theBluetooth™ function activated and is visible to other Bluetooth™ devices.2From the Home screen, tap .3Find and tap Settings > Bluetooth. All available Bluetooth™ devices appear ina list.4Tap the Bluetooth™ device that you want to pair with your device.5Enter a passcode, if required, or confirm the same passcode on both devices.Your device and the Bluetooth™ device are now paired.To connect your device to another Bluetooth™ device1If you are connecting to a Bluetooth device that requires you to first pair yourdevice before connecting, follow the relevant steps to pair your device withthat device.2From your Home screen, tap .3Find and tap Settings > Bluetooth.4Tap the Bluetooth™ device to which you want to connect your device.To unpair a Bluetooth™ device1From the Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Settings > Bluetooth.3Under Paired devices, tap beside the name of the device that you want tounpair.4Tap Unpair.Sending and receiving items using Bluetooth™ technologyShare items with other Bluetooth™ compatible devices such as phones orcomputers. You can send and receive several kinds of items using the Bluetooth™function, such as:•Photos and videos•Music and other audio files•Contacts•Web pages103This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
To send items using Bluetooth™1Receiving device: Make sure the Bluetooth™ function is turned on and thatthe device is visible to other Bluetooth™ devices.2Sending device: Open the application which contains the item that you want tosend, and scroll to the item.3Depending on the application and the item you want to send, you may need to,for example, touch and hold the item, open the item or press . Other ways tosend an item may exist.4Select Share or Send.5Select Bluetooth.6Turn on Bluetooth™, if you are asked to do so.7Tap the name of the receiving device.8Receiving device: If asked, accept the connection.9Sending device: If asked, confirm the transfer to the receiving device.10 Receiving device: Accept the incoming item.To receive items using Bluetooth™1Make sure that the Bluetooth™ function is on and is visible to otherBluetooth™ devices.2The sending device now starts sending data to your device.3If prompted, enter the same passcode on both devices, or confirm thesuggested passcode.4When you are notified of an incoming file to your device, drag the status bardownwards and tap the notification to accept the file transfer.5Tap Accept to start the file transfer.6To view the progress of the transfer, drag the status bar downwards.7To open a received item, drag the status bar downwards and tap the relevantnotification.To view files you have received using Bluetooth™1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Settings > Bluetooth.3Press and select Show received files.Connecting your device to a computerConnect your device to a computer and start transferring pictures, music and otherfile types. The easiest ways to connect are using a USB cable or Bluetooth wirelesstechnology.When you connect your device to the computer using a USB cable, you areprompted to install the PC Companion application on your computer. PC Companionhelps you access additional computer applications to transfer and organise mediafiles, update your device, synchronise device content, and more.You might not be able to transfer some copyright-protected material between your device anda computer.Transferring and handling content using a USB cableUse a USB cable connection between a computer and your device for easy transferand management of your files. Once the two devices are connected, you can dragand drop content between your device and the computer, or between your device'sinternal storage and SD card, using the computer's file explorer.If you're transferring music, video, pictures or other media files to your device, it'sbest to use the Media Go™ application on your computer. Media Go™ convertsmedia files so that you can use them on your device.104This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
To transfer content between your device and computer using a USB cable1Using a USB cable, connect your device to a computer. Internal storage & SDcard connected appears in the status bar on the screen of your device.2Computer: Open Microsoft® Windows® Explorer from the desktop and waituntil your device's internal storage and your SD card appear as external disksin Microsoft® Windows® Explorer.3Computer: Drag and drop the desired files between your device and thecomputer.To transfer content between internal storage and an SD card via USB1Using a USB cable, connect your device to a computer. Internal storage & SDcard connected appears in the status bar on the screen of your device.2Computer: Open Microsoft® Windows® Explorer from the desktop and waituntil your device's internal storage and your SD card appear as external disksin Microsoft® Windows® Explorer.3Computer: Drag and drop the desired files between the device's internalstorage and the SD card.To transfer files directly from internal storage to an SD card in the device1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Settings > Storage > Transfer data to SD card.3Mark the file types you want to transfer to the SD card.4Tap Transfer.The direct transfer method means that a USB cable connection to a computer is notnecessary.Transferring files using Media transfer mode via Wi-Fi®You can transfer files between your device and other MTP compatible devices, suchas a computer, using a Wi-Fi® connection. Before connecting, you first need to pairthe two devices. If you're transferring music, video, pictures or other media filesbetween your device and a computer, it's best to use the Media Go™ application onthe computer. Media Go™ converts media files so that you can use them on yourdevice.In order to use this feature, you need a Wi-Fi® enabled device that supports Media transfer,for example, a computer running Microsoft® Windows Vista® or Windows® 7.To pair your device wirelessly with a computer using Media transfer mode1Make sure Media transfer mode is enabled on your device. It is normallyenabled by default.2Connect your device to the computer using a USB cable.3Computer: Once the name of your device appears on the screen, clickNetwork configuration and follow the instructions to pair the computer.4When you are finished pairing, disconnect the USB cable from both devices.The above instructions only work if Windows® 7 is installed on your computer and thecomputer is connected to a Wi-Fi® Access Point via a network cable.To connect paired devices wirelessly in Media transfer mode1Make sure Media transfer mode is enabled on your device. It is normallyenabled by default.2From your Home screen, tap .3Find and tap Settings > Xperia™ > USB Connectivity.4Tap the paired device that you want to connect to under Trusted devices.5Tap Connect.Make sure the Wi-Fi® function is turned on.105This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
To disconnect a wirelessly paired device in Media transfer mode1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Settings > Xperia™ > USB Connectivity.3Tap the paired device that you want to disconnect from under Trusteddevices.4Tap Disconnect.To remove a pairing with another device1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Settings > Xperia™ > USB Connectivity.3Tap the paired device that you want to remove.4Tap Forget.PC CompanionPC Companion is a computer application that gives you access to additional featuresand services which help you transfer music, video and pictures to and from yourdevice. You can also use PC Companion to update your device and get the latestsoftware version available. The installation files for PC Companion are saved on yourdevice and the installation is launched from the device when you connect it to acomputer via USB cable.You need an internet connected computer running one of the following operatingsystems to use the PC Companion application:•Microsoft® Windows® 7•Microsoft® Windows Vista®•Microsoft® Windows® XP (Service Pack 3 or higher)To start PC Companion1Make sure that PC Companion is installed on your PC.2Open the PC Companion application on the PC, then click Start to open one ofthe features that you want to use.Media Go™The Media Go™ computer application helps you transfer and manage media contentin your device and computer. You can install and access Media Go™ from within thePC Companion application.You need one of these operating systems to use the Media Go™ application:•Microsoft® Windows® 7•Microsoft® Windows Vista®•Microsoft® Windows® XP, Service Pack 3 or higherTo transfer content using the Media Go™ application1Connect your device to a computer using a supported USB cable.2Device: In the status bar, Internal storage connected appears.3Computer: Open the PC Companion application on the PC first. InPC Companion, click Media Go to start the Media Go™ application. In somecases, you may have to wait for Media Go™ to install.4Using Media Go™, drag and drop files between your computer and device.Connecting your device to a TV setConnect your device to a TV set and start viewing content saved in your device on alarger screen. When you connect your device to the TV set, the TV launcherapplication opens. This application helps you to play media files from your device onTVs and other devices.You may have to purchase an MHL cable separately.106This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
To view content from your device on a TV which supports MHL input1Connect your device to the TV using an MHL cable. appears in yourdevice's status bar after a connection is established.2The TV launcher application starts automatically. Follow the instructions toview your media files on the TV.To view content from your device on a TV which supports HDMI™ input1Connect your device to an MHL-HDMI adaptor, and connect the adaptor to aUSB power supply.2Connect the adaptor to a TV using a HDMI™ cable. appears in yourdevice's status bar after a connection is established.3The TV launcher application starts automatically. Follow the instructions toview your media files on the TV.To view help about using the TV remote control1While your device is connected to the TV set, drag the status bar downwardsto open the Notification panel.2Tap MHL connected.You can also press the yellow button on the TV remote control to open the Notification panel.To disconnect your device from the TV set•Disconnect the MHL™ cable or the MHL-HDMI adaptor from your device.Screen mirroringUse Screen mirroring to show the screen of your device on a TV or other large displaywithout using a cable connection. Wi-Fi Direct™ technology creates a wirelessconnection between the two devices, so you can sit back and enjoy your favouritephotos from the comfort of your couch. You can also use this feature to listen tomusic from your phone via the TV's speakers.Your TV must support screen mirroring based on Wi-Fi CERTIFIED Miracast™ for thefunctionality described above to work. If your TV does not support screen mirroring, you needto purchase a wireless display adapter separately.When using screen mirroring, the image quality may sometimes be negatively impacted if thereis interference from other Wi-Fi® networks.To mirror the screen of your device on a TV screen1Follow the instructions in the User guide for your TV to turn on the screenmirroring function.2From your Home screen, tap .3Find and tap Settings > Xperia™ > Screen mirroring.4Tap Turn on Screen mirroring and select a device.When using screen mirroring, do not cover the Wi-Fi antenna area of your device.Scanning barcodes with the NeoReader™ applicationAbout scanning with the NeoReader™ applicationUse your device as a barcode scanner to find out more about items you scan. Forexample, you see a coat in a magazine ad and want to find the nearest retail outlet tobuy it. If the ad contains a readable barcode, the NeoReader™ application uses thiscode to access mobile web content, such as a web page with more productinformation or a map of nearby outlets. NeoReader™ supports most standardbarcode types.107This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
To start the NeoReader™ application1From the Home screen, tap .2Find and tap NeoReader™.To scan a barcode1When the NeoReader™ application is open, hold your device over the barcodeuntil the complete barcode is visible in the viewfinder.2Your device automatically scans the barcode, and vibrates when the barcodeis recognised.To enter a barcode manually1When the NeoReader™ application is open, tap .2Enter the numbers of the barcode in the text field, then tap GO!.NeoReader™ application menu overviewThe following menu options are available in the NeoReader™ application:Tap to open more optionsEnter the barcode numbers manually. This option can be used if your camera has difficultyreading the barcodeView a list of previously scanned barcodesView information about the NeoReader™ application. Read more about different barcode types,and about how to use NeoReader™Select your personal settings, such as language or country. This information is used topersonalise barcode content. Also, you can select preferences for how you use the NeoReader™applicationSend a text message to invite a friend to download the NeoReader™ applicationSmart ConnectAbout Smart ConnectUse the Smart Connect application to set what happens in your device when youconnect or disconnect an accessory. You can also use it to set a specific action or agroup of actions to launch on your device at certain times of the day.For example, when you connect your headset or headphones, you can set an eventso that the following actions are launched on your device:•Between 7am and 9am, when you commute to work, the WALKMAN player starts,and the web browser opens the morning paper. The ring volume is set to vibrate.•Between office hours, a conference call app opens on your device.•On the way back from work, the FM radio starts, and a notes app with your shoppinglist opens.To start the Smart Connect application1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Smart Connect.108This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
To create a Smart Connect event1Start the Smart Connection application. If you are opening Smart Connect forthe first time, tap OK to close the introduction screen.2On the Events tab, tap .3Give the event a name, then tap Create.4Under When, add either an accessory or a time interval, or both.5Under Do this, add what you want to happen in your device.6Under At the end, add what you want to happen when you disconnect theaccessory or when the time interval comes to an end. If both these conditionsare set, the actions start either when you disconnect the accessory, or whenthe time interval comes to an end.7To save the event, press .To add a Bluetooth™ accessory, you have to first pair it with your device.To edit a Smart Connect event1Start the Smart Connection application.2On the Events tab, tap an event.3If the event is switched off, tap .4Adjust the settings as desired.5To save the event, press .To delete an incorrect entry, touch and hold the entry and then tap Delete.109This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
Synchronising data on your deviceAbout synchronising data on your deviceYou can sync contacts, email, calendar events, and other information with yourdevice from multiple email accounts, synchronisation services and other kinds ofaccounts, depending on the applications installed on your device. Synchronising yourdevice with other information sources is an easy and practical way to stay up to date.Synchronising with Google™Synchronise your device with different Google™ services to keep your information upto date, regardless of which device you're using your Google™ account from. Forexample, you can synchronise your contacts, Gmail™, calendar and web browserdata.To set up a Google™ account for synchronisation1From your Home screen, tap .2Tap Settings > Add account > Google.3Follow the registration wizard to create a Google™ account, or sign in if youalready have an account.4Mark the Back up & restore checkbox if you want to back up data to yourGoogle™ account, then tap Next.5Tap your newly created Google™ account, then tap the items you that want tosynchronise.To synchronise manually with your Google™ account1From the Home screen, tap .2Tap Settings > Google.3Tap the Google™ account that you want to synchronise.4Press , then tap Sync now.To synchronise an application with a Google™ account1From your Home screen, tap .2Tap Settings > Google.3Tap the Google™ account that you want to synchronise with. A list appears ofapplications that can be synchronised with the Google account.4Tap the application that you want to synchronise with the selected Googleaccount.To synchronise the web browser data1From your Home screen, tap .2Tap Settings > Google.3Tap the Google™ account that you want to synchronise with, then tap SyncBrowser.To remove a Google™ account1From your Home screen, tap .2Tap Settings > Google.3Tap the Google™ account that you want to remove from the accounts list.4Press , then tap Remove account.5Tap Remove account again to confirm.Synchronising your corporate email, calendar and contactsAccess your corporate email messages, calendar appointments and contacts directlyfrom your device. View and manage them just as easily as you would from a110This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
computer. After setup, you can find your information in the Email, Calendar andContacts applications.For you to access the functionality described above, your corporate information must bestored on a Microsoft® Exchange server.To set up corporate email, calendar and contacts1From your Home screen, tap .2Tap Settings > Add account > Exchange ActiveSync.3Enter your corporate email address and password.4Tap Next. Your device begins to retrieve your account information. If a failureoccurs, contact your corporate network administrator for more information.5Tap OK to allow your corporate server to control your device.6Select what data you want to sync with your device, such as contacts andcalendar entries.7If desired, activate the device administrator to allow your corporate server tocontrol certain security features on your device. For example, you can allowyour corporate server to set password rules and set storage encryption.8When the setup is done, enter a name for the corporate account.To edit the setup of corporate email, calendar and contacts1From your Home screen, tap .2Tap Email, then tap .3Tap Settings and select a corporate account.4Change the desired settings.To set a synchronisation interval for a corporate account1From your Home screen, tap .2Tap Email, then tap .3Tap Settings and select a corporate account.4Tap Inbox check frequency and select an interval option.To remove a corporate account1From your Home screen, tap .2Tap Settings > Exchange ActiveSync, then select the corporate account.3Tap , then tap Remove account.4Tap Remove account again to confirm.Synchronising with Facebook™There are two ways to use Facebook™ on your device. You can use the standardFacebook application to access your online Facebook account, or you cansynchronise your Facebook account with your device and share content betweenFacebook™ and a range of other applications. For example, you can share music inthe "WALKMAN" application on your device via Facebook. To synchronise yourdevice with Facebook, you must first set up an "Xperia™ with Facebook" account —a solution developed by Sony to enable easy integration.To set up an "Xperia™ with Facebook" account on your device1From your Home screen, tap .2Tap Settings > Add account > Xperia™ with Facebook.3Follow the on-screen instructions to sign in to your Facebook™ account, orcreate a new account.To synchronise manually with an "Xperia™ with Facebook" account1From your Home screen, tap .2Tap Settings > Xperia™ with Facebook.3Select the account that you want to synchronise.4Press , then tap Sync now.111This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
To remove an "Xperia™ with Facebook" accountWhen you remove an "Xperia™ with Facebook" account from your device, the associatedonline Facebook account is not deleted and you can still access it from a computer.1From your Home screen, tap .2Tap Settings > Xperia™ with Facebook.3Select the account that you want to remove.4Press , then tap Remove account.5Tap Remove account again to confirm.112This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
Maps and locationsAbout location servicesUse your device to find out where you are. There are two methods: GPS and wirelessnetworks. Enable the wireless networks option if you only need your approximatelocation, and want it fast. If you want a more exact position, and have a clear view ofthe sky, enable the GPS option. In situations where the wireless network connectionis weak, you should enable both options to ensure that your location is found.Sony does not warrant the accuracy of any location services including but not limited tonavigational services.Using GPSYour device has a global positioning system (GPS) receiver that uses satellite signalsto calculate your location.When you use features that require the GPS receiver to find your location, make sure you havea clear view of the sky.To enable GPS1From your Home screen, tap .2Tap Settings > Location services.3Mark the GPS satellites checkbox.Getting the best performanceThe first time you use the GPS it can take 5 to 10 minutes for your location to befound. To help the search, make sure you have a clear view of the sky. Stand still anddon't cover the GPS antenna (the highlighted area in the image). The GPS signals canpass through clouds and plastic, but not through most solid objects such asbuildings and mountains. If your location isn't found after a few minutes, move toanother location.113This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
Google Maps™Track your current location, view real-time traffic situations and receive detaileddirections to your destination. Before taking trips, you can download and save mapsto your memory card to avoid high roaming costs.The Google Maps™ application requires the use of an Internet connection. You may incur dataconnection charges when you connect to the Internet from your device. Contact your networkoperator for more information. The Google Maps™ application may not be available in everymarket, country or region.To use Google Maps™1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Maps.If you want to use Google Maps™, you have to enable one of the location methods availableunder Settings > Location services.To learn more about Google Maps™•When you use Google Maps™, tap , then tap Help.Viewing your friends’ locations with Google Latitude™Join Google Latitude™ to view your friends’ locations on maps and share yourlocation and other information with them.Using Google Maps™ to get directionsUse the Google Maps™ application to get directions when you travel by foot, publictransportation, or car. You can add a shortcut to a destination on your Home screento get quick directions from wherever you are.When you view a map, you make an Internet connection, and data is transferred toyour device. So it's a good idea to download and save maps to your device beforeyou take a trip. This way, you can avoid high roaming costs.Sony does not warrant the accuracy of any directional services.Using the Navigation applicationUse the Navigation application in your device to get turn-by-turn instructions on howto get places. The directions are both spoken and displayed on the screen.The Navigation application may not be available in every market.To start Navigation1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Navigation.114This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
Calendar and alarm clockCalendarYour device has a calendar application for managing your time schedule. If you havea Google™ account, you can also synchronise the calendar application on yourdevice with your web calendar.To set the calendar view1From your Home screen, tap , then find and tap Calendar.2Tap Month, Week or Day to select an option.To view multiple calendars1From your Home screen, tap , then find and tap Calendar.2Press , then tap My calendars.3Select the calendars you want to view.To create a calendar event1From your Home screen, tap , then tap Calendar.2Tap .3Enter the name, time, location and description for the event.4Select a reminder for the event. To add a new reminder for the event, tap .5If desired, tap More and select another option under Repetition.6Tap Done.When the appointment time approaches, your device plays a short sound to remind you. Also, appears in the status bar.To view a calendar event1From your Home screen, tap , then tap Calendar.2Tap the event you want to view.To change the calendar settings1From your Home screen, tap , then tap Calendar.2Press , then tap Settings.3Tap the setting you want to change, then edit as desired.Alarm clockUse your device as an alarm clock and select any sound saved on your device asyour alarm signal. The alarm does not sound if your device is turned off. But it doessound when the device is set to silent mode.To open the alarm clock1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Alarm & clock.To set a new alarm1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Alarm & clock.3Tap Add alarm.4Tap Time and adjust the time by scrolling up and down.5Tap Done.6If desired, edit other alarm settings.7Tap Done.115This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
To edit an existing alarm1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Alarm & clock.3Tap the alarm you want to edit.4Tap Time and adjust the time by scrolling up and down.5Tap Done.6If desired, edit other alarm settings.7Tap Done.The alarm time format displayed is the same as the format you select for your general timesettings, for example, 12-hour or 24-hour.To deactivate an alarm1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Alarm & clock.3Tap next to the alarm you want to deactivate.To activate an existing alarm1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Alarm & clock.3Tap next to the alarm you want to activate.To delete an alarm1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Alarm & clock.3Touch and hold the alarm you want to delete.4Tap Delete alarm, then tap Yes.To set the ringtone for an alarm1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Alarm & clock.3Tap the alarm you want to edit.4Tap Advanced alarm settings and unmark the Style settings checkbox.5Tap Alarm sound and select an option.6Tap Done, then tap Done.To set a recurring alarm1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Alarm & clock.3Tap the alarm you want to edit.4Tap Repeat.5Mark the checkboxes for the desired days, then tap OK.6Tap Done.To set the title for an alarm1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Alarm & clock.3Tap the alarm you want to edit.4Tap Advanced alarm settings, then tap the Alarm text field and enter a namefor the alarm.5Tap Done.To activate the vibrate function for an alarm1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Alarm & clock.3Tap the alarm you want to edit.4Tap Advanced alarm settings, then mark the Vibrate checkbox.5Tap Done.116This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
To set alarms to sound when the device is in silent mode1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Alarm & clock, then tap to select an alarm.3Tap Advanced alarm settings, then mark the Alarm in silent mode checkbox.4Tap Done.To snooze an alarm when it sounds•Tap Snooze - min.To turn off an alarm when it sounds•Slide to the right.117This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
Support and maintenanceUpdating your deviceUpdate your device to the most recent software version to get optimal performanceand the latest enhancements.You can use the Update center application on your device to run a wireless update oryou can use the PC Companion application on a computer to run an update using aUSB cable connection. If you update wirelessly, then you can use either a mobilenetwork or a Wi-Fi® network connection. Just make sure you back up and save alldata stored on your device before you update.When you run an update using the Update center application, a data connection is establishedand related charges may be incurred. Also, the availability of updates over a mobile networkdepends on your operator. Contact your network operator for more information.Updating your device wirelesslyUse the Update center application to update your device wirelessly. You candownload software updates manually, or you can allow Update service to updateyour device automatically whenever downloads become available. When theautomatic update feature is activated, a notification appears in the status bar everytime an update becomes available.To download software updates manually from Update center1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Update Centre.3Select the desired application or system update and tap Download, or tapUpdate all to download all application updates.Application updates launch automatically after download. With system updates, wait for yourdevice to restart, then install the update manually. You may incur data connection chargeswhen downloading updates over mobile networks.To activate automatic software updates using the Update Center application1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Update Centre.3Press , then tap Settings.4Mark the Allow automatic downloads checkbox, then tap Agree. Updates arenow downloaded automatically as soon as they become available.You may incur data connection charges when downloading updates over mobile networks.To install system updates1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Update Centre.3Select a system update you want to install, then tap Install.Updating your device using a USB cable connectionSome updates are not available for wireless download. Notifications appear in thestatus bar to inform you of such updates. To download and run the updates, youneed a USB cable and a computer running the PC Companion application. You caninstall PC Companion on the computer using installation files saved on your device,or you can download the application directly from PC Companion.118This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
To download the PC Companion application from your device1Connect your device to a computer using a USB cable.2When prompted, follow the instructions in your device to launch the installationof PC Companion on the computer.PC Companion can also be downloaded from PC Companion.To download software updates using a USB cable connection1Install the PC Companion application on the computer you are using, if it is notalready installed.2Connect your device to the computer using a USB cable.3Computer: Launch the PC Companion application. After a few moments, PCCompanion detects your device and searches for new software for it.4Device: When notifications appear in the status bar, follow the on-screeninstructions to carry out the relevant software updates.To update your device using an Apple® Mac® computer1Install Sony™ Bridge for Mac application on the Apple® Mac® computer youare using, if it is not already installed.2Using a USB cable, connect your device to the Apple® Mac® computer.3Computer: Launch Sony™ Bridge for Mac application. After a few moments,Sony™ Bridge for Mac application detects your device and searches for newsoftware for it.4Computer: If a new software update is detected, a popup window appears.Follow the on-screen instructions to carry out the relevant software updates.Sony™ Bridge for Mac application is downloadable from Bridge for mac.Backup and restore applicationUse the Backup and restore application to make backups of content to a memorycard or a USB storage device. Such backups can be used to restore your contentand some settings in cases where your data gets lost or deleted.Types of content you can back upUse the Backup and restore application to back up the following types of data:•Bookmarks•Call log•Contacts•Applications downloaded from Google Play™•Multimedia messages•System settings (such as alarms, ringer volume, and language settings)•Text messagesYou do not need to back up music files and photos or videos taken with the camera. They arebacked up automatically to the device's memory card.You may incur additional data transmission charges when you restore applications fromGoogle Play™.Preparing to use the Backup and restore applicationBefore backing up your content, you can select the backup destination and the typesof data that you want to back up.To select the backup destination1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Back up & restore.3Tap Back up.4Tap the bar under Where to store data.5Select the destination to which you want to back up your content.119This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
To select the data types to back up1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Back up & restore.3Tap Back up.4Select the data types that you want to back up.To back up content1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Back up & restore.3Tap Back up, then tap Back up now.Restoring backed up content using the Backup and restoreapplicationWhen you restore backed up content, you must select a backup record to restorefrom. If you have backed up content several times, you may have several backuprecords. After you select a backup record, you can then select which types of data torestore.To restore content from a backup record1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Back up & restore.3Tap Restore.4Select the record that you want to restore from, then tap Restore now.Remember that any changes you make to your data and settings after you create a backup willget deleted during a restore procedure.Managing backup recordsYou can delete or rename records of the backups that you make using the Backup &restore function.To rename a backup record1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Back up & restore.3Press , then tap Manage backup records.4Select the backup record that you want to rename.5Tap .6Enter a new name and tap Rename.To delete backup records1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Back up & restore.3Press , then tap Manage backup records.4Select the backup record that you want to delete, or tap if you want to deleteall records.5Tap > Delete.Resetting your deviceAbout resetting your deviceYou can reset your device to its original settings, with or without deleting all of yourpersonal data. It is possible to reset your device to the state it was in before you firstturned it on. But before you perform a reset, make sure to back up any importantdata saved on your device.120This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
To perform a factory data resetTo avoid permanent damage to your device, do not restart your device while a resetprocedure is underway.1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Settings > Backup & reset.3Tap Factory data reset.4If you also want to erase data such as pictures and music, which is saved toyour device's internal storage, mark the Erase internal storage checkbox.5Tap Reset phone.6To confirm, tap Erase everything.Locking and protecting your deviceIMEI numberEvery device has a unique IMEI (International Mobile Equipment Identity) number.You should keep a copy of this number. If your device is stolen, your networkprovider can use your IMEI number to stop the device from accessing the network inyour country.To view your IMEI number•Turn off your phone, then remove the battery cover and battery to view your IMEInumber.•Open the phone dialer on your device and enter *#06#*.To view your IMEI number in the device1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Settings > About phone > Status.3Scroll to IMEI to view the IMEI number.Setting a screen lockThere are several ways to lock the screen on your device. For example, you can usethe Face Unlock feature, which uses a picture of your face to unlock the screen. Youcan also set a screen unlock pattern, a number-based PIN lock, or a text-basedpassword.It is very important that you remember your screen unlock pattern, PIN or password.If you forget this information, it may not be possible to restore important data such ascontacts and messages. Refer to Sony customer support for more information.121This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
To set a screen lock1From your Home screen, tap > Settings > Security > Screen lock.2Select an option.To set up the Face Unlock feature1From your Home screen, tap > Settings > Security > Screen lock.2Tap Face Unlock, then follow the instructions in your device to capture yourface.3After your face is successfully captured, tap Continue.4Select a backup lock method and follow the instructions in the device tocomplete the setup.The Face Unlock feature is less secure than a screen lock pattern, PIN, or password. Someonewho looks similar to you could unlock your device.For best results, capture your face in an indoor area that is well lit but not too bright, and holdthe device at eye level.To unlock the screen using the Face Unlock feature1Activate the screen.2Look at your device from the same angle you used to capture your FaceUnlock photo.If the Face Unlock feature fails to recognise your face, you need to draw the backup patternor enter the PIN to unlock the screen.To disable the Face Unlock protection1From your Home screen, tap > Settings > Security > Screen lock.2Draw your backup screen unlock pattern or enter your PIN.3Tap Swipe.To create a screen unlock pattern1From the Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Settings > Security > Screen lock > Pattern.3Follow the instructions in your device. You are asked to select a securityquestion that will be used to unlock the device if you forget your screen unlockpattern.To unlock the screen using a screen unlock pattern1Activate the screen.2Draw your screen unlock pattern.If the unlock pattern you draw on the screen is rejected five times in a row, you can select toeither wait 30 seconds and then try again, or to answer the security question you haveselected.To change the screen unlock pattern1From your Home screen, tap .2Find and tap Settings > Security > Screen lock.3Draw your screen unlock pattern.4Tap Pattern.5Follow the instructions in your device.To disable the screen unlock pattern1From your Home screen, tap > Settings > Security > Screen lock.2Draw the screen unlock pattern.3Tap Swipe.122This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
To create a screen unlock PIN1From your Home screen, tap > Settings > Security > Screen lock > PIN.2Enter a numeric PIN.3If necessary, tap to minimise the keyboard.4Tap Continue.5Re-enter and confirm your PIN.6If necessary, tap to minimise the keyboard.7Tap OK.To disable the screen unlock PIN1From your Home screen, tap > Settings > Security > Screen lock.2Enter your PIN, then tap Next.3Tap Swipe.To create a screen lock password1From your Home screen, tap > Settings > Security > Screen lock >Password.2Enter a password.3If necessary, tap to minimise the keyboard.4Tap Continue.5Re-enter and confirm your password.6If necessary, tap to minimise the keyboard.7Tap OK.To disable the screen unlock password1From your Home screen, tap > Settings > Security > Screen lock.2Enter your password and tap Continue.3Tap Swipe.Support applicationTo access the support application1From your Application screen, find and tap .2Find and tap the required support item.Recycling your deviceGot an old device lying around the house? Why not recycle it? By doing so, you willhelp us reuse its materials and components, and you’ll protect the environment, too!Find out more about the recycling options in your region at blogs.sonymobile.com/about-us/sustainability/commitment/overview/.123This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
ReferenceSettings overviewGet to know the settings in your device so that you can personalise them to your ownrequirements.Wi-Fi Turn Wi-Fi® on or off, scan for available Wi-Fi® networks, or adda Wi-Fi® network.Bluetooth Turn Bluetooth™ on or off, search for available Bluetooth™devices, and make your device visible or invisible to otherBluetooth™ devices.Data usage Turn the mobile data traffic on or off, and keep track of your datausage details over a specified period of time.More… Turn Airplane mode on or off, configure settings for VPN andmobile networks, and enable your device to share its mobile dataconnection as a portable Wi-Fi® hotspot, or via USB tethering orBluetooth™ tethering. You can also enable or disable the NFCfunction.Call settings Manage and configure settings for fixed dialing numbers,voicemail and Internet calls.Sound Configure how your device rings, vibrates, or alerts you when youreceive communications. You can also use these settings to setthe volume level for music, video, games or other media withaudio, and to make related adjustments.Display Enable the screen to switch orientation when you rotate yourdevice. You can also set the brightness, font size, wallpaper andscreen timeout.Storage Check out the available space on the internal storage and on theSD card. You can also erase the SD card, or unmount it for saferemoval.Powermanagement Turn the power saving modes on or off. You can also view yourbattery status and see how different applications consumebattery power.Apps Manage running applications, downloaded applications andapplications on the SD card.Xperia™ Access a range of settings tailored to your Xperia device, forexample, USB connection mode, Internet, screen mirroring,security, and Throw settings.Locationservices Enable or disable access to your location information.Security Protect your device by setting up different locks and passwords.You can also allow the installation of applications not fromGoogle Play™.Language &input Select the device language, adjust text input options, add wordsto the personal dictionary and configure speech settings.Backup & reset Back up your data and reset your device.Setup guide Get help setting up your device.Add account Add an account on your device, for example, an email account ora Google™ account.124This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
Date & time Set the time and date, or choose the network-provided values.Select your preferred date and hour format.Accessibility Enable your installed accessibility services and adjust relatedsettings.Developeroptions Set options for application development. For example, you candisplay CPU usage on the Home screen or set your device toenter debug mode when USB connections are active.About phone View information about your device, such as the model numberand signal strength. You can also update your software to thelatest version.Status and notification icons overviewStatus iconsThe following status icons may appear on your screen:Signal strengthNo signalRoamingGPRS is availableEDGE is availableNFC is activated3G is availableSending and downloading GPRS dataSending and downloading EDGE dataSending and downloading 3G dataBattery statusThe battery is chargingGPS is activatedAirplane mode is activatedThe Bluetooth™ function is activatedThe SIM card is not insertedThe microphone is mutedThe speakerphone is onSilent modeVibrate modeAn alarm is setSynchronisation is ongoingProblem with sign-in or synchronisationA Wi-Fi® connection is enabled and wireless networks are available125This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
Notification iconsThe following notification icons may appear on your screen:New email messageNew text message or multimedia messageNew voicemailAn upcoming calendar eventA song is playingThe device is connected to a computer via a USB cableWarning messageError messageMissed callCall ongoingCall on holdCall forwarding onSoftware updates availableDownloading dataUploading dataMore (undisplayed) notificationsApplication overviewUse the Alarm and clock application to set various kinds of alarms.Use your web browser to navigate and view web pages, manage bookmarks,and manage text and images.Use the Calculator application to perform basic calculations.Use the Calendar application to keep track of your events and manage yourappointments.Use the camera to take photos and record video clips.Use the Contact application to manage phone numbers, email address andother information related to your contacts.Access your downloaded applications.Use the Email application to send and receive emails through both privateand corporate accounts.Use the Facebook application to engage in social networking with friends,family members and colleagues around the world.Browse and listen to FM radio stations.Use the Album application to view and to work with your photos and videos.Use the Gmail™ application to read, write and organise email messages.Search for information in your device and on the web.126This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
View your current location, find other locations, and calculate routes usingGoogle Maps™.Go to Google Play™ to download free and paid applications for your device.Use the Messaging application to send and receive text and multimediamessages.Use the Movies application to play videos in your device, and share videoswith your friends or on other devices using DLNA™.Use the "WALKMAN" application to organise and play music, audio booksand podcasts.Navigate your way using spoken, turn-by-turn instructions.View news stories and weather forecasts.Make phone calls by dialling the number manually or by using the smart dialfunction.Search for places, for example, restaurants and cafés.Use the Video Unlimited™ application to rent and purchase videos.Use the subscription-based Music Unlimited™ application to access millionsof songs over a mobile data connection or Wi-Fi® connection.Optimise settings to suit your own requirements.Use the Google Talk™ application to chat with friends online.Identify music tracks that you hear playing in your surroundings, and getartist, album and other info.Use the Help application to access user support in the device. For example,you can access a User guide, troubleshooting information, plus tips andtricks.Use YouTube™ to share and view videos from around the world.Download and install new applications and updates.Some applications are not supported all networks and/or service providers in all areas.127This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
Important informationImportant information leafletBefore you use your device, please read the Important information leaflet provided inthe Setup guide in your device or in the box.To access the setup guide manually1From the Home screen, tap .2Tap Settings > Setup guide.Limitations to services and featuresSome of the services and features described in this User guide are not supported inall countries/regions or by all networks and/or service providers in all areas. Withoutlimitation, this applies to the GSM International Emergency Number, 112. Pleasecontact your network operator or service provider to determine availability of anyspecific service or feature and whether additional access or usage fees apply.Use of certain features and applications described in this guide may require accessto the Internet. You may incur data connection charges when you connect to theInternet from your device. Contact your wireless service provider for moreinformation.Protecting your device from water and dustIn order for your device to be waterproof, the covers for the micro USB port and theheadset jack must be firmly closed. Also, make sure that the battery cover isattached correctly.Avoid exposing your device to environments with excessive dust or moisture. Normalwear and tear along with damage to your device can reduce its ability to resist dustor moisture. You can use the device in the following fresh (non-saline) waterconditions:Swimming pool Diving Shooting photosand videosYou should only use the device in water depths of 1.5 metres or less.Do not use your device in the following conditions:Sand/mud Salt water Other liquidchemicalsWater can sometimes cause unintended touch actions on the screen. So it is recommended toactivate the Touch Block function before using the device in water. You may need to firstdownload the Touch Block application by using the Update center application in your device.128This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
Your smartphone is waterproof and dust resistant in compliance with the IngressProtection ratings IP5X, IPX5 and IPX8 (see details below). Always firmly attach allcovers to ensure the water and dust resistance of the device. If liquid is detectedinside the device, for example, underneath one of the covers or on the battery, yourwarranty will be void. Never submerge your device in salt water or let the micro USBport or headset jack come in contact with salt water. Also, never expose the deviceto any liquid chemicals, or to moist environments with extreme high or lowtemperatures. The waterproof ability of the micro USB port and the headset jack isnot guaranteed in all environments or conditions. After using the device in water, dryoff the areas around the micro USB port cover and the headset jack cover.If the speaker or microphone get wet, dry these areas and wait for three hours beforeusing them again. You can, however, use other features in the device that do notutilise the speaker or microphone.All compatible accessories, including batteries, chargers, handsfree devices andmicro USB cables, are not waterproof and dust resistant on their own.Your warranty does not cover damage or defects caused by abuse or improper useof your device. If you have any further questions about the use of your products, referto our Customer support service for help.IP (Ingress Protection) ratingYour device has an IP rating, which means it has undergone certified tests tomeasure its resistance levels to both dust and water. The first digit in the two-digit IPrating indicates the level of protection against solid objects, including dust. Thesecond digit indicates how resistant the device is to water. The higher the numbers,the higher the respective protection.Your smartphone is waterproof and dust resistant in compliance with the IngressProtection ratings IP5X, IPX5 and IPX8 (see details below). These ratings mean thatyour device is dust resistant and is protected against low pressure water stream aswell as against the effects of submersion for 30 minutes in fresh (non-saline) water upto 1.5 metres deep. You can therefore use the device in dusty environments, whenyour fingers are wet, and in extreme weather conditions, for example, when it’ssnowing or raining, or when humidity levels are high. You can also use the device infresh water conditions (for example, in a swimming pool) to take underwater photosor shoot underwater videos using the Camera key. See the table below for moredetails.Resistance to solid objects and dust Resistance to waterIP0X. No special protection IPX0. No special protectionIP1X. Protected against solid objects > 50 mm indiameter IPX1. Protected against dripping waterIP2X. Protected against solid objects > 12.5 mm indiameter IPX2. Protected against dripping water when tiltedup to 15 degrees from normal positionIP3X. Protected against solid objects > 2.5 mm indiameter IPX3. Protected against spraying waterIP4X. Protected against solid objects > 1 mm indiameter IPX4. Protected against splashing waterIP5X. Protected against dust; limited ingress (noharmful deposit) IPX5. Protected against water jet sprayIP6X. Dust tight IPX6. Protected against heavy jet spray IPX7. Protected against the effects of immersion IPX8. Protected against submersionThe IPX5 and IPX8 ratings are based on tests lasting 30 minutes in water depths of 1.5 metres.Go to www.sonymobile.com/testresults for more information.129This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
Legal informationSony C5503/C5502This User guide is published by Sony Mobile Communications AB or its local affiliated company, without anywarranty. Improvements and changes to this User guide necessitated by typographical errors, inaccuracies ofcurrent information, or improvements to programs and/or equipment, may be made by Sony MobileCommunications AB at any time and without notice. Such changes will, however, be incorporated into neweditions of this User guide.©Sony Mobile Communications AB, 2013.All rights reserved.Your mobile phone has the capability to download, store and forward additional content, for example,ringtones. The use of such content may be restricted or prohibited by rights of third parties, including but notlimited to restriction under applicable copyright laws. You, and not Sony, are entirely responsible for additionalcontent that you download to or forward from your mobile phone. Prior to your use of any additional content,please verify that your intended use is properly licensed or is otherwise authorized. Sony does not guaranteethe accuracy, integrity or quality of any additional content or any other third party content. Under nocircumstances will Sony be liable in any way for your improper use of additional content or other third partycontent.This User guide may reference services or applications provided by third parties. Use of such programming orservices may require separate registration with the third party provider and may be subject to additional termsof use. For applications accessed on or through a third-party website, please review such websites’ terms ofuse and applicable privacy policy in advance. Sony does not warrant or guarantee the availability orperformance of any third-party websites or offered services.Remove the battery to see regulatory information such as the CE mark.All product and company names mentioned herein are the trademarks or registered trademarks of theirrespective owners. Any rights not expressly granted herein are reserved. All other trademarks are property oftheir respective owners.Visit www.sonymobile.com for more information.All illustrations are for illustration purposes only and may not accurately depict the actual phone.This product is protected by certain intellectual property rights of Microsoft. Use or distribution of suchtechnology outside of this product is prohibited without a license from Microsoft.Content owners use Windows Media digital rights management technology (WMDRM) to protect theirintellectual property, including copyrights. This device uses WMDRM software to access WMDRM-protectedcontent. If the WMDRM software fails to protect the content, content owners may ask Microsoft to revoke thesoftware's ability to use WMDRM to play or copy protected content. Revocation does not affect unprotectedcontent. When you download licenses for protected content, you agree that Microsoft may include arevocation list with the licenses. Content owners may require you to upgrade WMDRM to access their content.If you decline an upgrade, you will not be able to access content that requires the upgrade.This product is licensed under the MPEG-4 visual and AVC patent portfolio licenses for the personal and non-commercial use of a consumer for (i) encoding video in compliance with the MPEG-4 visual standard("MPEG-4 video") or the AVC standard ("AVC video") and/or (ii) decoding MPEG- 4 or AVC video that wasencoded by a consumer engaged in a personal and non-commercial activity and/or was obtained from a videoprovider licensed by MPEG LA to provide MPEG-4 and/or AVC video. No license is granted or shall be impliedfor any other use. Additional information including that relating to promotional, internal and commercial usesand licensing may be obtained from MPEG LA, L.L.C. See http://www.mpegla.com. MPEG Layer-3 audiodecoding technology licensed from Fraunhofer IIS and Thomson.130This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
IndexAaccounts ..................................................................11Exchange Active Sync® ..................................11Facebook™ .....................................................11Google™ .........................................................11adjusting volume .....................................................59Airplane mode .........................................................31alarm ......................................................................115Album ................................................................81, 82map .................................................................86My albums .......................................................83online albums ..................................................87opening ...........................................................81pictures ............................................................82SensMe™ slideshow .......................................84thumbnail size .................................................82viewing ..........................................82, 83, 86, 87viewing local content .......................................81viewing online photos ......................................88Android Market™ - See Google Play™ ..................37Android™ ..................................................................7animated wallpaper .................................................20answering service ....................................................41applicationsarranging .........................................................22overview ........................................................126screen ..............................................................20sorting .............................................................22audio ........................................................................62adjusting volume .............................................59playing .............................................................59playing tracks in random order .......................62audio contentrelated content ................................................60Bback coverattaching ............................................................9removing ............................................................8backing upcontacts ...................................................49, 119content ..........................................................119battery .....................................................................12Bluetooth™ wireless technology ...........................102BRAVIA® Engine .....................................................81brightness ................................................................31business cardssending ............................................................48Ccalendar .................................................................115create an event ..............................................115calls ...................................................................39, 43barring .............................................................42diverting ...........................................................42emergency .......................................................39forwarding .......................................................42log ....................................................................40missed .............................................................40multiple ............................................................41reject ................................................................42settings ............................................................42waiting .............................................................41camera .........................................................70, 72, 77closing .............................................................70controls ...........................................................70face detection ..................................................71geotagging ......................................................72icons ................................................................77overview ..........................................................70recording videos ........................................76, 77screen ..............................................................70self-portraits ....................................................71settings ......................................................72, 77smile detection ................................................72Smile Shutter™ ...............................................72taking photos ......................................70, 71, 72using the flash .................................................71video ................................................................76viewing photos ................................................71viewing videos .................................................77zoom ................................................................71caps lock .................................................................25charging ...................................................................12chat ..........................................................................52conference calls ......................................................41connectivity .............................................................94contacts ...................................................................44backing up .......................................................49copying ............................................................49favourite ...........................................................48groups .............................................................48importing from SIM card .................................45joining contact information ..............................47picture .............................................................47sending ............................................................48sharing .............................................................48transferring ................................................44, 45corporate email, calendar and contacts ................110croppingphotos .............................................................84Ddata traffic ...............................................................34dateformat ..............................................................30deleting ....................................................................59an alarm .........................................................115music ...............................................................65photos .............................................................85tracks ...............................................................59videos ..............................................................86devicebattery .............................................................13performance ....................................................13update ...........................................................118downloadInternet settings ...............................................33driving directions ...................................................114Eeditingphotos .............................................................85email ........................................................................53more than one account ...................................53emergency numbers ................................................39equaliser ..................................................................59eventscalendar .........................................................115extensions ...............................................................18Fface detection ..........................................................71Facebook™"Like" a track on Facebook™ .........................60synchronisation .............................................111131This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
Xperia™ with Facebook ................................111favouritesremoving radio channels as ............................68saving radio channels as .................................68fixed dialling ............................................................43flashusing when taking photos ...............................71Flight mode - See Airplane mode ............................31FM radiofavourites .........................................................68selecting a channel ..........................................67Friends’ music .........................................................62front camera ............................................................70Ggeotaggingof photos .........................................................72gesture input ...........................................................27Gmail™ ....................................................................53Google Latitude™ .................................................114Google Maps™ .....................................................114Google Play™ .........................................................37Google Talk™ ..........................................................52Google™ account setup .........................................54Google™ synchronisation .....................................110GPS .......................................................................113Hheadset ....................................................................33using ................................................................33Home screen ...........................................................18customising .....................................................19Iicons ..............................................................125, 126in the camera ...................................................77importing SIM contacts ...........................................45improving photos with Mobile BRAVIA® Engine ....81infinite button ...........................................................60instant messaging ...................................................52Internetsettings ............................................................33web browser ....................................................93Kkeyboard .................................................................25settings ............................................................28keys .........................................................................12Llanguage ..................................................................31writing ..............................................................28Latitude .................................................................114LCD backlight control ..............................................31"Like" a photo on Facebook™ ................................88"Like" a track on Facebook™ .................................60"Like" a video on Facebook™ .................................88live wallpaper ...........................................................20location ............................................................72, 113locksactivating the screen .......................................10locking the screen ...........................................10screen lock ......................................................10Mmaintenance ..........................................................118Maps ..............................................................113, 114marking options .......................................................15Media Go™ ...........................................................106messagessettings ............................................................33MHL (Mobile High-Definition Link) ........................106micro SIM cardinserting .............................................................9Microsoft® Exchange synchronisation .................110Mobile BRAVIA® Engine .........................................81Movies .....................................................................89clearing video information ...............................90Multimedia Messaging Service (MMS)settings ............................................................33music ...........................................................33, 58, 63adjusting volume .............................................59changing tracks ...............................................59deleting ............................................................65downloading music information ......................61hearing protection ...........................................63My playlists ......................................................63pausing a track ................................................59playing .............................................................59purchasing .......................................................64searching using TrackID™ ..............................64sending ............................................................60sharing .............................................................64shortcuts .........................................................61transferring to your device ..............................58transferring to/from a computer ......................58using a headset ...............................................33viewing artist info ............................................65Visualiser .........................................................60music services .........................................................64Music Unlimited™ ...................................................65My music .................................................................61NNavigation application ...........................................114notification .............................................................126light ..................................................................23panel ..........................................................23, 24ringtone ...........................................................30setting ..............................................................24Oon-screen keyboard ................................................25overview ..................................................................61Ppausing a track ........................................................59personal information ................................................44phone maintenance ...............................................118phonebook ..............................................................44Phonepad ..........................................................25, 27photo albumsviewing ............................................................81photos .....................................................................85adding a geotag ..............................................85adding the geographical position ....................72associating with a contact ..............................47cropping ..........................................................84deleting ............................................................85editing ..............................................................85photo viewer ....................................................82rotating ............................................................84selecting ..........................................................82SensMe™ slideshow .......................................84sharing .............................................................85slideshow ........................................................84taking ...................................................70, 71, 72transferring to/from a computer ......................58using as ...........................................................84viewing ................................................71, 81, 82viewing on a map ............................................86viewing same location .....................................72zooming ...........................................................84PIN .........................................................................121132This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
playingmusic ...............................................................59playlists ....................................................................62adding a track .................................................62deleting ............................................................63playing your own .............................................63removing tracks ...............................................63powering off ............................................................10powering on .............................................................10presetsremoving radio channels as ............................68saving radio channels as .................................68protective plastic sheet ...........................................15PUK .......................................................................121purchasingmusic ...............................................................64Rradio ........................................................................67favourites .........................................................68listening to with the speaker ...........................68mono sound ....................................................68moving between channels ..............................67opening ...........................................................67radio region .....................................................67searching for channels ....................................68selecting a channel ..........................................67stereo sound ...................................................68visualizer ..........................................................67radio sound .............................................................68receiving items using Bluetooth™ .........................103recently used applications window .........................21recommending music ..............................................60recommending photos and videos ..........................88recording videos ......................................................70using the camera key ......................................76recycling your device ............................................123resetting .................................................................120resizingphotos .............................................................84ringtone .................................................................115rotatingphotos .............................................................84Sscanning barcodes ................................................107screen ......................................................................31cracked ............................................................15glass ................................................................15screen unlock pattern ....................................121warranty ...........................................................15screen mirroring ....................................................107searchingmusic using TrackID™ ....................................64track information .............................................64self-portrait ..............................................................70sendingbusiness cards ................................................48contacts ...........................................................48music ...............................................................60sending items using Bluetooth™ ..................103SensMe™ channels ................................................62services ...................................................................11settingscall ...................................................................42camera ......................................................72, 77data usage .......................................................34Internet ............................................................33messaging .......................................................33MMS ................................................................33quick settings ..................................................23still camera ......................................................72video camera ...................................................77setup guide ..............................................................10sharingmusic ...............................................................64photos .............................................................85shuffle music ...........................................................62silent mode ..............................................................29SIM card ................................................................121exporting contacts to ......................................49importing contacts from ..................................45slideshow ................................................................84Smart Connect ......................................................108smile detection ........................................................72Smile Shutter™ .......................................................72SOS - See emergency numbers ..............................39STAMINA modechanging settings ............................................14standby timeestimating ........................................................14status .....................................................................125bar ...................................................................23still camera ........................................................70, 72settings ............................................................72support ..................................................................118Support application ...............................................123surround sound feature ...........................................59symbols ...................................................................25synchronising ........................................................110Facebook™ contacts, calendar, photos .......111Google™ contacts, calendar, email ..............110with Microsoft® Exchange ............................110Ttaking photos ...........................................................70by tapping .......................................................71self-portraits ....................................................71using face detection ........................................71using smile detection ......................................72using Smile Shutter™ ......................................72using the camera key ......................................70telephony - See calls ...............................................39tetheringUSB tethering ..................................................95with Xperia Link™ ...........................................95text input method ....................................................25themes .....................................................................20time ..........................................................................30time management ..................................................115TrackID™ technology ..............................................64buying a track ..................................................64deleting a track ................................................65opening ...........................................................64searching for track information .......................64sharing a track .................................................64using results ....................................................64using with the FM Radio .................................69viewing artist info ............................................65viewing charts .................................................64transferringcontacts .....................................................44, 45turning off ................................................................10turning on ................................................................10Uupdating your device .............................................118usage info ................................................................34USB connection ....................................................104using Movies ...........................................................89using the equaliser ..................................................59133This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
Vvibration ...........................................................30, 115video albumsviewing ............................................................81video camera ...............................................70, 76, 77recording videos ..............................................77settings ............................................................77Video Unlimited™ ....................................................91buying videos ..................................................91creating an account .........................................91menu overview ..........................................91, 92notifications .....................................................91renting videos ..................................................91watching a video .............................................92videos ......................................................................85adjusting volume .............................................85deleting ............................................................86fast forwarding and rewinding .........................85pausing ............................................................85playing .............................................................85recording ...................................................76, 77selecting ..........................................................82sending ............................................................85sharing .............................................................85transferring to/from a computer ......................58viewing ................................................77, 81, 82viewingMovies .............................................................89photos .............................................................71videos recorded using the camera ..................77voice input ...............................................................29voice recognition .....................................................29voicemail .................................................................41volumeadjusting for videos .........................................85key ...................................................................29W"WALKMAN" applicationadding tracks to playlists ................................62deleting tracks .................................................59minimising .......................................................59overview ..........................................................58playing tracks in random order .......................62playlists ...........................................................62using ................................................................59using the equaliser ..........................................59"WALKMAN" application widget .............................63wallpaper .................................................................20web browser ............................................................93widgets ....................................................................19resizing ............................................................19wireless networks ..................................................113Zzoom ........................................................................71zoomingphotos .............................................................84134This is an Internet version of this publication. © Print only for private use.
Important informationSony Consumer Web siteAt www.sonymobile.com/support there is a support section wherehelp and tips are only a few clicks away. Here you will find the latestcomputer software updates and tips on how to use your productmore efficiently.Service and supportYou have access to a portfolio of exclusive service advantagessuch as:•Global and local Web sites providing support.•A global network of Contact Centers.•An extensive network of Sony service partners.•A warranty period. Learn more about the warranty conditions intheLimited warrantysection.At www.sonymobile.com/support, you can find the latest supporttools and information. For operator-specific services and features,please contact your network operator.You can also contact our Contact Centers. If your country/regionis not represented in the list below, please contact your localdealer. (Calls are charged according to national rates, includinglocal taxes, unless the phone number is a toll-free number.)If your product needs service, please contact the dealer fromwhom it was purchased, or one of our service partners. Forwarranty claims, save proof of purchase.Guidelines for Safe and Efficient UsePlease follow these guidelines. Failure to do so might entail apotential health risk or product malfunction. If in doubt as toits proper function, have the product checked by a certified servicepartner before charging or using it.Recommendations for care and safe use of our products•Handle with care and keep in a clean and dust-free place.•Warning! May explode if disposed of in fire.•Do not expose to liquid or moisture or excess humidity.•For optimum performance, the product should not beoperated in temperatures below -10°C(+14°F) or above2+45°C(+113°F). Do not expose the battery totemperatures above +60°C(+140°F).•Do not expose to flames or lit tobacco products.•Do not drop, throw or try to bend the product.•Do not paint or attempt to disassemble or modify theproduct. Only Sony authorised personnel should performservice.•Consult with authorised medical staff and the instructions of themedical device manufacturer before using the product nearpacemakers or other medical devices or equipment.•Discontinue use of electronic devices, or disable the radiotransmitting functionality of the device, where required orrequested to do so.•Do not use where a potentially explosive atmosphere exists.•Do not place the product, or install wireless equipment, in thearea above an air bag in a car.•Caution: Cracked or broken displays may create sharp edges orsplinters that could be harmful upon contact.•Do not use the Bluetooth Headset in positions where it isuncomfortable or will be subject to pressure.ChildrenWarning! Keep out of the reach of children. Do not allowchildren to play with mobile phones or accessories. Theycould hurt themselves or others. Products may contain small partsthat could become detached and create a choking hazard.Power supply (Charger)Connect the charger to power sources as marked on the product.Do not use outdoors or in damp areas. Do not alter or subject thecord to damage or stress. Unplug the unit before cleaning it. Neveralter the plug. If it does not fit into the outlet, have a proper outletinstalled by an electrician. When a power supply is connected thereis a small drain of power. To avoid this small energy waste,disconnect the power supply when the product is fully charged.Use of charging devices that are not Sony branded may poseincreased safety risks.3BatteryNew or idle batteries can have short-term reduced capacity. Fullycharge the battery before initial use. Use for the intended purposeonly. Charge the battery in temperatures between +5°C(+41°F) and+45°C(+113°F). Do not put the battery into your mouth. Do not letthe battery contacts touch another metal object. Turn off theproduct before removing the battery. Performance depends ontemperatures, signal strength, usage patterns, features selectedand voice or data transmissions. Only Sony service partners shouldremove or replace built-in batteries. Use of batteries that are notSony branded may pose increased safety risks. Replace the batteryonly with another Sony battery that has been qualified with theproduct per the standard IEEE-1725. Use of an unqualified batterymay present a risk of fire, explosion, leakage or other hazard.Personal medical devicesMobile phones may affect implanted medical equipment. Reducerisk of interference by keeping a minimum distance of15 cm(6 inches) between the phone and the device. Use the phoneat your right ear. Do not carry the phone in your breast pocket. Turnoff the phone if you suspect interference. For use in proximity topersonal medical devices, please consult a physician and thedevice manufacturer.DrivingSome vehicle manufacturers forbid the use of phones in theirvehicles unless a handsfree kit with an external antenna supportsthe installation. Check with the vehicle manufacturer'srepresentative to be sure that the mobile phone or Bluetoothhandsfree will not affect the electronic systems in the vehicle. Fullattention should be given to driving at all times and local laws andregulations restricting the use of wireless devices while driving mustbe observed.GPS/Location based functionsSome products provide GPS/Location based functions. Locationdetermining functionality is provided “As is” and “With all faults”.Sony does not make any representation or warranty as to theaccuracy of such location information.4Use of location-based information by the device may not beuninterrupted or error free and may additionally be dependent onnetwork service availability. Please note that functionality may bereduced or prevented in certain environments such as buildinginteriors or areas adjacent to buildings.Caution: Do not use GPS functionality in a manner which causesdistraction from driving.Emergency callsCalls cannot be guaranteed under all conditions. Never rely solelyupon mobile phones for essential communication. Calls may not bepossible in all areas, on all networks, or when certain networkservices and/or phone features are used.AntennaUse of antenna devices not marketed by Sony could damage thephone, reduce performance, and produce SAR levels above theestablished limits. Do not cover the antenna with your hand as thisaffects call quality, power levels and can shorten talk and standbytimes.Radio Frequency (RF) exposure and Specific AbsorptionRate (SAR)When the phone or Bluetooth handsfree is turned on, it emits lowlevels of radio frequency energy. International safety guidelineshave been developed through periodic and thorough evaluation ofscientific studies. These guidelines establish permitted levels ofradio wave exposure. The guidelines include a safety margindesigned to assure the safety of all persons and to account for anyvariations in measurements.Specific Absorption Rate (SAR) is used to measure radiofrequency energy absorbed by the body when using a mobilephone. The SAR value is determined at the highest certified powerlevel in laboratory conditions, but because the phone is designed touse the minimum power necessary to access the chosen network,the actual SAR level can be well below this value. There is no proofof difference in safety based on difference in SAR value.Products with radio transmitters sold in the US must be certifiedby the Federal Communications Commission (FCC). When required,tests are performed when the phone is placed at the ear and when5worn on the body. For body-worn operation, the phone has beentested when positioned a minimum of 15 mm from the body withoutany metal parts in the vicinity of the phone or when properly usedwith an appropriate Sony accessory and worn on the body. Whenoperating with “Hotspot” functionality engaged, a separationdistance of 10mm was used.For more information about SAR and radio frequency exposure,go to: www.sonymobile.com/health.Flight modeBluetooth and WLAN functionality, if available in the device, can beenabled in Flight mode but may be prohibited onboard aircraft or inother areas where radio transmissions are prohibited. In suchenvironments, please seek proper authorisation before enablingBluetooth or WLAN functionality even in Flight mode.MalwareMalware (short for malicious software) is software that can harm themobile phone or other computers. Malware or harmful applicationscan include viruses, worms, spyware, and other unwantedprograms. While the device does employ security measures toresist such efforts, Sony does not warrant or represent that thedevice will be impervious to the introduction of malware. You canhowever reduce the risk of malware attacks by using care whendownloading content or accepting applications, refraining fromopening or responding to messages from unknown sources, usingtrustworthy services to access the Internet, and only downloadingcontent to the mobile phone from known, reliable sources.AccessoriesUse only Sony branded original accessories and certified servicepartners. Sony does not test third-party accessories. Accessoriesmay influence RF exposure, radio performance, loudness, electricsafety and other areas. Third-party accessories and parts may posea risk to your health or safety or decrease performance.Accessible Solutions/Special NeedsIn the US, compatible Sony Xperia phones may offer compatibilitywith TTY terminals (with use of necessary accessory). For more6information call the Sony Special Needs Center on 877 878 1996(TTY) or 877 207 2056 (voice), or go to www.sonyericsson-snc.com.Disposal of old electrical and electronic equipment andbatteryThis symbols on the electronic product or on its packagingindicates that the electronic product inclusive the battery shouldnot be treated as household waste. Instead it should be handedover to the applicable collection point for the recycling of electricaland electronic equipment. Do not attempt to remove internalbatteries. Internal batteries shall be removed only by a wastetreatment facility or trained service professional.By ensuring this product is disposed of correctly, you will helpprevent potential negative consequences for the environment andhuman health, which could otherwise be caused by inappropriatewaste handling of this product. The recycling of materials will helpto conserve natural resources. For more detailed information aboutrecycling of this product, please contact your local city office, yourhousehold waste disposal service or the shop where youpurchased the product, by calling a Sony Contact Center or atwww.sonymobile .com/recycling.Memory cardIf the product comes complete with a removable memory card, it isgenerally compatible with the handset purchased but may not becompatible with other devices or the capabilities of their memorycards. Check other devices for compatibility before purchase oruse. If the product is equipped with a memory card reader, checkmemory card compatibility before purchase or use.Memory cards are generally formatted prior to shipping. Toreformat the memory card, use a compatible device. Do not use thestandard operating system format when formatting the memorycard on a PC. For details, refer to the operating instructions of thedevice or contact customer support.SIM cardIf your phone is equipped with a standard-sized SIM card slot,inserting an incompatible SIM card (for example, a micro SIM card,a micro SIM card with a non-Sony adapter, or a standard SIM cardcut into a micro SIM card size) in the SIM card slot may damage7your SIM card or your phone permanently. Sony does not warrantand will not be responsible for any damage caused by use ofincompatible or modified SIM cards.For Devices Supporting 3D Viewing capabilitiesIn viewing 3D images shot with this phone on a 3D-compatiblemonitor, you may experience discomfort in the form of eye strain,fatigue, or nausea. To prevent these symptoms, we recommendthat you take regular breaks. However, you need to determine foryourself the length and frequency of breaks you require, as theyvary according to the individual. If you experience any type ofdiscomfort, stop viewing the 3D images until you feel better, andconsult a physician as necessary. Also refer to the operatinginstructions supplied with the device or software you haveconnected or are using with this phone. Note that a child’s eyesightis still at the development stage (particularly children below the ageof 6). Consult a pediatrician or ophthalmologist before letting yourchild view 3D images, and make sure he/she observes the aboveprecautions when viewing such images.Warning!If the device requires an adapter for insertion into the handset oranother device, do not insert the card directly without the requiredadapter.Precautions on memory card use•Do not expose the memory card to moisture.•Do not touch terminal connections with your hand or any metalobject.•Do not strike, bend, or drop the memory card.•Do not attempt to disassemble or modify the memory card.•Do not use or store the memory card in humid or corrosivelocations or in excessive heat such as a closed car in summer, indirect sunlight or near a heater, etc.•Do not press or bend the end of the memory card adapter withexcessive force.•Do not let dirt, dust, or foreign objects get into the insert port ofany memory card adapter.•Check you have inserted the memory card correctly.8•Insert the memory card as far as it will go into any memory cardadapter needed. The memory card may not operate properlyunless fully inserted.•We recommend that you make a backup copy of important data.We are not responsible for any loss or damage to content youstore on the memory card.•Recorded data may be damaged or lost when you remove thememory card or memory card adapter, turn off the power whileformatting, reading or writing data, or use the memory card inlocations subject to static electricity or high electrical fieldemissions.Protection of personal informationErase personal data before disposing of the product. To deletedata, perform a master reset. Deleting data from the phone memorydoes not ensure that it cannot be recovered. Sony does not warrantagainst recovery of information and does not assume responsibilityfor disclosure of any information even after a master reset.Loudness warning!Avoid volume levels that may be harmful to your hearing.End User Licence AgreementSoftware delivered with this device and its media is owned by SonyMobile Communications AB, and/or its affiliated companies and itssuppliers and licensors.Sony grants you a non-exclusive limited licence to use theSoftware solely in conjunction with the Device on which it isinstalled or delivered. Ownership of the Software is not sold,transferred or otherwise conveyed.Do not use any means to discover the source code or anycomponent of the Software, reproduce and distribute the Software,or modify the Software. You are entitled to transfer rights andobligations to the Software to a third party, solely together with theDevice with which you received the Software, provided the thirdparty agrees in writing to be bound by the terms of this Licence.This licence exists throughout the useful life of this Device. It canbe terminated by transferring your rights to the Device to a thirdparty in writing.9Failure to comply with any of these terms and conditions willterminate the licence immediately.Sony and its third party suppliers and licensors retain all rights,title and interest in and to the Software. To the extent that theSoftware contains material or code of a third party, such thirdparties shall be beneficiaries of these terms.This licence is governed by the laws of Sweden. Whenapplicable, the foregoing applies to statutory consumer rights.In the event Software accompanying or provided in conjunctionwith your device is provided with additional terms and conditions,such provisions shall also govern your possession and usage of theSoftware.Export regulationsExport regulations: Goods delivered under this Agreement may bethe subject to import and export regulations of the European Union,the United States and other countries. Purchaser will comply withthese applicable laws and regulations and will obtain and maintainany export and import license required for the delivery of goods toPurchaser under this Agreement. Without limiting the foregoing,and as an example, Purchaser will not knowingly export or re-export goods to destinations identified pursuant to Articles inChapter II of European Council Regulation (EC) 428/2009 andspecifically, and without limitation, Purchaser will also comply withU.S. government Export Administration Regulations (“EAR”, 15C.F.R. §§ 730-774, http://www.bis.doc.gov/) administered byDepartment of Commerce, Bureau of Industry and Security andeconomic sanctions regulations (30 C.F.R. §§ 500 et. seq., http://www.treas.gov/offices/enforcement/ofac/) administered by the U.S.Department of Treasury, Office of Foreign Assets Control.Limited WarrantySony Mobile Communications AB, SE-221 88 Lund, Sweden,(Sony) or its local affiliated company, provides this Limited Warrantyfor your mobile phone, original accessory delivered with yourmobile phone, and/or your mobile computing product (hereinafterreferred to as “Product”).10Should your Product need warranty service, please return it tothe dealer from whom it was purchased, or contact your local SonyContact Center (national rates may apply) or visitwww.sonymobile.com to get further information.Our warrantySubject to the conditions of this Limited Warranty, Sony warrantsthis Product to be free from defects in design, material andworkmanship at the time of its original purchase by a consumer.This Limited Warranty will last for a period of two (2) years as fromthe original date of purchase of the Product for your mobile phone,and for a period of one (1) year following the original purchase dateof the Product for all original accessories (such as the battery,charger or handsfree kit) which may be delivered with your mobilephone.What we will doIf, during the warranty period, this Product fails to operate undernormal use and service, due to defects in design, materials orworkmanship, Sony authorised distributors or service partners, inthe country/region* where you purchased the Product, will, at theiroption, either repair or replace the Product in accordance with theterms and conditions stipulated herein.Sony and its service partners reserve the right to charge ahandling fee if a returned Product is found not to be under warrantyaccording to the conditions below.Please note that some of your personal settings, downloads andother information may be lost when your Sony Product is repairedor replaced. At present, Sony may be prevented by applicable law,other regulation or technical restrictions from making a backupcopy of certain downloads. Sony does not take any responsibilityfor any lost information of any kind and will not reimburse you forany such loss. You should always make backup copies of all theinformation stored on your Sony Product such as downloads,calendar and contacts before handing in your Sony Product forrepair or replacement.Conditions1. This Limited Warranty is valid only if the original proof of purchasefor this Product issued by a Sony authorised dealer specifying the11www.sonymobile.comSony Mobile Communications ABSE-221 88 Lund, Sweden1222-9269.9June 27, 2012 15:00:07Legal-Leaflets---Generic_EN (24M)_1222-9269.9.pdf 1 of 2
date of purchase and serial number**, is presented with theProduct to be repaired or replaced. Sony reserves the right torefuse warranty service if this information has been removed orchanged after the original purchase of the Product from thedealer.2. If Sony repairs or replaces the Product, the repair for the defectconcerned, or the replaced Product shall be warranted for theremaining time of the original warranty period or for ninety (90)days from the date of repair, whichever is longer. Repair orreplacement may involve the use of functionally equivalentreconditioned units. Replaced parts or components will becomethe property of Sony.3. This warranty does not cover any failure of the Product due tonormal wear and tear, or due to misuse, including but not limitedto use in other than the normal and customary manner, inaccordance with the Sony instructions for use and maintenanceof the Product. Nor does this warranty cover any failure of theProduct due to accident, software or hardware modification oradjustment, acts of God or damage resulting from liquid.A rechargeable battery can be charged and discharged morethan a hundred times. However, it will eventually wear out – this isnot a defect and corresponds to normal wear and tear. When thetalk-time or standby time is noticeably shorter, it is time to replacethe battery. Sony recommends that you use only batteries andchargers approved by Sony.Minor variations in display brightness and colour may occurbetween phones. There may be tiny bright or dark dots on thedisplay. It occurs when individual dots have malfunctioned andcan not be adjusted. Two defective pixels are deemedacceptable.Minor variations in camera image appearance may occurbetween phones. This is nothing uncommon and is not regardedas a defective camera module.4. Since the cellular system on which the Product is to operate isprovided by a carrier independent from Sony, Sony will not beresponsible for the operation, availability, coverage, services orrange of that system.5. This warranty does not cover Product failures caused byinstallations, modifications, or repair or opening of the Productperformed by a non-Sony authorised person.126. The warranty does not cover Product failures which have beencaused by use of accessories or other peripheral devices whichare not Sony branded original accessories intended for use withthe Product.Sony disclaims any and all warranties, whether express orimplied, for failures caused to the Product or peripheral devicesas a result of viruses, trojan horses, spyware, or other malicioussoftware. Sony strongly recommends that you install appropriatevirus protection software on your Product and any peripheraldevices connected to it, as available, and update it regularly, tobetter protect your device. It is understood, however, that suchsoftware will never fully protect your Product or its peripheraldevices and Sony disclaims all warranties, whether express orimplied, in case of failure by such antivirus software to fulfil itsintended purpose.7. Tampering with any of the seals on the Product will void thewarranty.8. THERE ARE NO EXPRESS WARRANTIES, WHETHER WRITTENOR ORAL, OTHER THAN THIS PRINTED LIMITED WARRANTY.ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATIONTHE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY ORFITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, ARE LIMITED TO THEDURATION OF THIS LIMITED WARRANTY. IN NO EVENT SHALLSONY OR ITS LICENSORS BE LIABLE FOR INCIDENTAL ORCONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY NATURE WHATSOEVER,INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOST PROFITS ORCOMMERCIAL LOSS TO THE FULL EXTENT THOSE DAMAGESCAN BE DISCLAIMED BY LAW.Some countries/states do not allow the exclusion or limitation ofincidental or consequential damages, or limitation of the duration ofimplied warranties, so the preceding limitations or exclusions maynot apply to you.The warranty provided does not affect the consumer’s statutoryrights under applicable legislation in force, nor the consumer’srights against the dealer arising from their sales / purchasecontract.*Geographical scope of the warrantyIf you have purchased your Product in a country member of theEuropean Economic Area (EEA) or in Switzerland or the Republic of13Turkey, and such Product was intended for sale in the EEA or inSwitzerland or in Turkey, you can have your Product serviced in anyEEA country or in Switzerland or in Turkey, under the warrantyconditions prevailing in the country in which you require servicing,provided that an identical Product is sold in such country by anauthorised Sony distributor. To find out if your Product is sold in thecountry you are in, please call the local Sony Contact Center.Please observe that certain services may not be available outsidethe country of original purchase, for example, due to the fact thatyour Product may have an interior or exterior which is different fromequivalent models sold in other countries. Please note in additionthat it may sometimes not be possible to repair SIM-lockedProducts.Our goods come with guarantees that cannot be excluded underthe Australian Consumer Law. If you purchased your product inAustralia, you are entitled to a replacement or refund for a majorfailure and compensation for any other reasonably foreseeable lossor damage. You are also entitled to have the goods repaired orreplaced if the goods fail to be of acceptable quality and the failuredoes not amount to a major failure. For warranty service inAustralia, please contact 1300 650 050 or Sony Service Centre, 320Princes Hwy, ROCKDALE NSW 2216.** In some countries/regions additional information (such as avalid warranty card) may be requested.Trademarks and acknowledgementsThe Liquid Identity logo and Xperia are trademarks or registeredtrademarks of Sony Mobile Communications AB.Sony is a trademark or a registered trademark of Sony Corporation.Ericsson is a trademark or registered trademark ofTelefonaktiebolaget LM Ericsson.Bluetooth is a trademark or a registered trademark of Bluetooth SIGInc. and any use of such mark by Sony is under license.Other product and company names mentioned herein may be thetrademarks of their respective owners.Any rights not expressly granted herein are reserved.14Anguilla 1-800-080-9518(Toll Free)questions.CO@support.sonymobile.comAntigua andBarbuda1-800-081-9518(Toll Free)questions.CO@support.sonymobile.comArgentina 0800-333-7427(número gratuito)questions.CO@support.sonymobile.comAustralia 1300 650-050(Toll Free)questions.AU@support.sonymobile.comTheBahamas1-800-205-6062(Toll Free)questions.CO@support.sonymobile.comBarbados 1-800-082-9518(Toll Free)questions.CO@support.sonymobile.comBelgique/België02-0745 1611 questions.BE@support.sonymobile.comBelize AN 815, PIN5597 (Toll Free)questions.CO@support.sonymobile.comBermuda 1-800-083-9518(Toll Free)questions.CO@support.sonymobile.comBolivia 800-100-542(número gratuito)questions.CO@support.sonymobile.comBrasil 4001-0444(Capitais eregiõesmetropolitanas)0800 884 0444(Demais regiões)questions.BR@support.sonymobile.comCanada 1 866 766 9374(Toll Free / sansfrais)questions.CA@support.sonymobile.comCaymanIslands1-800-084-9518(Toll Free)questions.CO@support.sonymobile.com15Central andSouthernAfrica+27 11 506 0123 questions.CF@support.sonymobile.comČeskárepublika 844 550 055 questions.CZ@support.sonymobile.comChile 800-646-425(número gratuito)questions.CO@support.sonymobile.comColombia 01800-0966-080(número gratuito)questions.CO@support.sonymobile.comCosta Rica 0 800 011 0400(número gratuito)questions.CO@support.sonymobile.comDanmark 3331 2828 questions.DK@support.sonymobile.comDeutschland 0180 534 2020(ortsüblicheGebühren)questions.DE@support.sonymobile.comDominica 1-800-085-9518(Toll Free)questions.CO@support.sonymobile.comEcuador 1-800-0102-50(número gratuito)questions.CO@support.sonymobile.comEesti 06 032 032 questions.EE@support.sonymobile.comEgypt/رصم 16727 questions.EG@support.sonymobile.comΕλλάδα 801 11 810 810+30 210 899 19 19(από κινητότηλέφωνο)questions.GR@support.sonymobile.comEl Salvador 800-6323(número gratuito)questions.CO@support.sonymobile.comEspaña 902 180 576(tarifa local)questions.ES@support.sonymobile.com16France 09 69 32 21 2109 69 32 21 22(Xperia™uniquement)questions.FR@support.sonymobile.comGuatemala 1-800-300-0057(número gratuito)questions.CO@support.sonymobile.comHaïti/Ayiti AN 193, PIN5598 (numérogratuit / nimewogratis)questions.CO@support.sonymobile.comHonduras AN 8000122,PIN 5599(número gratuito)questions.CO@support.sonymobile.comHong Kong/香港+852 8203 8863 questions.HK@support.sonymobile.comHrvatska 062 000 000 questions.HR@support.sonymobile.comIndia/भारत 1800 11 1800(Toll Free)+91 (011)39011111questions.IN@support.sonymobile.comIndonesia +62 21 29357669questions.ID@support.sonymobile.comIreland 1850 545 888(Local rate)questions.IE@support.sonymobile.comItalia 06 48895206(tariffa locale)questions.IT@support.sonymobile.comJamaica 1-800-442-3471(Toll Free)questions.CO@support.sonymobile.comΚύπρος/Kıbrıs0800 90 909 questions.CY@support.sonymobile.comLatvija 67 21 43 01 questions.LV@support.sonymobile.comLietuva 8 700 55030 questions.LT@support.sonymobile.com17Magyarország01 880 47 47 questions.HU@support.sonymobile.comMalaysia 1 800-88-7666 questions.MY@support.sonymobile.comMaroc/󰂏󰂱󰃅󰃀+212 2 2958 344 questions.MA@support.sonymobile.comMéxico 0 1800 000 4722(número gratuito)questions.MX@support.sonymobile.comNederland 0900 8998318 questions.NL@support.sonymobile.comNederlandseAntillen001-866-509-8660 (gratisnummer)questions.CO@support.sonymobile.comNewZealand0800-100-150(Toll Free)questions.NZ@support.sonymobile.comNicaragua AN 1800-0166,PIN 5600(número gratuito)questions.CO@support.sonymobile.comNorge 815 00 840(lokaltakst)questions.NO@support.sonymobile.comÖsterreich 0810 200 245 questions.AT@support.sonymobile.comPakistan/󰁯󰁹󰂕󰁯021 - 111 22 5573questions.PK@support.sonymobile.comPanamá 00800-787-0009(número gratuito)questions.CO@support.sonymobile.comParaguay 009 800 5420032 (númerogratuito)questions.CO@support.sonymobile.comPerú 0800-532-38(número gratuito)questions.CO@support.sonymobile.comPhilippines/Pilipinas+632 479 9777or 1800 1 8537669questions.PH@support.sonymobile.com18Polska +48 22 22 77444questions.PL@support.sonymobile.comPortugal 808 204 466(chamada local)questions.PT@support.sonymobile.comRepúblicaDominicana1-800-751-3370(número gratuito)questions.CO@support.sonymobile.comRomânia +40 21 401 0401 questions.RO@support.sonymobile.comSaint Kittsand Nevis1-800-087-9518(Toll Free)questions.CO@support.sonymobile.comSaintVincent andtheGrenadines1-800-088-9518(Toll Free)questions.CO@support.sonymobile.comSchweiz/Suisse/Svizzera0848 824 040 questions.CH@support.sonymobile .comSingapore +65 6744 0733 questions.SG@support.sonymobile.comSlovenia 0800 81291 questions.si@support.sonymobile.comSlovensko 02 5443 6443 questions.SK@support.sonymobile.comSouth Africa 0861 632222 questions.ZA@support.sonymobile.comSouthΚorea/대한민국(+82) 1588 4170 questions.KO@support.sonymobile.comSuomi 09 299 2000 questions.FI@support.sonymobile.comSverige 013 24 45 00(lokal taxa)questions.SE@support.sonymobile.comThailand 001 800 8527663 or 024013030questions.CO@support.sonymobile.com19Trinidad andTobago1-800-080-9521(Toll Free)questions.CO@support.sonymobile.comTürkiye +90 212 473 7777questions.TR@support.sonymobile.comUnitedKingdom08705 237 237(Local rate)questions.GB@support.sonymobile.comUnitedStates1 866 766 9374 questions.US@support.sonymobile.comUruguay 000-401-787-013 (númerogratuito)questions.CO@support.sonymobile.comVenezuela 0-800-1-00-2250(número gratuito)questions.CO@support.sonymobile.comViệt Nam 1900 1525 (miễnphí)questions.VN@support.sonymobile .comБългария 0800 1 8778 questions.BG@support.sonymobile.comРоссия 8-800-1008022 questions.RU@support.sonymobile.comУкраїна +38 044 5901515questions.UA@support.sonymobile.com󰃘 +971 4 3919 880 questions.JO@support.sonymobile.com󰁯󰃄󰃚󰁵󰃕󰁲󰂏󰂭󰃀󰂋󰂅󰁹󰃅󰃀+971 4 3919 880(UAE)questions.AE@support.sonymobile.com󰁷󰃔󰃏󰂽󰃀 +971 4 3919 880 questions.KW@support.sonymobile.com󰁵󰂽󰃁󰃅󰃅󰃀󰁵󰃕󰁲󰂏󰂭󰃀󰁵󰃔󰃏󰂭󰂕󰃀800-8200-727 questions.SA@support.sonymobile.com20中国 +86 400 8100000questions.CN@sonymobile.com台灣 +886 225625511questions.TW@support.sonymobile.comไทย 02 2483 030 questions.TH@support.sonymobile.com21June 27, 2012 15:00:08Legal-Leaflets---Generic_EN (24M)_1222-9269.9.pdf 2 of 2
Important informationSony Consumer Web siteAt www.sonymobile.com/support there is a support section wherehelp and tips are only a few clicks away. Here you will find the latestcomputer software updates and tips on how to use your productmore efficiently.Service and supportYou have access to a portfolio of exclusive service advantagessuch as:•Global and local Web sites providing support.•A global network of Contact Centers.•An extensive network of Sony service partners.•A warranty period. Learn more about the warranty conditions intheLimited warrantysection.At www.sonymobile.com/support, you can find the latest supporttools and information. For operator-specific services and features,please contact your network operator.You can also contact our Contact Centers. If your country/regionis not represented in the list below, please contact your localdealer. (Calls are charged according to national rates, includinglocal taxes, unless the phone number is a toll-free number.)If your product needs service, please contact the dealer fromwhom it was purchased, or one of our service partners. Forwarranty claims, save proof of purchase.Guidelines for Safe and Efficient UsePlease follow these guidelines. Failure to do so might entail apotential health risk or product malfunction. If in doubt as toits proper function, have the product checked by a certified servicepartner before charging or using it.Recommendations for care and safe use of our products•Handle with care and keep in a clean and dust-free place.•Warning! May explode if disposed of in fire.•Do not expose to liquid or moisture or excess humidity.•For optimum performance, the product should not beoperated in temperatures below -10°C(+14°F) or above2+45°C(+113°F). Do not expose the battery totemperatures above +60°C(+140°F).•Do not expose to flames or lit tobacco products.•Do not drop, throw or try to bend the product.•Do not paint or attempt to disassemble or modify theproduct. Only Sony authorised personnel should performservice.•Consult with authorised medical staff and the instructions of themedical device manufacturer before using the product nearpacemakers or other medical devices or equipment.•Discontinue use of electronic devices, or disable the radiotransmitting functionality of the device, where required orrequested to do so.•Do not use where a potentially explosive atmosphere exists.•Do not place the product, or install wireless equipment, in thearea above an air bag in a car.•Caution: Cracked or broken displays may create sharp edges orsplinters that could be harmful upon contact.•Do not use the Bluetooth Headset in positions where it isuncomfortable or will be subject to pressure.ChildrenWarning! Keep out of the reach of children. Do not allowchildren to play with mobile phones or accessories. Theycould hurt themselves or others. Products may contain small partsthat could become detached and create a choking hazard.Power supply (Charger)Connect the charger to power sources as marked on the product.Do not use outdoors or in damp areas. Do not alter or subject thecord to damage or stress. Unplug the unit before cleaning it. Neveralter the plug. If it does not fit into the outlet, have a proper outletinstalled by an electrician. When a power supply is connected thereis a small drain of power. To avoid this small energy waste,disconnect the power supply when the product is fully charged.Use of charging devices that are not Sony branded may poseincreased safety risks.3BatteryNew or idle batteries can have short-term reduced capacity. Fullycharge the battery before initial use. Use for the intended purposeonly. Charge the battery in temperatures between +5°C(+41°F) and+45°C(+113°F). Do not put the battery into your mouth. Do not letthe battery contacts touch another metal object. Turn off theproduct before removing the battery. Performance depends ontemperatures, signal strength, usage patterns, features selectedand voice or data transmissions. Only Sony service partners shouldremove or replace built-in batteries. Use of batteries that are notSony branded may pose increased safety risks. Replace the batteryonly with another Sony battery that has been qualified with theproduct per the standard IEEE-1725. Use of an unqualified batterymay present a risk of fire, explosion, leakage or other hazard.Personal medical devicesMobile phones may affect implanted medical equipment. Reducerisk of interference by keeping a minimum distance of15 cm(6 inches) between the phone and the device. Use the phoneat your right ear. Do not carry the phone in your breast pocket. Turnoff the phone if you suspect interference. For use in proximity topersonal medical devices, please consult a physician and thedevice manufacturer.DrivingSome vehicle manufacturers forbid the use of phones in theirvehicles unless a handsfree kit with an external antenna supportsthe installation. Check with the vehicle manufacturer'srepresentative to be sure that the mobile phone or Bluetoothhandsfree will not affect the electronic systems in the vehicle. Fullattention should be given to driving at all times and local laws andregulations restricting the use of wireless devices while driving mustbe observed.GPS/Location based functionsSome products provide GPS/Location based functions. Locationdetermining functionality is provided “As is” and “With all faults”.Sony does not make any representation or warranty as to theaccuracy of such location information.4Use of location-based information by the device may not beuninterrupted or error free and may additionally be dependent onnetwork service availability. Please note that functionality may bereduced or prevented in certain environments such as buildinginteriors or areas adjacent to buildings.Caution: Do not use GPS functionality in a manner which causesdistraction from driving.Emergency callsCalls cannot be guaranteed under all conditions. Never rely solelyupon mobile phones for essential communication. Calls may not bepossible in all areas, on all networks, or when certain networkservices and/or phone features are used.AntennaUse of antenna devices not marketed by Sony could damage thephone, reduce performance, and produce SAR levels above theestablished limits. Do not cover the antenna with your hand as thisaffects call quality, power levels and can shorten talk and standbytimes.Radio Frequency (RF) exposure and Specific AbsorptionRate (SAR)When the phone or Bluetooth handsfree is turned on, it emits lowlevels of radio frequency energy. International safety guidelineshave been developed through periodic and thorough evaluation ofscientific studies. These guidelines establish permitted levels ofradio wave exposure. The guidelines include a safety margindesigned to assure the safety of all persons and to account for anyvariations in measurements.Specific Absorption Rate (SAR) is used to measure radiofrequency energy absorbed by the body when using a mobilephone. The SAR value is determined at the highest certified powerlevel in laboratory conditions, but because the phone is designed touse the minimum power necessary to access the chosen network,the actual SAR level can be well below this value. There is no proofof difference in safety based on difference in SAR value.Products with radio transmitters sold in the US must be certifiedby the Federal Communications Commission (FCC). When required,tests are performed when the phone is placed at the ear and when5worn on the body. For body-worn operation, the phone has beentested when positioned a minimum of 15 mm from the body withoutany metal parts in the vicinity of the phone or when properly usedwith an appropriate Sony accessory and worn on the body. Whenoperating with “Hotspot” functionality engaged, a separationdistance of 10mm was used.For more information about SAR and radio frequency exposure,go to: www.sonymobile.com/health.Flight modeBluetooth and WLAN functionality, if available in the device, can beenabled in Flight mode but may be prohibited onboard aircraft or inother areas where radio transmissions are prohibited. In suchenvironments, please seek proper authorisation before enablingBluetooth or WLAN functionality even in Flight mode.MalwareMalware (short for malicious software) is software that can harm themobile phone or other computers. Malware or harmful applicationscan include viruses, worms, spyware, and other unwantedprograms. While the device does employ security measures toresist such efforts, Sony does not warrant or represent that thedevice will be impervious to the introduction of malware. You canhowever reduce the risk of malware attacks by using care whendownloading content or accepting applications, refraining fromopening or responding to messages from unknown sources, usingtrustworthy services to access the Internet, and only downloadingcontent to the mobile phone from known, reliable sources.AccessoriesUse only Sony branded original accessories and certified servicepartners. Sony does not test third-party accessories. Accessoriesmay influence RF exposure, radio performance, loudness, electricsafety and other areas. Third-party accessories and parts may posea risk to your health or safety or decrease performance.Accessible Solutions/Special NeedsIn the US, compatible Sony Xperia phones may offer compatibilitywith TTY terminals (with use of necessary accessory). For more6information call the Sony Special Needs Center on 877 878 1996(TTY) or 877 207 2056 (voice), or go to www.sonyericsson-snc.com.Disposal of old electrical and electronic equipment andbatteryThis symbols on the electronic product or on its packagingindicates that the electronic product inclusive the battery shouldnot be treated as household waste. Instead it should be handedover to the applicable collection point for the recycling of electricaland electronic equipment. Do not attempt to remove internalbatteries. Internal batteries shall be removed only by a wastetreatment facility or trained service professional.By ensuring this product is disposed of correctly, you will helpprevent potential negative consequences for the environment andhuman health, which could otherwise be caused by inappropriatewaste handling of this product. The recycling of materials will helpto conserve natural resources. For more detailed information aboutrecycling of this product, please contact your local city office, yourhousehold waste disposal service or the shop where youpurchased the product, by calling a Sony Contact Center or atwww.sonymobile .com/recycling.Memory cardIf the product comes complete with a removable memory card, it isgenerally compatible with the handset purchased but may not becompatible with other devices or the capabilities of their memorycards. Check other devices for compatibility before purchase oruse. If the product is equipped with a memory card reader, checkmemory card compatibility before purchase or use.Memory cards are generally formatted prior to shipping. Toreformat the memory card, use a compatible device. Do not use thestandard operating system format when formatting the memorycard on a PC. For details, refer to the operating instructions of thedevice or contact customer support.SIM cardIf your phone is equipped with a standard-sized SIM card slot,inserting an incompatible SIM card (for example, a micro SIM card,a micro SIM card with a non-Sony adapter, or a standard SIM cardcut into a micro SIM card size) in the SIM card slot may damage7your SIM card or your phone permanently. Sony does not warrantand will not be responsible for any damage caused by use ofincompatible or modified SIM cards.For Devices Supporting 3D Viewing capabilitiesIn viewing 3D images shot with this phone on a 3D-compatiblemonitor, you may experience discomfort in the form of eye strain,fatigue, or nausea. To prevent these symptoms, we recommendthat you take regular breaks. However, you need to determine foryourself the length and frequency of breaks you require, as theyvary according to the individual. If you experience any type ofdiscomfort, stop viewing the 3D images until you feel better, andconsult a physician as necessary. Also refer to the operatinginstructions supplied with the device or software you haveconnected or are using with this phone. Note that a child’s eyesightis still at the development stage (particularly children below the ageof 6). Consult a pediatrician or ophthalmologist before letting yourchild view 3D images, and make sure he/she observes the aboveprecautions when viewing such images.Warning!If the device requires an adapter for insertion into the handset oranother device, do not insert the card directly without the requiredadapter.Precautions on memory card use•Do not expose the memory card to moisture.•Do not touch terminal connections with your hand or any metalobject.•Do not strike, bend, or drop the memory card.•Do not attempt to disassemble or modify the memory card.•Do not use or store the memory card in humid or corrosivelocations or in excessive heat such as a closed car in summer, indirect sunlight or near a heater, etc.•Do not press or bend the end of the memory card adapter withexcessive force.•Do not let dirt, dust, or foreign objects get into the insert port ofany memory card adapter.•Check you have inserted the memory card correctly.8•Insert the memory card as far as it will go into any memory cardadapter needed. The memory card may not operate properlyunless fully inserted.•We recommend that you make a backup copy of important data.We are not responsible for any loss or damage to content youstore on the memory card.•Recorded data may be damaged or lost when you remove thememory card or memory card adapter, turn off the power whileformatting, reading or writing data, or use the memory card inlocations subject to static electricity or high electrical fieldemissions.Protection of personal informationErase personal data before disposing of the product. To deletedata, perform a master reset. Deleting data from the phone memorydoes not ensure that it cannot be recovered. Sony does not warrantagainst recovery of information and does not assume responsibilityfor disclosure of any information even after a master reset.Loudness warning!Avoid volume levels that may be harmful to your hearing.End User Licence AgreementSoftware delivered with this device and its media is owned by SonyMobile Communications AB, and/or its affiliated companies and itssuppliers and licensors.Sony grants you a non-exclusive limited licence to use theSoftware solely in conjunction with the Device on which it isinstalled or delivered. Ownership of the Software is not sold,transferred or otherwise conveyed.Do not use any means to discover the source code or anycomponent of the Software, reproduce and distribute the Software,or modify the Software. You are entitled to transfer rights andobligations to the Software to a third party, solely together with theDevice with which you received the Software, provided the thirdparty agrees in writing to be bound by the terms of this Licence.This licence exists throughout the useful life of this Device. It canbe terminated by transferring your rights to the Device to a thirdparty in writing.9Failure to comply with any of these terms and conditions willterminate the licence immediately.Sony and its third party suppliers and licensors retain all rights,title and interest in and to the Software. To the extent that theSoftware contains material or code of a third party, such thirdparties shall be beneficiaries of these terms.This licence is governed by the laws of Sweden. Whenapplicable, the foregoing applies to statutory consumer rights.In the event Software accompanying or provided in conjunctionwith your device is provided with additional terms and conditions,such provisions shall also govern your possession and usage of theSoftware.Export regulationsExport regulations: Goods delivered under this Agreement may bethe subject to import and export regulations of the European Union,the United States and other countries. Purchaser will comply withthese applicable laws and regulations and will obtain and maintainany export and import license required for the delivery of goods toPurchaser under this Agreement. Without limiting the foregoing,and as an example, Purchaser will not knowingly export or re-export goods to destinations identified pursuant to Articles inChapter II of European Council Regulation (EC) 428/2009 andspecifically, and without limitation, Purchaser will also comply withU.S. government Export Administration Regulations (“EAR”, 15C.F.R. §§ 730-774, http://www.bis.doc.gov/) administered byDepartment of Commerce, Bureau of Industry and Security andeconomic sanctions regulations (30 C.F.R. §§ 500 et. seq., http://www.treas.gov/offices/enforcement/ofac/) administered by the U.S.Department of Treasury, Office of Foreign Assets Control.Limited WarrantySony Mobile Communications AB, SE-221 88 Lund, Sweden,(Sony) or its local affiliated company, provides this Limited Warrantyfor your mobile phone, original accessory delivered with yourmobile phone, and/or your mobile computing product (hereinafterreferred to as “Product”).10Should your Product need warranty service, please return it tothe dealer from whom it was purchased, or contact your local SonyContact Center (national rates may apply) or visitwww.sonymobile.com to get further information.Our warrantySubject to the conditions of this Limited Warranty, Sony warrantsthis Product to be free from defects in design, material andworkmanship at the time of its original purchase by a consumer.This Limited Warranty will last for a period of two (2) years as fromthe original date of purchase of the Product for your mobile phone,and for a period of one (1) year following the original purchase dateof the Product for all original accessories (such as the battery,charger or handsfree kit) which may be delivered with your mobilephone.What we will doIf, during the warranty period, this Product fails to operate undernormal use and service, due to defects in design, materials orworkmanship, Sony authorised distributors or service partners, inthe country/region* where you purchased the Product, will, at theiroption, either repair or replace the Product in accordance with theterms and conditions stipulated herein.Sony and its service partners reserve the right to charge ahandling fee if a returned Product is found not to be under warrantyaccording to the conditions below.Please note that some of your personal settings, downloads andother information may be lost when your Sony Product is repairedor replaced. At present, Sony may be prevented by applicable law,other regulation or technical restrictions from making a backupcopy of certain downloads. Sony does not take any responsibilityfor any lost information of any kind and will not reimburse you forany such loss. You should always make backup copies of all theinformation stored on your Sony Product such as downloads,calendar and contacts before handing in your Sony Product forrepair or replacement.Conditions1. This Limited Warranty is valid only if the original proof of purchasefor this Product issued by a Sony authorised dealer specifying the11www.sonymobile.comSony Mobile Communications ABSE-221 88 Lund, Sweden1222-9269.9June 27, 2012 15:00:07Legal-Leaflets---Generic_EN (24M)_1222-9269.9.pdf 1 of 2
date of purchase and serial number**, is presented with theProduct to be repaired or replaced. Sony reserves the right torefuse warranty service if this information has been removed orchanged after the original purchase of the Product from thedealer.2. If Sony repairs or replaces the Product, the repair for the defectconcerned, or the replaced Product shall be warranted for theremaining time of the original warranty period or for ninety (90)days from the date of repair, whichever is longer. Repair orreplacement may involve the use of functionally equivalentreconditioned units. Replaced parts or components will becomethe property of Sony.3. This warranty does not cover any failure of the Product due tonormal wear and tear, or due to misuse, including but not limitedto use in other than the normal and customary manner, inaccordance with the Sony instructions for use and maintenanceof the Product. Nor does this warranty cover any failure of theProduct due to accident, software or hardware modification oradjustment, acts of God or damage resulting from liquid.A rechargeable battery can be charged and discharged morethan a hundred times. However, it will eventually wear out – this isnot a defect and corresponds to normal wear and tear. When thetalk-time or standby time is noticeably shorter, it is time to replacethe battery. Sony recommends that you use only batteries andchargers approved by Sony.Minor variations in display brightness and colour may occurbetween phones. There may be tiny bright or dark dots on thedisplay. It occurs when individual dots have malfunctioned andcan not be adjusted. Two defective pixels are deemedacceptable.Minor variations in camera image appearance may occurbetween phones. This is nothing uncommon and is not regardedas a defective camera module.4. Since the cellular system on which the Product is to operate isprovided by a carrier independent from Sony, Sony will not beresponsible for the operation, availability, coverage, services orrange of that system.5. This warranty does not cover Product failures caused byinstallations, modifications, or repair or opening of the Productperformed by a non-Sony authorised person.126. The warranty does not cover Product failures which have beencaused by use of accessories or other peripheral devices whichare not Sony branded original accessories intended for use withthe Product.Sony disclaims any and all warranties, whether express orimplied, for failures caused to the Product or peripheral devicesas a result of viruses, trojan horses, spyware, or other malicioussoftware. Sony strongly recommends that you install appropriatevirus protection software on your Product and any peripheraldevices connected to it, as available, and update it regularly, tobetter protect your device. It is understood, however, that suchsoftware will never fully protect your Product or its peripheraldevices and Sony disclaims all warranties, whether express orimplied, in case of failure by such antivirus software to fulfil itsintended purpose.7. Tampering with any of the seals on the Product will void thewarranty.8. THERE ARE NO EXPRESS WARRANTIES, WHETHER WRITTENOR ORAL, OTHER THAN THIS PRINTED LIMITED WARRANTY.ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATIONTHE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY ORFITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, ARE LIMITED TO THEDURATION OF THIS LIMITED WARRANTY. IN NO EVENT SHALLSONY OR ITS LICENSORS BE LIABLE FOR INCIDENTAL ORCONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OF ANY NATURE WHATSOEVER,INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOST PROFITS ORCOMMERCIAL LOSS TO THE FULL EXTENT THOSE DAMAGESCAN BE DISCLAIMED BY LAW.Some countries/states do not allow the exclusion or limitation ofincidental or consequential damages, or limitation of the duration ofimplied warranties, so the preceding limitations or exclusions maynot apply to you.The warranty provided does not affect the consumer’s statutoryrights under applicable legislation in force, nor the consumer’srights against the dealer arising from their sales / purchasecontract.*Geographical scope of the warrantyIf you have purchased your Product in a country member of theEuropean Economic Area (EEA) or in Switzerland or the Republic of13Turkey, and such Product was intended for sale in the EEA or inSwitzerland or in Turkey, you can have your Product serviced in anyEEA country or in Switzerland or in Turkey, under the warrantyconditions prevailing in the country in which you require servicing,provided that an identical Product is sold in such country by anauthorised Sony distributor. To find out if your Product is sold in thecountry you are in, please call the local Sony Contact Center.Please observe that certain services may not be available outsidethe country of original purchase, for example, due to the fact thatyour Product may have an interior or exterior which is different fromequivalent models sold in other countries. Please note in additionthat it may sometimes not be possible to repair SIM-lockedProducts.Our goods come with guarantees that cannot be excluded underthe Australian Consumer Law. If you purchased your product inAustralia, you are entitled to a replacement or refund for a majorfailure and compensation for any other reasonably foreseeable lossor damage. You are also entitled to have the goods repaired orreplaced if the goods fail to be of acceptable quality and the failuredoes not amount to a major failure. For warranty service inAustralia, please contact 1300 650 050 or Sony Service Centre, 320Princes Hwy, ROCKDALE NSW 2216.** In some countries/regions additional information (such as avalid warranty card) may be requested.Trademarks and acknowledgementsThe Liquid Identity logo and Xperia are trademarks or registeredtrademarks of Sony Mobile Communications AB.Sony is a trademark or a registered trademark of Sony Corporation.Ericsson is a trademark or registered trademark ofTelefonaktiebolaget LM Ericsson.Bluetooth is a trademark or a registered trademark of Bluetooth SIGInc. and any use of such mark by Sony is under license.Other product and company names mentioned herein may be thetrademarks of their respective owners.Any rights not expressly granted herein are reserved.14Anguilla 1-800-080-9518(Toll Free)questions.CO@support.sonymobile.comAntigua andBarbuda1-800-081-9518(Toll Free)questions.CO@support.sonymobile.comArgentina 0800-333-7427(número gratuito)questions.CO@support.sonymobile.comAustralia 1300 650-050(Toll Free)questions.AU@support.sonymobile.comTheBahamas1-800-205-6062(Toll Free)questions.CO@support.sonymobile.comBarbados 1-800-082-9518(Toll Free)questions.CO@support.sonymobile.comBelgique/België02-0745 1611 questions.BE@support.sonymobile.comBelize AN 815, PIN5597 (Toll Free)questions.CO@support.sonymobile.comBermuda 1-800-083-9518(Toll Free)questions.CO@support.sonymobile.comBolivia 800-100-542(número gratuito)questions.CO@support.sonymobile.comBrasil 4001-0444(Capitais eregiõesmetropolitanas)0800 884 0444(Demais regiões)questions.BR@support.sonymobile.comCanada 1 866 766 9374(Toll Free / sansfrais)questions.CA@support.sonymobile.comCaymanIslands1-800-084-9518(Toll Free)questions.CO@support.sonymobile.com15Central andSouthernAfrica+27 11 506 0123 questions.CF@support.sonymobile.comČeskárepublika 844 550 055 questions.CZ@support.sonymobile.comChile 800-646-425(número gratuito)questions.CO@support.sonymobile.comColombia 01800-0966-080(número gratuito)questions.CO@support.sonymobile.comCosta Rica 0 800 011 0400(número gratuito)questions.CO@support.sonymobile.comDanmark 3331 2828 questions.DK@support.sonymobile.comDeutschland 0180 534 2020(ortsüblicheGebühren)questions.DE@support.sonymobile.comDominica 1-800-085-9518(Toll Free)questions.CO@support.sonymobile.comEcuador 1-800-0102-50(número gratuito)questions.CO@support.sonymobile.comEesti 06 032 032 questions.EE@support.sonymobile.comEgypt/رصم 16727 questions.EG@support.sonymobile.comΕλλάδα 801 11 810 810+30 210 899 19 19(από κινητότηλέφωνο)questions.GR@support.sonymobile.comEl Salvador 800-6323(número gratuito)questions.CO@support.sonymobile.comEspaña 902 180 576(tarifa local)questions.ES@support.sonymobile.com16France 09 69 32 21 2109 69 32 21 22(Xperia™uniquement)questions.FR@support.sonymobile.comGuatemala 1-800-300-0057(número gratuito)questions.CO@support.sonymobile.comHaïti/Ayiti AN 193, PIN5598 (numérogratuit / nimewogratis)questions.CO@support.sonymobile.comHonduras AN 8000122,PIN 5599(número gratuito)questions.CO@support.sonymobile.comHong Kong/香港+852 8203 8863 questions.HK@support.sonymobile.comHrvatska 062 000 000 questions.HR@support.sonymobile.comIndia/भारत 1800 11 1800(Toll Free)+91 (011)39011111questions.IN@support.sonymobile.comIndonesia +62 21 29357669questions.ID@support.sonymobile.comIreland 1850 545 888(Local rate)questions.IE@support.sonymobile.comItalia 06 48895206(tariffa locale)questions.IT@support.sonymobile.comJamaica 1-800-442-3471(Toll Free)questions.CO@support.sonymobile.comΚύπρος/Kıbrıs0800 90 909 questions.CY@support.sonymobile.comLatvija 67 21 43 01 questions.LV@support.sonymobile.comLietuva 8 700 55030 questions.LT@support.sonymobile.com17Magyarország01 880 47 47 questions.HU@support.sonymobile.comMalaysia 1 800-88-7666 questions.MY@support.sonymobile.comMaroc/󰂏󰂱󰃅󰃀+212 2 2958 344 questions.MA@support.sonymobile.comMéxico 0 1800 000 4722(número gratuito)questions.MX@support.sonymobile.comNederland 0900 8998318 questions.NL@support.sonymobile.comNederlandseAntillen001-866-509-8660 (gratisnummer)questions.CO@support.sonymobile.comNewZealand0800-100-150(Toll Free)questions.NZ@support.sonymobile.comNicaragua AN 1800-0166,PIN 5600(número gratuito)questions.CO@support.sonymobile.comNorge 815 00 840(lokaltakst)questions.NO@support.sonymobile.comÖsterreich 0810 200 245 questions.AT@support.sonymobile.comPakistan/󰁯󰁹󰂕󰁯021 - 111 22 5573questions.PK@support.sonymobile.comPanamá 00800-787-0009(número gratuito)questions.CO@support.sonymobile.comParaguay 009 800 5420032 (númerogratuito)questions.CO@support.sonymobile.comPerú 0800-532-38(número gratuito)questions.CO@support.sonymobile.comPhilippines/Pilipinas+632 479 9777or 1800 1 8537669questions.PH@support.sonymobile.com18Polska +48 22 22 77444questions.PL@support.sonymobile.comPortugal 808 204 466(chamada local)questions.PT@support.sonymobile.comRepúblicaDominicana1-800-751-3370(número gratuito)questions.CO@support.sonymobile.comRomânia +40 21 401 0401 questions.RO@support.sonymobile.comSaint Kittsand Nevis1-800-087-9518(Toll Free)questions.CO@support.sonymobile.comSaintVincent andtheGrenadines1-800-088-9518(Toll Free)questions.CO@support.sonymobile.comSchweiz/Suisse/Svizzera0848 824 040 questions.CH@support.sonymobile .comSingapore +65 6744 0733 questions.SG@support.sonymobile.comSlovenia 0800 81291 questions.si@support.sonymobile.comSlovensko 02 5443 6443 questions.SK@support.sonymobile.comSouth Africa 0861 632222 questions.ZA@support.sonymobile.comSouthΚorea/대한민국(+82) 1588 4170 questions.KO@support.sonymobile.comSuomi 09 299 2000 questions.FI@support.sonymobile.comSverige 013 24 45 00(lokal taxa)questions.SE@support.sonymobile.comThailand 001 800 8527663 or 024013030questions.CO@support.sonymobile.com19Trinidad andTobago1-800-080-9521(Toll Free)questions.CO@support.sonymobile.comTürkiye +90 212 473 7777questions.TR@support.sonymobile.comUnitedKingdom08705 237 237(Local rate)questions.GB@support.sonymobile.comUnitedStates1 866 766 9374 questions.US@support.sonymobile.comUruguay 000-401-787-013 (númerogratuito)questions.CO@support.sonymobile.comVenezuela 0-800-1-00-2250(número gratuito)questions.CO@support.sonymobile.comViệt Nam 1900 1525 (miễnphí)questions.VN@support.sonymobile .comБългария 0800 1 8778 questions.BG@support.sonymobile.comРоссия 8-800-1008022 questions.RU@support.sonymobile.comУкраїна +38 044 5901515questions.UA@support.sonymobile.com󰃘 +971 4 3919 880 questions.JO@support.sonymobile.com󰁯󰃄󰃚󰁵󰃕󰁲󰂏󰂭󰃀󰂋󰂅󰁹󰃅󰃀+971 4 3919 880(UAE)questions.AE@support.sonymobile.com󰁷󰃔󰃏󰂽󰃀 +971 4 3919 880 questions.KW@support.sonymobile.com󰁵󰂽󰃁󰃅󰃅󰃀󰁵󰃕󰁲󰂏󰂭󰃀󰁵󰃔󰃏󰂭󰂕󰃀800-8200-727 questions.SA@support.sonymobile.com20中国 +86 400 8100000questions.CN@sonymobile.com台灣 +886 225625511questions.TW@support.sonymobile.comไทย 02 2483 030 questions.TH@support.sonymobile.com21June 27, 2012 15:00:08Legal-Leaflets---Generic_EN (24M)_1222-9269.9.pdf 2 of 2

Navigation menu